Seeing Good in All Ar

‫* ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﻟﻘﻮ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻟﻘﻮ! ﻹ"!
ﻟﻤﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﻫـﻮ ﻟﺬ ﻗ ّﺪ ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺎ‬

‫ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮ ‪-‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﺎ"ﻓﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻮ"‪ 8‬ﻣﻨﺬ ﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪- .‬ﻗﺪ ﺧﻠﻖ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ‪E‬ﻟﻚ ‪-‬ﻓﻖ ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ‪-‬ﺣﻜﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺔ‪- ،‬ﻫﺬ ﻣﺼﺪﻗﺎ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫﴿*ِﻧﱠﺎ ُﻛ ﱠﻞ َﺷ ْﻲ ٍ‪َ R‬ﺧ َﻠ ْﻘﻨَﺎ ُ‪ P‬ﺑِ َﻘ َﺪٍ﴾ )ﻟﻘﻤﺮ‪.(٤٩ :‬‬
‫‪-‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ‪ Y‬ﻳﺨﻀﻊ ﺧﻀﻮﻋﺎ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﻟﻬﺬ ﻟﻘﺪ ﻟﻤﻠﻲ‪ R‬ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ‪-‬ﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪- .‬ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻟﺬ ﻳﻜﻮ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻣﻔﻌﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻹﻳﻤﺎ‪- ،‬ﻳﺴﻠﻢ ‪Y‬ﻣﺮ‪* P‬ﻟﻰ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﺴﻠﻢ ‪Y‬ﺑﺪ ﻟﻠﺤﺰ‪- ،‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﺼﻴﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻟﺨﻮ` ‪-‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﻐﺮ_ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻴﺄ]‪.‬‬
‫* ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﻪ ‪ Y‬ﻳﻨﺴﻰ ﻟﺘﻮﻛﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪-‬ﻳﻨﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﻟﻘﻠﻖ ‪-‬ﻟﺤﺰ ‪-‬ﻟﻴﺄ] ‪-‬ﻟﺘﺸﺎ‪.ab‬‬
‫‪-‬ﻣﻦ ﻳﻜﻮ ﻫﺬ ﺣﺎﻟﻪ ﻳﺸﻘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ‪-‬ﻳﻐﻔﻞ ﻏﻔﻠﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ! ﻋﻦ ﻣﺼﻴﺮ‪ P‬ﻓﻲ ﻵﺧﺮ!‪- .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪E‬ﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻟﺼﺎ"_‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻷﺣﺪ‪ 8‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻜﻮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻫﺎ ﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻴﺄ] ﺑﻞ ﻳﺘﻮﺳﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ‪-‬ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ‪ Y‬ﻣﻊ ﻟﻌﺴﺮ ﻳﺴﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻵﻳﺔ ‪ ٢١٦‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮ! ﻟﺒﻘﺮ! ‪Y‬ﻧﻪ ﴿ َﻋ َﺴﻰ‬
‫‪ ْ َY‬ﺗَ ْﻜ َﺮ ُﻫﻮ َﺷ ْﻴﺌًﺎ َ‪-‬ﻫ َﻮ َﺧ ْﻴ ٌﺮ ﻟَ ُﻜ ْﻢ َ‪َ -‬ﻋ َﺴﻰ ‪ ْ َY‬ﺗُ ِﺤﺒﱡﻮ َﺷ ْﻴﺌًﺎ َ‪-‬ﻫ َﻮ َﺷ ﱞﺮ ﻟَ ُﻜ ْﻢ َ‪-‬ﷲ ﻳَ ْﻌ َﻠ ُﻢ َ‪َY-‬ﻧْﺘُ ْﻢ َﻻ ﺗَ ْﻌ َﻠ ُﻤ َ‬
‫ﻮ﴾‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻟﺬ ﻳﺪ‪ u‬ﻫﺬ‪ P‬ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻌﺎ"! ﻣﺘﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﻻ ﻛﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫* ﻟﻘﺪ ﻟﺬ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻻ ﻋﻴﺐ ﻓﻴﻪ‪- ،‬ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ *ﻟﻰ ﻣﻼﻳﻴﻦ ﻟﺤﻮ"‪ 8‬ﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻬﺬ ﻟﻘﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﻳﺮ‪ w‬ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺳﻮ‪ w‬ﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ‪-‬ﻟﺠﻤﺎ ‪-‬ﻟﻜﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻮ ﻟﻜﺎﺗﺐ‬
‫ﻟﺪ ﻋﺪﻧﺎ ﻗﻄﺎ ﻋﺎ ‪ ،١٩٥٦‬ﻫﻮ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻻﺳﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﺎ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺤﻴﻰ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﺬ ﻟﺜﻤﺎﻧﻴﺎ& ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺮ ﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺐ ﻋﺪ‪ ً8‬ﻛﺒﻴﺮً ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﺆﻟﻔﺎ& ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻴﻎ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪،‬‬
‫?ﻳﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪? ،‬ﻻ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ >ﻟﻚ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺗﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺎ& ﻓﻲ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﻷﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺗﻜﺸﻒ ‪C‬ﻳﻒ ﺗﺒﺎ‪ A‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﻨﺪ ‪8‬ﻋﺎ‪M‬ﺗﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﻀﺢ ﻟﺼﻼ& ﻟﺨﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻷﻳﺪﻳﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ& ﻟ ّﺪﻣﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺪ‪ R‬ﻟﻤﺆﻟﻒ ﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻦ ‪ M‬ﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻫﻮ ?ﻳﺼﺎ‪ O‬ﻧﻮ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺮ‪ V‬ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ?ﻟﻰ ﺷﺘﻰ ﺑﻘﺎ‪ A‬ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪8 ،‬ﻓﻊ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ S‬ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻔﻜﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ?ﻳﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺟﻮ‪ 8‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻧﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻮ ﻵﺧﺮ‪،‬‬ ‫?ﻟﻰ ﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﺸﻒ ﻷﺳﺲ ﻟﻤﺘﻬﺎﻧﺔ ﻟﻨﻈﻢ ﻟﺠﺎﺣﺪﻳﻦ ﺳﻠﻮﻛﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻟﻤﻨﺤﺮﻓﺔ‪? .‬ﻟﻰ ﺣ ّﺪ ﻵ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺟﻢ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺗﺐ ﻧﺤﻮ ‪ ٢٥٠‬ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺎً ?ﻟﻰ ‪ ٥٧‬ﻟﻐﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﺗﺤﻀﻰ ﺑﺎﻫﺘﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺮ‪ .M‬ﺑﺈ> ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺳﻮ‪ R‬ﺗﻜﻮ ﻛﻠﻴﺎ& ﻫﺎ ﻳﺤﻴﻰ ﺧﻼ‪ O‬ﻟﻘﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﺳﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺪ ﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻠﻮ‪ c‬ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺘﻰ ﻧﺤﺎ‪ M‬ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ?ﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﻟﺴﻜﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﺴﻼ‬
‫ﻟﺼﺪ‪ e‬ﻟﻌﺪ‪ O‬ﻟﺠﻤﺎ‪ O‬ﻟﺴﻌﺎ‪ d8‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺟﺎ‪ M‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ‪ V‬ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪.‬‬
1
‫ﺣﻮ ﳌﺆﻟﻒ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻜﻮ ﻻﺳﻢ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﺎ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺗﺐ ﻣﻦ "ﻫﺎ" "ﻳﺤﻴﻰ" ﻓﻲ ﻛﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﺮ ﻟﻠﻨﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺟﺎ;ﻻ ﺿﺪ ﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻹﻟﺤﺎ;‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﺨﺎﺗﻢ ﻟﻨﺒﻮ‪ 5‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻐﻼ‪ 1‬ﻣ ًﺰ ﻻﺗﺒﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫‪ D‬ﻟﻘﺮ‪ A‬ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻳﻬﺎ ﻫﺬ‪ I‬ﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺑﻤﻀﻤﻮ ﻫﺬ ﻟﺨﺎﺗﻢ‪ .‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬ ﻟﺨﺎﺗﻢ ﻟﻨﺒﻮ‪E 5‬ﻟﻰ ّ‬
‫‪ D‬ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻠﻢ ﻫﻮ ﺧﺎﺗﻢ ﻟﻨﺒﻴﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺬ‬ ‫ﻫﻮ ‪A‬ﺧﺮ ﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻟﺴﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪ّ ،‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﺮﺷ ًﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻟﻤﺆﻟﻔﺎ‪D O‬ﺧﺬ ﻟﻌﻬﺪ‬ ‫ﻟﻜﺎﺗﺐ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻟﻘﺮ‪ A‬ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻟﻨّﺒﻮﻳﺔ ;ﻟﻴ ً‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺑﻨﺴﻒ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻷﺳﺲ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮ‪ T‬ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻨﻈﻢ ﻹﻟﺤﺎ;ﻳﺔ ‪E‬ﺑﻄﺎ ﻛﻞ ﻟﻤﺰﻋﻢ ﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫‪E‬ﻋﻼ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻮ‪ T‬ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﺤﺮﻛﺎ‪ O‬ﻟﻤﻨﺎﻫﻀﺔ ﻟﻠ ّﺪﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻫﺬ ﻟﺨﺎﺗﻢ ﻟﺬ‪َ 5‬ﻣﻬﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﺑﻤﺜﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫‪D‬ﻫﺪﻓﻪ ﻫﺬ‪.I‬‬
‫ﺗﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻛﺘﺐ ﻟﻤﺆﻟﻒ ﺣﻮ ﻫﺪ‪ 1‬ﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻫﻮ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻊ ﻧﻮ ﻟﻘﺮ‪ A‬ﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻟﻨﺎ‪،Z‬‬
‫ﺣﺜﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻹﻳﻤﺎ ﺑﻮﺟﻮ; ﷲ ﺣﺪﻧﻴﺘﻪ ﻟﻴﻮ‪ T‬ﻵﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻋﺮ^ ﺗﻬﺎﻓﺖ ﻟﻨﻈﻢ ﻹﻟﺤﺎ;ﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻀﺤﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻤﻺ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻀﻰ ﻛﺘﺐ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺤﻴﻰ ﺑﻘﺒﻮ ﻫﺘﻤﺎ‪ T‬ﻛﺒﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺘﻰ ‪D‬ﻧﺤﺎ‪ b‬ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ؛ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻬﻨﺪ ‪E‬ﻟﻰ‬
‫‪D‬ﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ‪E‬ﻧﻜﻠﺘﺮ ‪E‬ﻟﻰ ‪D‬ﻧﺪﻧﻴﺴﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﻮﻟﻮﻧﻴﺎ ‪E‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺒﻮﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ‪E‬ﺳﺒﺎﻧﻴﺎ ‪E‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺒﺮ‪c‬ﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻟﻴﺰﻳﺎ ‪E‬ﻟﻰ ‪E‬ﻳﻄﺎﻟﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ ‪E‬ﻟﻰ ﺑﻠﻐﺎﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺖ ُﻛﺘﺐ ﻟﻤﺆﻟّﻒ ‪E‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻟ ّﻠﻐﺎ‪ O‬ﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﻠﻐﺎ‪ :O‬ﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﻷﻟﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻹﻳﻄﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻹﺳﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﺮﺗﻐﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻷ;ﻳﺔ ﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻷﻟﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﺮﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺒﻮﺳﻨﻴﺔ ﻹﻳﻐﻮﻳﺔ ﻻﻧﺪﻧﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺎﻻﻳﺔ ﻟﺒﻨﻐﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺼﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻮﺣﻠﻴﺔ )ﻟﻐﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻨﺰﻧﻴﺎ( ﻟﻐﺔ ﻟﻬﻮﺳﻪ )ﻟﻐﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﻓﻲ ‪E‬ﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻟﻐﺔ ﻟ ّﺪﻳﻮﻟﻬﻲ‬
‫)ﻟﻐﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﻳﺲ( ﻟﺪﻧﻤﺎﻛﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺠﺮﻳﺔ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻠﻐﺎ‪ .O‬ﻫﻨﺎ‪E j‬ﻗﺒﺎ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮ‪ b‬ﻫﺬ‪ I‬ﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺑﻬﺬ‪ I‬ﻟﻠﻐﺎ‪.O‬‬
‫ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ‪D‬ﻧﺤﺎ‪ b‬ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ‪D‬ﺛﺒﺘﺖ ﻫﺬ‪ I‬ﻟﻤﺆﻟﻔﺎ‪ O‬ﺟﺪﺗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺟﺪ‪ O‬ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ً‬
‫ﺳﺒﺒًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺪﻳﺔ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ‪E Z‬ﻟﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻹﻳﻤﺎ ﺳﺎﻫﻤﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ‪A‬ﺧﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺔ ‪E‬ﻳﻤﺎ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﺮ‪ D‬ﻫﺬ‪ I‬ﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻳﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺑﻮﺿﻮ‪ o‬ﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻟﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻤﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ; ﺑﻴﻦ ﺛﻨﺎﻳﺎ ﺳﻄﻮﻫﺎ ﻟﺼﺪ‪ r‬ﻟﺬ‪ 5‬ﻳﻤﻴﺰ ‪D‬ﺳﻠﻮﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﻌﻤﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﻴّﺰ ﻫﺬ‪ I‬ﻟﻤﺆﻟﻔﺎ‪D O‬ﻳﻀﺎ ُﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺿﻤﺎ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺠﻬﺎ ﻋﺪ‪ T‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺾ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ;ﺣﻀﻪ‪ .‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﺮ‪ D‬ﻫﺬ‪ I‬ﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻳﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﻤﻖ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻟﻚ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﻨﺤﺮﻓﺔ ﻷﺧﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟ ّﺪﻓﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻔﻠﺴﻔﺎ ﻟﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻵ ﻹﻟﺤﺎﻳﺔ ﻷﻓﻜﺎ ُ‬
‫‪ 34‬ﺣﺪ‪ /0 1‬ﻧﺎﻓﺢ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺢ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺔ ﻫﺬ" ﻟﻤﺆﻟﻔﺎ ﻓﻠﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺣﻀﻪ ‪4‬ﺑﻄﺎﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺷﻚ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﻗﺪ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻷ‪ّ /‬‬‫ﻳﻜﻮ‪3 /‬ﻟﻚ ﺳﻮ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻨﺎ ٍ ﻋﺎﻃﻔﻲ ّ‬
‫ﺣﺠﺠﻪ ﻟ ّﺪﻣﻐﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﺎﺗﺐ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻌﻰ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﻟﻘﺮ‪/D‬‬ ‫ﺣﻜﻤﺔ‬ ‫‪ /0‬ﻫﺬ" ﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻧﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮ‪F‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻫﺬ ‪4‬ﻟﻰ ﻧﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﺪﻳﺢ ﻟﺜﻨﺎ ‪4‬ﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﺪﻓﻪ ﻏﺎﻳﺘﻪ ﻫﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ M‬ﻟﺴﻴﺮ ﺑﻬﻢ‬
‫‪ R0‬ﺑﺢ ‪ 0‬ﻣﻜﺴﺐ ﻣﺎ ّ‪.R‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻞ ّ‬ ‫‪ /0‬ﻟﻴﺲ ّ‬‫ﻓﻲ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻹﻳﻤﺎ‪ ،/‬ﻛﻤﺎ ّ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻮ ﻫﺬ" ﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ‪ /‬ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺴﺎﻫﻤﻮ‪ /‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﺸﺮ ﻫﺬ" ﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻳﺤﺜﻮ‪/‬‬
‫ﻟﻨﺎ‪ M‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮﺗﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻜﻮ‪ /‬ﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻬﺪﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻳﻘﺪﻣﻮ‪ /‬ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘ ّﺪ ﺑﺜﻤﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈ‪ /‬ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺸﺮ ﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺠﺮﻳﺔ ‪0‬ﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺸﻮ‪Z‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬ ﻷﺳﺎ‪ّ ،M‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ﺗﻤﻠﻚ‬ ‫ﻻ‬ ‫‬ ‫‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻜﻮ`‬ ‫ﻟﺸ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﺰﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﻷﻓﻜﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻷ‪3‬ﻫﺎ‪ /‬ﺗُﺪﺧﻞ ﻟﺒﻠﺒﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺳﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻃﺮ ﻟﺸﺒﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﻠﻮ‪ ،c‬ﻳُﻌﺘﺒﺮ َﻣﻀﻴﻌ ًﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺪ ﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﻗﻮﻳّﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺿﺢ ‪ /0‬ﻫﺬ" ﻟﻤﺆﻟﻔﺎ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻟﺘﺘﺮ` ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬ ﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺮﻛﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﺎ‪/‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﻮ‪ F‬ﻷﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺗﺐ ‪0‬ﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻬﺪ‪ d‬ﻟﺴﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﻤﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻨﺎ‪.M‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ‪0‬ﻧﻰ ﺷﻚ ﻓﻲ ‪3‬ﻟﻚ ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻪ ‪ /0‬ﻳﺘﺤﻘّﻖ ﻣﻦ ‪ /0‬ﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﻘﺼﻮ ﻫﻲ ﺣﺾ‬
‫ﻹﻟﺤﺎ ﻧﺸﺮ ‪0‬ﺧﻼ‪ i‬ﻟﻘﺮ‪ /D‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ‪ h‬ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻫﺬ ﻟﺠﻬﺪ ‪4‬ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻧﺠﺎﺣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻌﻴﻦ ‪ `4‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ‪ /0‬ﻟﻈﻠﻢ ﻟﻔﻮﺿﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﺋﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﻴﻮ‪ j‬ﻓﻲ ‪0‬ﻧﺤﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﻹﻟﺤﺎ‪ R‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺆ‪/‬‬ ‫ﻷ‪ k‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﺮ‪ k‬ﻟﻪ ﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻮ‪ /‬ﻣﻦ ‪َ 30‬ﺳﺒﺒﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ .‬ﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﺬ‪ R‬ﻳﻀﻤﻦ ﻟﺨﻼ‪ l‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬ ﻛ ّﻠﻪ ﻫﻮ ‪4‬ﻟﺤﺎ‪ i‬ﻟﻬﺰﻳﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻜﺮ‬
‫ﻹﻟﺤﺎ‪ R‬ﺑﻴﺎ‪ /‬ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﻹﻳﻤﺎ‪4 /‬ﺟﻼ ﻷﺧﻼ‪ i‬ﻟﻘﺮ‪D‬ﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳُﺼﺒﺢ ﻟﻨّﺎ‪M‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺘﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ‪4‬ﻟﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻳُﺮ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﺸﺮ ﻟﺪﻣﺎ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻀﺮ‪ُ R‬‬ ‫ﺟﺮ" ‪4‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻔﺴﺎ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﺎ ‪4‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻘﻴﺎ‪ j‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺿﺮ‪4 ،R‬ﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳُﻘﻀﻰ‬
‫ﻻ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﺎ‪ .l‬ﺧﻼ‪ h‬ﻟﻘﺮ‪ /‬ﻟﻮﺣﺪ ﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻷﻣﺮ َ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮ‪ /‬ﻛﻠﻴّﺎ ﻫﺎ‪ /‬ﻳﺤﻴﻰ ‪-‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ‪h‬‬ ‫ﺑﺈ‪ /3‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺳﻮ‪ُ d‬‬
‫ﻧﻬﻮﺿﻬﺎ ﺑﻬﺬ" ّ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ‪ -‬ﻟﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮ‪ h‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨّﺎ‪4 M‬ﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﺗﺐ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻜﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ j‬ﻟﺼﺪ‪ i‬ﻟﻌﺪ‪ h‬ﻟﺠﻤﺎ‪ h‬ﻟﺴﻌﺎ‪F‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻲ ‪0‬ﺿﺤﻬﺎ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻟﻘﺮ‪ /D‬ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻳُﺘﻮﺳﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﻳﺤﻴﻰ‬
‫‪4‬‬
5
‫
ﻟﻰ ﻟﻘﺮ ﻟﻜﺮ‬
‫! ﻟﻤﻮﺿﻴﻊ ﻹﻳﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻛﺘﺐ ﻟﻤﺆﻟﻒ ﻣﺸﺮ
ﺣﺔ
ﻣﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺿﻮ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎ !ﻟﻰ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻫﺬ) ﻵﻳﺎ'
ﻟﻌﻴﺶ
ﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺪ‬
‫ﻵﻳﺎ' ﻟﻘﺮ‪5‬ﻧﻴﺔ‪
.‬ﻫﺬ) ﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺗﺪﻋﻮ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ً 0‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺷﺮ‪ G‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻟﻤﻮﺿﻴﻊ ﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺂﻳﺎ' ﷲ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻫﻨﺎ@ <? ﺷﺒﻬﺔ <
ﺗﺮ ﻓﻲ ;ﻫﻦ ﻟﻘﺎ‪.89‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺮ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻫﺬ) ﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻗِﺒﻞ‬
‫! ﻷﺳﻠﻮ‪ O‬ﻟﺴﻠﺲ
ﻟﺴﻬﻞ
ﻟﺮﺻﻴﻦ ﻟﻤﻨﺒﻌﺚ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻫﻮ ﻟﺬ? ﱠ‬
‫ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺻﻐﺎ‪
9‬ﻛﺒﺎ‪
،9‬ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺌﺎ' ﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ

<? ﺻﻌﻮﺑﺔ‪
،‬ﻫﻮ ﻟﺬ? ﺟﻌﻞ ﻫﺬ)‬
‫ﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻛﺘﺒًﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ < ﺗﺘﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ !ﺗﻤﺎ‪ X‬ﻗﺮﺗﻬﺎ‪
.‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﺨﺬ
ﻣﻮﻗﻔﺎ ﻣﻌﺎ‪9‬ﺿﺎ ﻟﻠﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺄﺛﺮ
ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮ‪ 9‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ) ﻟﻜﺘﺐ‪
،‬ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮ ﺣﺾ ﺻﺤﺔ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫
ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻟﻘﺮ ﻗﺮ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻜﺘﺎ‪
O‬ﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻷﺧﺮ_ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻟﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻌﻴﻮ ﻗﺮﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﻲ‪
< ،‬ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ
ﻟﺘﺴﺎﻣﺮ ﺣﻮﻟﻬﺎ‪ ! .‬ﻗﺮ ﻫﺬ) ﻟﻜﺘﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﻲ
ﻧﻘﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺮ ‪<9‬ﻳﻪ
ﺧﺒﺮﺗﻪ !ﻟﻰ ﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ <ﻣﺮ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺟﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻼ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻫﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻫﺬ) ﻟﻜﺘﺐ – ﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺆﻟﱠﻒ !ﻻ ﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫
ﻟﻤﺮﺿﺎﺗﻪ –
ﻧﺸﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ 0‬ﺗُ َﻌﺪ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ !ﻳﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻷ ﻷﻟﺔ
ﻟﺒﺮﻫﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻮ‪9‬ﻫﺎ ﻟﻤﺆﻟﻒ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ) ﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﺟﺪ
ﻣﻘﻨﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬ ﻛﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻫﺬ ﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺮﺗﻬﺎ
ﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫!ﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺄﻣﻞ < ﻳﺘﺴﻊ
ﻗﺖ ﻟﻘﺎ‪ 89‬ﻟﻼﻃﻼ‪ g‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺘﻌﺮ‪ f‬ﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻷﺧﺮ_‪ ،‬ﻟﺬ? ﻧﻘﺪﻣﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻜﺘﺎ‪ ،O‬ﻟﻴﻜﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺑﻮﺟﻮ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﱠﺛﺮ
ﻣﺼﺎ‪ 9‬ﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﻮﺿﻴﻊ ﻹﻳﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫
ﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺪ ﻗﺮﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ
ﻣﻤﺘﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺮ_ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ) ﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺮ) ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻷﺧﺮ_ ﻣﻦ ‪ _l9‬ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻟﻒ‪
،‬ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺮ_ ﺷﺮ
ﺣﺎ
!ﻳﻀﺎﺣﺎ' ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ !ﻟﻰ ﻣﺼﺎ‪ 9‬ﻣﺸﺒﻮﻫﺔ‪
،‬ﻻ <? ﻧﻘﺺ <
ﻗﺼﻮ‪ 9‬ﻓﻲ <ﺳﻠﻮ‪ O‬ﻷ‪O‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺮ ﻟﻘﺎ‪! 89‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺤﻴﺮ
ﻟﺘﺮ‬
‫
ﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﺮ ﻟﻮﺟﺐ ﺗﺨﺎ;) ﺗﺠﺎ) ﻟﻤﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ
ﻟﻤﻮﺿﻴﻊ ﻟﻤﻘ ﱠﺪﺳﺔ‪
،‬ﻻ ﻣﺎ ُ‬
‫<
!ﻟﻰ ﻟﻴﺄ‪
0‬ﻟﻘﻨﻮ‪.o‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﻟﻔﻬﺮ‪J‬‬
‫ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ‪٨ ...............................................‬‬
‫ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺪ ‪١١ .....................‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮ‪ #‬ﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻟﺠﺎﻫﻠﻲ ﻟﻰ ﻷﺣﺪ‪١٧ ...............‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﻧُﺪ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﺪ؟ ‪٢٠ ....................‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ّ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ ٍ‪ 0‬ﺧﻴﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ‪٢٨ ........................‬‬
‫ﻷﺳﺒﺎ‪ 4‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﻨﻊ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻊ ‪٥٠ ............................‬‬
‫@ﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺎ‪ #‬ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ = 0‬ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ‪٦٣ ...................‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﺎ‪ #‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ =ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ‪ A‬ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ‪٧٥ ...................‬‬
‫ﻟﺨﺎﺗﻤﺔ ‪٨٠ ............................................‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ‪ :‬ﻧﻬﻴﺎ ﻟ ّﺪ=ﻳﻨﻴﺔ ‪٨٢ ..........................‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫ﻣﺪﺧﻞ‬
‫‪A B‬ﻟﻘﻴﺖ ﻧﻈﺮ

ﺻﻔﺤﺎ‪ L‬ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻚ ﳌﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﺗﺮ ‪ A‬ﻋﺸﺮ‪L‬‬
‫ﻟﺴﻨﲔ ﻟ ﻋﺸﺘﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺪ ‪ A‬ﺗﻜﻮ ﺮ‪8 8‬ﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻣﻌﺪ‪ B .
8‬ﻷﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﻟ‬
‫ﻋﺘﻘﺪ‪A L‬ﺎ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺟﺪ ﻧﺘﻈﺮִדﺎ ﺑﺸﻐﻒ ﻛﺒ ‪ A‬ﺑﺎﻧﻔﻌﺎ‪ Q‬ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ‪A‬ﺻﺒﺤﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺮ‪ 8‬ﻛﺮﻳﺎ‪ L‬ﺳﺎﺔ ﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ .‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻘﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻷﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﻟﺪﻧﻴﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺮ‪ 8‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ‪ L‬ﻻ ‪A‬ﻛﺜﺮ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻗﻠﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎ‪ Q‬ﻫﻨﻚ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﷲ ﻣﺴﺠﻞ ﻔﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ‪B‬ﻧﺴﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺪﻛﻪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﳌﻮ‪ L‬ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﺪ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺟﻪ ﻟﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫‪A‬ﻣﺎ‪ S‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ‪A‬ﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺎ
‪A‬ﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﻋﺒﺎ
ﻋﻦ ﳊﻈﺎ‪ L‬ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﻛﺮﻳﺎ‪ L‬ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺛﺮ
ﻫﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﳊﻈﺔ ﺑﻠﺤﻈﺔ ‪8‬ﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺑﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻌﺮ^ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺷﺮﻳﻄﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﻏ ﻣﻨﻘﻮ|‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈ ﻛﻨﺖ ‪A‬ﻣﻀﻴﺖ ﻋﻤﺮ‪ k‬ﻛﻤﺎ ‪ 8A‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎ ﻧﻔﺬ‪A L‬ﻣﺮ‪A F‬ﻃﻌﺘﻪ‪،‬‬
‫‪ B‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻘﻴﺘﻪ ﺗﻐﻔﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺮ‪ F‬ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻢ ‪ A‬ﻋﺎﻗﺒﺘﻚ ﺧ ﺳﻼ‪.S‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﳝﻮ‪ L‬ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻳﻜﻮ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺧﻴﺎﻳﻦ ﻻ ﺛﺎﻟﺚ ﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ‬
‫‪A‬ﻣﻀﻰ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻓﻘﺎ ﳌﺎ ‪A‬ﻣﺮ‪ F‬ﺑﻪ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎ ﻓﻘﺪ ﳒﺎ ﻓﺎ‪A ،d‬ﻣﺎ ‪ B‬ﻛﺎ ﻷﻣﺮ ﻏ‬
‫ﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻠﻘﻰ ﻋﺬﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﻴﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺿﻲ ﷲ ﻣﻦ ﻷﺧﻼ‪ s‬ﻫﻮ ‪A‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮ‪ A +‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻴﺒﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ‪ F‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‪ A ،‬ﻳﺸﻜﺮ‪¡ F‬ﻴﻊ ‪A‬ﺣﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ ¡ﻴﻊ ‪A‬ﻗﺎﺗﻪ‪ A ،‬ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻘﲔ ﺑﺄ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ‪¢‬ﺪ‪x‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﺧ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ B‬ﺿﺎ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ‪¢‬ﺪ‪ x‬ﻟﻪ ‪B‬ﳝﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺄ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ‪ c‬ﺧ‬
‫ﺷﻜﺮ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎ ¡ﻴﻊ ﻷﻃﻮ ﻷﺣﻮ‪A Q‬ﻣﺮ ﻳﺴ ﺟﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺒﲔ ‪ A‬ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻗﺪ ‪ k8A‬ﻋﻈﻤﺔ ﷲ ﻗﺪﺗﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻗﺎﻃﻊ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺤﺮ‪/‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺴﺎ ‪ A‬ﻳﻌﺮ‪ +‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻟ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺣﺮ‪ /‬ﺑﻪ ‪A‬‬
‫ﻳﺮ ﻋﻈﻤﺘﻪ ‪¤‬ﻠﻮﻗﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎ‪ £‬ﻓﺤﺮ‪ /‬ﺑﻪ ‪ A‬ﻠّﻪ ﻳﻮﻗّﺮ‪.F‬‬
‫‪ B‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮ‪ F‬ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻣﻨﺬ ﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ﻷ ﻟ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ‪ c‬ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎ ﻛﺎ ‪ A‬ﺣﻘً ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻖ‬
‫ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎ‪ ...‬ﻓﺎﷲ ﻫﻮ ﻟﻘﻮ‪ /‬ﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻟﻌﺪ‪ Q‬ﳊﻜﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﺖ ﻵﻳﺔ ﻟﻜﺮﳝﺔ ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻘﻤﺮ‪ِ﴿:‬ﻧﱠﺎ ُﻛ ﱠﻞ َﺷ ْﻲ ٍ َﺧ َﻠ ْﻘﻨَﺎ ُ‬
‫ﺑِ َﻘ َﺪ(ٍ﴾‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﷲ ﻋﺰ ﺟﻞ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ‪ c‬ﻓﻖ ﻧﻈﺎ‪ S‬ﺪ‪ 8‬ﺗﺪﺑ ﺣﻜﻴﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ﲤﺎ‪ S‬ﻟﻌﺠﺰ ‪A‬ﻣﺎ‪ S‬ﻗﺪ
ﷲ ﻋﻈﻤﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻧﺴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﳊﻴﺎ
‪ ،‬ﺘﺎ§ ‪ B‬ﻧﻌﻢ ﷲ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺮ‪ A /‬ﻳﺪ‪ k‬ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ‪ A‬ﷲ ﻫﻮ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻣﻨﺤﻪ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻨﻌﻢ ﻫﺬ‪F‬‬
‫ﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻛﺒ
ﺟﺪ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻌﻠﻦ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﻪ ﺧﻀﻮﻋﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻈﻤﺘﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ‪ A‬ﻳﻌﺮ‪ A +‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻴﺸﻪ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﷲ ﳌﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻜﻮ ﻛﻠﻪ ﳌﻮﺟﻮ‪ L8‬ﻛﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪ A‬ﻳﻌﺮ‪+‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎ ﻳﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺮ‪ F‬ﻫﻮ ﻳﻌﺮ‪ +‬ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻪ‪A ،‬ﻧﻪ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﻷﺻﻮ‪L‬‬
‫ﻟ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻫﻮ‪ A ،‬ﷲ ﻴﻂ ﺑﺄﺧﺒﺎ ﻷﻟﲔ ﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ‪A‬ﺧﺒﺎ ﳌﺎﺿﻲ‬
‫ﳌﺴﺘﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﻳﺪ‪ A k‬ﷲ ﺧﻠﻖ ¡ﻴﻊ ﳊﻮ‪ x8‬ﻜﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺔ‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫ﺟﻌﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﳋ ّ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﳋ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻘﲔ ֲדﺬ‪ F‬ﳊﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﻌﻞ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻳﺸﻜﺮ ﺧﺎﻟﻘﻪ ﻛﻞ ﺣﲔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﺴﺒﻪ‬
‫‪A‬ﺧﻼﻗﺎ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﺘﻌﺒ >ﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻟﺬ‪« /‬ﺎﻟﻂ ﺷﻐﺎ‪ +‬ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻨﻮ‪u‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻹﳝﺎ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ‪ B‬ﻛﻞ ﺻﻮ‪ L‬ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻪ ‪ B‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻳﺮ‪B ،F‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺣﺎ‪8‬ﺛﺔ ﲤﺮ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ‪¡ B‬ﻴﻊ ‪A‬ﻃﻮ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﺑﻌﲔ"ﳋ"‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪A‬ﻛﻤﻞ ﺟﻪ ‪A‬ﺳﻠﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺴﺒ َ‬
‫ِﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺑﻴﻨﺖ ﻵﻳﺔ ﻟﻜﺮﳝﺔ ﺳﻮ
ﻹﻧﺴﺎ‪ِ﴿ :‬ﻧﱠﺎ َﻫ َﺪﻳْﻨَﺎ ُ ﱠ‬
‫ﺎﻛ ًﺮ َ‪ 1‬ﱠﻣﺎ َﻛﻔُﻮ ً(﴾ )ﻹﻧﺴﺎ‪ A (3 :‬ﻹﻧﺴﺎ «ﺘﺎ ‪A‬ﺣﺪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﲔ‪،‬‬ ‫ِ ﱠﻣﺎ َﺷ ِ‬
‫ﳌﺆﻣﻦ «ﺘﺎ ﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ‪ Q‬ﻟﻌﺎﻗﺒﺔ ﳊﺴ¬‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﺣﻴﺎ
ﻃﻴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮ ﻋﺎﻗﺒﺘﻪ ﳉﻨﺔ ﺑﺈ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺪ‪ +‬ﻫﺬ ﻟﻜﺘﺎ{ ‪ A‬ﻳﺒﲔ ﻟﻠﻨﺎ` ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻌﻴﺸﻮ ֲדﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻨﻈﺮ
‬
‫ﳌﺘﻔﺎﺋﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟ ﲡﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﳊﻴﺎ
ﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﺨ ﻷﻣﻞ‪ .‬ﻳﻬﺪ‪ +‬ﻟﻜﺘﺎ{ ‪A‬ﻳﻀﺎ‬
‫‪ B‬ﺗﺬﻛﻫﻢ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ‪ B‬ﳊﻴﺎ
ﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ֲדﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻨﻈﺮ
ﻟ ﲡﻠﺐ ﳋ ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺎﺟﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺰﻳﺢ ﻟﻐﻤﺎﻣﺔ ﻟ ﲢﻮ‪8 Q‬ﻢ ‪ 8‬ﻟﻮﺻﻮ‪ B Q‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻐﺎﻳﺎ‪L‬‬
‫ﻟﻄﻴﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎ‪ £‬ﺗﻘﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻌﻴﺶ ﺣﻴﺎ
ﻟﺒﺆ` ﻹﺣﺒﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬ ﻟﻜﺘﺎ{ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ‪ A B‬ﻳﺪ‪ k‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺑﻠﺴﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﺑﻘﻠﺒﻪ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻌﻠﻦ ‪ " A‬ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ‪ c‬ﺧً"‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﺘﺎ{ ﻳﻨﺒﻪ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ‪B‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻟﺼﻌﻮﺑﺎ‪ L‬ﻟ ﺗﻌﺘﺮﺿﻪ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻀﺾ ﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﺮﺿﺎ ﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻟﺼ‪ °‬ﳉﻤﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻫﺬ ﻟﻜﺘﺎ{ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ¡ﻴﻊ ﻟﻨﺎ` ‪A‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ُﺧﻠﻖ ﺑﺪ ﻧﻘﺺ ‪ A‬ﻗﺼﻮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻫﻢ ‪ B‬ﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻟﻘﺪ ﷲ ﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻟﺬ‪A /‬ﺣﺴﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ‪ c‬ﺧﻠﻘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪ 5(6‬ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺪ‪2‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﻗﻊ ‪ ّ B‬ﻋﺒﺎ

"ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ‪A‬ﻣﺮ ﺧﻴﺮ" ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺎ` ﻛﻠﻤﺎ‪ L‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﻣﺴﺎ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻟﻴﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﻋﺎ‪
8‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮ‪ُ 88‬‬
‫"ﻟﻌﻞ ﻫﺬ ﻷﻣﺮ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ" ‪" A‬ﻟﻌﻞ ﻫﺬ ﻷﻣﺮ ﻧﻌﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﷲ"‪.‬‬‫ّ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ` ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻳﻨﻄﻘﻮ ﺑﻬﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺠﻤﻞ ‪ A 8‬ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻮ ﻣﺪﻟﻮﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ‪ A ,‬ﻫﻢ ﻳﻔﻌﻠﻮ ﻟﻚ ﻟﻤﺠﺮ‪ 8‬ﺗﺒﺎﻋﻬﻢ ﻋﺮﻓﺎ ﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺎ ﺑﻼ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪A‬ﻛﺜﺮﻫﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺠﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‪A ,‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻓﻬﻤﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻟﻴﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻷﻣﺮ ﻟﺠﻮﻫﺮ‪ A /‬ﻫﺆﻻ‪ c‬ﻻ ﻳﺪﻛﻮ ‪ A‬ﺗﻠﻚ‬
‫ﻟﺠﻤﻞ ﻫﻲ ‪A‬ﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﺮ‪ 8‬ﻛﻠﻤﺎ‪ L‬ﺗﻄﻠﻘﻬﺎ ‪A‬ﻓﻮﻫﻢ ﺑﻞ ﻫﻲ ﺗﻜﺸﻒ ﻟﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺒﺼﻴﺮ
ﺑﺎﻃﻦ ‪A‬ﺣﺪﺛﻨﺎ ﻟﻴﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ B‬ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻳﺔ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺘﻪ‪,‬‬
‫‪B‬ﻳﺠﺎﺑﻴﺎ ‪ SA‬ﺳﻠﺒﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬ ‪B‬ﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻴﺰ
‪A‬ﺧﻼﻗﻴﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻧﺎﺗﺠﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪B‬ﺧﻼ|‬
‫ﻹﻳﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺷﻚ ‪ ّ A‬ﻟﺘﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﻬﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺟﺪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻟﻮﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ‪ ,‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻨﻴﻞ ﻧﻌﻴﻢ ﻵﺧﺮ
‬
‫ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺿﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻴﺒﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
ﻫﻮ‬ ‫‪ ّ B‬ﻟﺸﻌﻮ ّ‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪8‬ﻟﻴﻞ ﻗﺎﻃﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻹﻳﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﺠﺰﻧﺎ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺔ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻟﻨﺎ ﻳﺠﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻣﺸﺤﻮﻧﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﻓﺎ ﺟﺰﻋﺎ ﻗﻨﻮﻃﺎ ‪A‬ﺳﻰ‬
‫ﻧﻔﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻚ ‪8‬ﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﺺ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺪ‪ s‬ﻫﺬ ﻹﻳﻤﺎ‪ ّ B .‬ﻫﺬ ﻟﺘﺸﻮﻳﺶ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ‪dB‬ﻟﺘﻪ ﻓﻮ‪ ,‬ﻟﻨﻠﺒﻲ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﺪ‪ c‬ﻟﺒﻬﺠﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﺒﺜﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻹﻳﻤﺎ ﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻛﺠﺰ‪A c‬ﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
‪ B .‬ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺗﻤﺎ‪ S‬ﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪ A‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪ ﻟﻠﻮﻫﻠﺔ ﻷﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﺛﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ‪B‬ﻳﺠﺎﺑﻲ‪ ,‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺧﻄﺄ ﺗﻜﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪ ,‬ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻌﻮ‪ 8‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺎﺋﺪ
‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻮ ‪ B‬ﻗﺎ‪" Q‬ﻳﺎ ﻟﺴﻮ‪ c‬ﺣﻈﻲ"‪" ,‬ﻳﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﻴﺒﺔ"‪" ,‬ﻟﻮ ‪ ,"....A‬ﻓﺴﻴﻘﻮﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻟﻌﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ‪ /A .‬ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ >ﺧﺮ‪ B ,‬ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫‪ A‬ﻫﻨﺎ‪ k‬ﺧﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻟﻪ‪ ,‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﺧﻄﺎﺋﻪ ﻳﺴﻌﻰ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺤﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ B‬ﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻓﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺒﻘﻰ ﻣﺪﻛﺎ ‪A‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻗﻊ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﻜﻞ ﺑﺴﺎﻃﺔ ﻳﻘﺮ ‪" A‬ﻳﺘﺼﺮ‪ +‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ‪A‬ﺻﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺮ
‬
‫ﻟﻘﺎ‪8‬ﻣﺔ"‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ‪A‬ﺧﺮ‪ ,‬ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ B‬ﺗﻜﺮ ﻟﻚ ﻟﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻣﺮ‪ L‬ﻋﺪﻳﺪ
‪,‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ ‪ A‬ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻣﺪﻛﺎ ‪ ّ A‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺤﺼﻠﺔ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﺬ ﻫﻮ ﻧﺎﻣﻮ`‬
‫ﷲ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ‪8B‬ﻛﻨﺎ ‪ A‬ﷲ ﻣﺎ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ‪B‬ﻻ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻣﺆﻛﺪ ﻫﺪ‪ +‬ﻣﺤﺪ‪,8‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﺠﺪ ﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻷﻣﻦ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ .S‬ﻟﺘﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﻬﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻧﻌﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻦ‪ .‬ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻹﺳﻼ‪ S‬ﻳﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻌﺬ{ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ؛‬
‫ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻮ‪8 +‬ﺋﻢ ﻗﻠﻖ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ‪-‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻚ‪-‬‬
‫ﻳﺪ‪ k‬ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ‪ A‬ﻫﻨﺎ‪ k‬ﻫﺪﻓﺎ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ‪B c‬ﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻷﻣﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ,‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻧﺤﺴﻢ ‪A‬ﻣﺮﻧﺎ؛ ﻧﺒﻘﻰ ﻧﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﻠﻖ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻗﺐ ﻟﺪﺋﻢ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻟﺸﺮ‪ ,‬ﻓﺎ ﻟﻚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻋﺎﺋﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻮ‪ ²‬ﻵﺧﺮ
‪ .‬ﻓﺤﺠﺘﻪ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﻬﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ‪ ,‬ﺑﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫ﻋﺪ‪ S‬ﻛﺘﺮﺛﻪ ﻛﺴﻠﻪ‪ ,‬ﻫﺬ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﻟﻪ ﻟﻌﺬ{ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻵﺧﺮ
‪ .‬ﻟﺬ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ‬
‫‪ A‬ﻧﺘﺬﻛﺮ ‪8‬ﻣﺎ ‪ A‬ﻗﻀﺎ‪ c‬ﷲ ﻗﺪ‪ F‬ﻫﻮ ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﺧﺎ‪ Q‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻨﻘﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻌﻴﻮ{‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ‪ B‬ﻣﺎ ﻋﺰ‪ S‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ k8B‬ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ‪A‬ﻣﺮ‪ ,F‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺠﺪ ﺳﻮ‬
‫ﻟﻨّﻌﻢ‪ ,‬ﺗﻠﻚ ﻫﻲ ﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﻤﺨﺒﻮ‪
c‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻷﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﻟﻤﺘﺸﺎﺑﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻮﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺸﻐﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﺄﻣﻮ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ‪B ,‬ﻻ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﻗﻮ
‪B‬ﻳﻤﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺘﻨﺎﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻟﻀﻤﻴﺮ ﻟﺤﻲ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﻄﺎ ﺑﺄ ﻳﻐﻮﻳﻪ ﺑﺤﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﻧﺰ‪ Q‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ‪ /A‬ﻣﻜﺎ ‪d‬ﻣﺎ‪ ,‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﻨﺴﻰ ‪ A‬ﻫﻨﺎ‪ k‬ﺧﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺒﻮ‪ .Fc c‬ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪ‪ S‬ﻳﺘﻪ ﻟﻬﺬ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﺎ‪B ,Q‬ﻻ ‪ A‬ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻬﻤﻪ ﻓﻌﻼ‪ ,‬ﻫﻮ ‪8B‬ﻛﻪ ﺟﻮ‪ 8‬ﻫﺪ‪ +‬ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬ ﻷﻣﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﻮﻫﻢ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺣﻜﻤﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻷﻣﻮ‪ ,‬ﻓﺈ ﻟﻨﺎ` ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ّ‬
‫ﻷﺣﻴﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻠﻜﻮ ﻟﺼﺒﺮ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺒﻴﻨﻮ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ‪A‬ﻣﻮﻫﻢ‪ .‬ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪ ,‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺼﺒﺤﻮ ﻋﺪﺋﻴﻴﻦ ﻳﺼﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺸﻲ‪ c‬ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﺿﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻔﺎﺋﺪ
ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺮﺟﻮﻧﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ 1َ ﴿ :‬ﻳَ ْﺪ ُ?‬
‫ﺎ‪َ C‬ﻋ ُﺠﻮ ًﻻ ﴾ )ﺳﻮ
ﻹﺳﺮ‪c‬‬ ‫ِﺎﻟﺸ ﱢﺮ ُ‪َ 6‬ﻋﺎ َ ُ ﺑِﺎﻟْ َﺨ ْﻴ ِﺮ َ‪َ 1‬ﻛ َ‬
‫ﺎ‪ِ C‬ﻹﻧْ َﺴ ُ‬ ‫ﺎ‪ C‬ﺑ ﱠ‬
‫ ِﻹﻧْ َﺴ ُ‬
‫‪(11:‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻟﻚ‪ ,‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ‪ A‬ﻳﺴﺘﺒﺴﻞ ﻟﻴﻜﺘﺸﻒ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ‪ ,‬ﻳﺪ‪ k‬ﻟﻬﺪ‪+‬‬
‫ﻹﻟﻬﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻗﻌﺔ ﺗﻨﺰ‪ Q‬ﺑﻪ‪ ,‬ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻹﻟﺤﺎ‪ p‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪A‬ﻣﺮ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ‪ F‬ﺑﻤﻔﻬﻮﻣﻪ‬
‫‪B‬ﻳﺠﺎﺑﻴﺎ‪ ,‬ﻻ ﻳﻄﻴﻖ ﺻﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﺼﻮ‪ Q‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺜﻼ‪ ,‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺎﺿﻞ ‪B‬ﻧﺴﺎ ﻟﻺﺣﺮ‪d‬‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻊ ﻣﺎﻟﻲ ‪A‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
‪ ,‬ﻫﺬ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺪ‪A x‬ﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ‪ A‬ﻫﺬ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﺤﻨﺔ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﺨﻄﺊ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ‬
‫ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ‪ A‬ﻳﺪ‪ u‬ﷲ ‪ A‬ﻳﺮ‪d‬ﻗﻪ ﻟﻤﺎ‪ Q‬ﻟﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻟﻴﻨﻔﻘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﷲ ﻣﺜﻼ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪ A‬ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ‪ B‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻷﻣﻨﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻓﻼﺑﺪ ‪ A‬ﻳﻜﻮ ﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ‪ A‬ﻛﺘﺴﺎ{ ﻟﺜﺮ‪ c‬ﻗﺒﻞ ‪B‬ﺣﺮ‪ d‬ﻟﻨﻀﻮ§ ﻟﺮﺣﻲ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺤﻮ‪ Q‬ﻫﺬ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻓﺮﻳﺴﺔ ﺳﻬﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﻄﺎ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﺎ‪ k‬ﻷﺳﺒﺎ{ ﻟﻤﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ
ﻷﺧﺮ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻫﺪ‪B +‬ﻟﻬﻲ ﻣﺨﺒﻮ‪ c c‬ﻟﺤﺪ‪ ,x‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳُﺪ‪k‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﺎ‪ A ,Q‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻨﺠﻠﻲ ﺣﻜﻤﺔ ﻟﻚ ‪B‬ﻻّ ﻓﻲ ﻵﺧﺮ
‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺜﻼ‪,‬‬
‫ﺟﻞ ‪A‬ﻋﻤﺎ‪ Q‬ﻓﺎﺗﻪ ﺟﺘﻤﺎ‪ u‬ﻟﻄﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﻋﺘﺒﺮ‪ F‬ﺧﻄﻮ
ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻬﻨﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ‪,‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻟﻮ ﻫﺐ ﻟﺮﺟﻞ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻚ ﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎ‪ u‬ﻛﺎ ﺳﻴﺼﺎ{ ﺑﺤﺎ‪ x8‬ﺳﻴﺮ ‪A‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﺘﺘﺤﻄﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮ
ﻓﻲ ‪B‬ﺣﺪ ﺣﻼﺗﻪ ﻟﺠﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺤﺼﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﻗﻮ‪ u‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻷﺣﺪ‪ B ,x‬ﻓﺎﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻮ‪ c‬ﻟﻠﻮﻫﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻷﻣﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻻﻋﺘﻴﺎ‪ A /8‬ﻧﺘﻮﺳﻢ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻲ‪ c‬ﻳُﻈﻦ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﺎ ‪ A‬ﻳﻌﺮ‪A +‬ﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ‬ ‫ﻷﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﻣﻊ ﻟﻚ‪ ,‬ﻳﺤﺘﺎ§ ّ‬
‫‪8‬ﺋﻤﺎ ﻹﻣﺴﺎ‪ k‬ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺼﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﺑﺪ ﻟﻪ ﺳﻠﺒﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ‪،‬‬
‫‪A‬ﻧﻨﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻧﻤﻠﻚ ﻟﻔﺮﺻﺔ ﻟﻨﺸﻬﺪ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﷲ‬
‫‪ k‬ﻟﻘﺼﺪ ﻹﻟﻬﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﻵﺧﺮ
‪ .‬ﻟﻬﺬ ﻟﺴﺒﺐ‪ ,‬ﻓﺈ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﺧﻀﻊ ﻟﻘﺪ ﷲ ﺿﻊ ﺛﻘﺘﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻫﻮ ﻟﺮﺿﻰ ﺑﻜﻞ ‪A‬ﻣﺮ‪ -‬ﻣﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺎ‪ -‬ﻣﻊ ﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪ‪ 8‬ﻟﺘﺎ‪ S‬ﻟﻼﻋﺘﺮ‪ +‬ﺑﻮﺟﻮ‪ 8‬ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪ A‬ﻳﻜﻮ ﺣﺎﻣﺪ‬
‫ﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻟﻀﺮ‪ /‬ﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ‪ k8B" ّ A‬ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ‪ "c‬ﻻ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﺎﻫﻞ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻷﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﻟﺘﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ S‬ﺣﺪﺛﻬﺎ‪ A A ,‬ﻧﺒﺎﻟﻎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻟﺸﻌﻮ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ‪ ,‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﺮ‪+‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻠﺠﻮ‪B c‬ﻟﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻟﻄﺮ‪ s‬ﻟﻼ‪d‬ﻣﺔ ﻟﺤﻞ ‪ /A‬ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ّ B‬ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻟﻬﺬ ﻟﺤﺪ‪ ,x‬ﻳﺠﺐ ‪ A‬ﻻ ﻳﻠﺘﺒﺲ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻬﺞ ‪A‬ﻟﺌﻚ‬
‫ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺒﻘﻮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺘﺮﺛﻴﻦ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﺣﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﺋﻠﻴﻦ ﺑﻼ ﻗﻌﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻗﺼﺮ ﻓﻬﻤﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺿﻮ‪ .u‬ﻫﺆﻻ‪ c‬ﻋﺎ‪
8‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﻮﺻﻔـﻮ ﺑـ"‪A‬ﺻﺤﺎ{‬
‫ﻟﻨﻈﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﻮ‪8‬ﻳﺔ"‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﻳﻔﺸﻠﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺨﺎ ﻟﻘﺮ‪ L‬ﻟﻌﻘﻼﻧﻴﺔ‪ A ,‬ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ^A‬ﻟﻮﻗﻊ‪ .‬ﻫﺆﻻ‪ c‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﻴﻦ‪ ,‬ﻫﻢ ﻏﺎﻗﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺎ‪Q‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﺎ‪ ,/‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻌﻮ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺣﻠﻮ‪ Q‬ﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺗﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺜﻼ‪B ,‬‬ ‫ّ‬
‫ﺣﺪ‪A x‬ﺻﻴﺐ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺑﻤﺮ^ ﻳﺴﺘﺪﻋﻲ ﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎ‪ ,S‬ﻓﺎ ّ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺳﺘﺘﺪﻫﻮ ﻟﻠﺪﺟﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺿﻪ ﻣﻤﻴﺘﺎ‪A B ,‬ﻫﻤﻞ ‪A‬ﺧﺬ ﻟﺪ‪c‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪ .‬ﻣﺜﺎ‪ Q‬ﻟﻚ ‪A‬ﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺮ ﺿﺮ
ﻟﻼﺣﺘﻴﺎ( ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﻔﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﺟﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻓﻴﺘﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﺳﺎﺋﺒﺔ‪ ,‬ﻣﻊ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﺳﺒﻖ ‪ A‬ﺳﺮ‪ .s‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻌﺮ^ ﻟﻴﺼﺒﺢ‬
‫ﻣﺮ
‪A‬ﺧﺮ ﺿﺤﻴﺔ ﻟﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻣﻤﺎﺛﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪8A 8‬ﻧﻰ ﺷﻚ‪ ,‬ﻓﻬﺬ ﻟﻨﻬﺞ ﻫﻮ ﻧﻬﺞ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻔﻬﻮ‪ " S‬ﻟﺘﻮﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﷲ" "‪ k8B‬ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻓـﻲ ﻛﻞ ‪A‬ﻣﺮ"‪ .‬ﻓﻬﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺘﺼﺮﻓﺎ‪ L‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻬﺘﺮ
‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ‪ ,‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ‪ A‬ﻳﺒﺬﻟﻮ ‪A‬ﻗﺼﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻮﺳﻌﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻼ§ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﺴﻠﻮ‪ k‬ﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻮﻧﻪ‪ ,‬ﻫﻮ ‪A‬ﺳﺎﺳﺎ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﺷﻜﺎ‪" Q‬ﻟﻌﺒﺎ‪ ,"
8‬ﻟﻚ ﻷﻧﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻀﻢ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺳﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪F‬‬
‫ﻷﺿﺎ‪,u‬ﻋﻘﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻟﺔ ﺑﺪ‪ S‬ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ‪ A‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺷﺎ‪ c‬ﻓﻌﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ ,‬ﻳﻘﺺ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻧﻤﺎ§ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺼﺺ ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪c‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻟﺼﺎ‪8‬ﻗﻴﻦ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ‪8A‬ﻛﻮ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ,‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺪﻫﻢ‬
‫‪ A‬ﻳﺴﻌﻮ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻷﺳﻠﻮ{ ﻟﺬ‪ 8ّ /‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻫﻮ‪ 8‬ﻋﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﻣﻪ‪ ,‬ﻣﻮﺿﺤﺎ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺧﻀﻮﻋﻪ ﻟﺘﺎ‪ S‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺛﻘﺘﻪ ﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺑﻪ‪,‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻬﺪﻳﺪﺗﻬﻢ ﻟﻪ‪ ,‬ﻧﻤﻮ§ ﻧﺎﺻﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ِﻛﻲ ‪G‬ﻟِ َﻬﺘَﻨَﺎ‬ ‫ﻗﺎ‪ Q‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪َ ﴿ :‬ﻗﺎﻟُﻮ ﻳَﺎ ُﻫﻮ ُ‪َ 6‬ﻣﺎ ِﺟ ْﺌﺘَﻨَﺎ ﺑِﺒَﻴﱢﻨَ ٍﺔ َ‪َ 1‬ﻣﺎ ﻧَ ْﺤ ُﻦ ﺑِﺘَﺎ( ِ‬
‫ِﺴﻮ ٍ‬ ‫ﺾ ‪G‬ﻟِ َﻬﺘِﻨَﺎ ﺑ ُ‬ ‫‪ 5‬ﺑَ ْﻌ ُ‬‫ُﻮ ِﻻﱠ ْﻋﺘَ َﺮ َ‬
‫ِﻨﻴﻦ* ِْ‪ C‬ﻧَﻘ ُ‬ ‫ِﻚ َ‪َ 1‬ﻣﺎ ﻧَ ْﺤ ُﻦ ﻟَ َﻚ ﺑ ُِﻤ ْﺆﻣ َ‬ ‫َﻋ ْﻦ َﻗ ْﻮﻟ َ‬
‫ِﻦ ُ‪16‬ﻧِ ِﻪ َﻓ ِﻜﻴ ُﺪ‪1‬ﻧِﻲ‬ ‫ﻮ‪* C‬ﻣ ْ‬ ‫ِﻤﺎ ﺗُ ْﺸ ِﺮ ُﻛ َ‬ ‫ﺎ ِﻧﱢﻲ ‪ْ ُR‬ﺷ ِﻬ ُﺪ ﷲَ َ‪ْ 1‬‬
‫ﺷ َﻬ ُﺪ‪َR 1‬ﻧﱢﻲ ﺑَ ِﺮ‪ ٌ Q‬ﻣ ﱠ‬ ‫َﻗ َ‬
‫ِﻦ َ‪6‬ﺑﱠ ٍﺔ ِﻻﱠ‬ ‫‪ِ* C1‬ﻧﱢﻲ ﺗَ َﻮ ﱠﻛ ْﻠ ُﺖ َﻋ َﻠﻰ ﷲِ َ(ﺑﱢﻲ َ‪(َ 1‬ﺑﱢ ُﻜ ْﻢ َﻣﺎ ﻣ ْ‬ ‫َﺟﻤِﻴ ًﻌﺎ ﺛ ﱠُﻢ َﻻ ﺗُْﻨ ِﻈ ُﺮ َ‬
‫َﺪ ‪َR‬ﺑْ َﻠ ْﻐﺘُ ُﻜ ْﻢ‬
‫ِ‪ C‬ﺗَ َﻮﻟﱠ ْﻮ َﻓﻘ ْ‬
‫‪ُ Y‬ﻣ ْﺴﺘَﻘِﻴ ٍﻢ * َﻓﺈ ْ‬ ‫ِ‪(َ C‬ﺑﱢﻲ َﻋ َﻠﻰ ِﺻ َﺮ ٍ‬ ‫ﺎﺻﻴَﺘِ َﻬﺎ ﱠ‬‫‪G‬ﺧ ٌﺬ ﺑِﻨَ ِ‬‫ُﻫ َﻮ ِ‬
‫ِﻒ َ(ﺑﱢﻲ َﻗ ْﻮ ًﻣﺎ ﻏ َْﻴ َﺮ ُﻛ ْﻢ َ‪َ 1‬ﻻ ﺗَ ُﻀ ﱡﺮ‪1‬ﻧَ ُﻪ َﺷ ْﻴﺌًﺎ‬ ‫َﻣﺎ ‪ِ (ْ ُR‬ﺳ ْﻠ ُﺖ ﺑِ ِﻪ ِﻟَْﻴ ُﻜ ْﻢ َ‪ 1‬ﻳَ ْﺴﺘَ ْﺨﻠ ُ‬
‫ِﻴﻆ ﴾ )ﺳﻮ
ﻫﻮ‪(57-53 :8‬‬ ‫ِ‪(َ C‬ﺑﱢﻲ َﻋ َﻠﻰ ُﻛ ﱢﻞ َﺷ ْﻲ ٍ َﺣﻔ ٌ‬ ‫ﱠ‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮ‪ b‬ﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻟﺠﺎﻫﻠﻲ ﻟﻰ ﻷﺣﺪ‪2‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻴﻞ ﻟﻨﺎ` ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻷﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪A‬ﻧﻬﺎ ﺟﻴﺪ
‬
‫ﺳﻴﺌﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﺬ ﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎ‪8‬ﺗﻬﻢ ‪ A‬ﻣﻴﻮﻟﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ‪88 A‬‬
‫‪A‬ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻷﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﺗﺘﺒﺪ‪ Q‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﺧﻄﻮ
ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﻟﻚ ﻟﺤﺪ‪x‬؛‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻟﻚ‪ ,‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﻌﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﻬﻮﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪ ,‬ﻳﻜﻮ ﻣﺤﻜﻮﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻘﺎﻟﻴﺪﻫﻢ ﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻐﺎﻟﺐ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﺣﻼ‪ S‬ﻟﻄﻔﻮﻟﺔ‪ ,‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪ ,‬ﻣﻊ ‪ A‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺨﻄﻂ ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ‪8‬ﻣﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﻗﻌﻬﺎ ‪A‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﻂ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻟﻮﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ‪8‬ﺋﻤﺎ ﻋﺮﺿﺔ ﻷﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻨﺎ‪,‬‬
‫ﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﻛﻬﺬ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻊ‪ ,‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ‪ ,‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ‪ A‬ﻳﻠﻘﻲ ﺑﺤﻴﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻮﺿﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺎﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮ ﻟﻮﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﺎ ﻣﻨﻜﺒﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺮ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻟﻤﻌﺘﺎ‪ ,
8‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻠﺴﺔ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‪ ,L‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻠﻮﻫﻠﺔ ﻷﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪A‬ﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﻠﺒﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺜﻼ‪ ,‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﻓﻰ ‪ A‬ﻳﺴﺘﺴﻠﻢ ﻟﻤﺮ^ ﻣﻤﻴﺖ‪ A ,‬ﻳﻔﻘﺪ ﻗﺪﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺛﺮ‪ /‬ﻛﻞ ﺛﺮﺗﻪ ﻓﺠﺄ
‪.‬‬
‫‪A‬ﺣﺪ ﻟﺤﻮ‪A .x8‬ﻳﻀﺎ‪ ,‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻔﻘﺪ ﺟﻞ ّ‬
‫‪ 88 ّ B‬ﻓﻌﻞ ﻟﻨﺎ` ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ‪8‬ﻻ{ ﻷﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻏﻮ{‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫ﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﺮ‪
8‬ﻓﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﺗﻜﻮ ﺟﻴﺪ
ﻃﺎﻟﻤﺎ ‪ A‬ﻫﺬ ﻟﺤﺪ‪x‬‬
‫‪17‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﻬﻮ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﻳﻤﻴﻠﻮ ﻟﻠﺸﻌﻮ ﺑﺨﻴﺒﺔ ﻷﻣﻞ‪,‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﻐﻀﺐ‪ .‬ﺣﺴﺐ ‪A‬ﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻠﻘﻬﻢ ﺑﺘﻠﻚ ﻷﺣﺪ‪ ,x‬ﻣﺤﺼﻠﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻓﺎ ّ ﻏﻀﺒﻬﻢ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺟﺪ‪ ّ B .‬ﻫﺬ ﻻﺗّﺠﺎ‪ F‬ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﻴﻊ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﺠﻬﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎ‪ k‬ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺆﻻ‪ c‬ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﺨﻴّﺐ ‪A‬ﻣﻠﻬﻢ " ﻻ ﺑ ّﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺮ‪ 8‬ﻛﻠﻤﺎ‪ L‬ﻳﺘﻔﻮﻫﻮ ﺑﻬﺎ ‪8‬‬ ‫‪ A‬ﻳﻜﻮ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ k‬ﺧﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ"‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ّ‬
‫‪8A‬ﻧﻰ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻟﻤﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ‪B ,‬ﻧﻤﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻻﺗﺒﺎﻋﻬﻢ ﻋﺮﻓﺎ ﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎ‪ k‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ‪A‬ﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ` ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺘﻌﺪ‪ 8‬ﻟﻴﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﻬﺪ‪ +‬ﻹﻟﻬﻲ ‪A c‬ﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳُﻮﺟﻬﻮ‬
‫ﺑﺄﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﺟﺴﻴﻤﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﻮ‪ 8‬ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﻨﺴﻮ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻌﺰ‪A S‬‬
‫ﻟﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺜﻼ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﺎ ‪ A‬ﻻ ﻳﻨﺰﻋﺞ ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻞ ﻣﺤﺮ‪ k‬ﺳﻴﺎﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ,‬ﻳﺒﺪ‪ /‬ﺳﺘﻌﺪ‪ F8‬ﻟﺘﻔﻬﻢ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ‪ B ,‬ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎ ﺗﺄﺧﺮ‪ F‬ﻋﻦ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻳﺜﻴﺮ ﻏﻀﺐ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ‪ F‬ﻳﻌﺮﺿﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻔﺼﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ‪ ,‬ﻋﻨﺬﺋﺬ ﻳﻜﻮ ﻟﻚ ﺳﺒﺒﺎ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺎ ﻟﻼﺣﺘﺠﺎ§‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺼﺮ‪+‬‬
‫ﺑﺄﺳﻠﻮ{ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﻬﺬ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻟﻮ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺛﻤﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﺠﻮﻫﺮ‪ L‬ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺪ ‪d‬ﻫﻴﺪ
ﻟﺜﻤﻦ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ‪ ,‬ﻓﻬﻨﺎ‪A k‬ﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪,‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﻟﻨﺎ` ﺑﻌﻘﻼﻧﻴﺔ‪ A ,‬ﻳﻮﻟﻮ ﺳﺘﻌﺪ‪8‬ﻫﻢ ﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ؛ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻷﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ‪B‬ﻳﻼﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﻮﻗﻬﻢ ﻟﻴﺜﺒﺘﻮ ﺗﻬﻮﻫﻢ ﻏﻀﺒﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﻟﻨﺎ` ﻳﻄﻠﻘﻮ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻌﺒﺎ‪ L‬ﺑﻬﺪ‪ +‬ﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻤﻮﺳﺎ
‪,‬‬
‫"ﺗﻮﺳﻢ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ‪."c‬‬ ‫‪ A 8‬ﻳﺪﻛﻮ ﺣﻘﺎ ﻟﻤﺪﻟﻮ‪ Q‬ﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻟـ ّ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻨﺤﻮ‪ ,‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮ ﺑﻜﻮﻧﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﻤﺪ ﻳﺪ ﻟﻌﻮ ﻟﻠﻤﻬﻤﻮﻣﻴﻦ‪,‬‬
‫‪18‬‬
‫ﻟﻔﺮ‪ 8‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻌﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺧﺴﺮ ﻣﺸﺮﻋﺎ ﺗﺠﺎﻳﺎ ﻣﺜﻼ‪ A ,‬ﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺳﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ‪,‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺤﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ‪8‬ﺋﺮ
ﻟﺨﻄﺮ‪ ,‬ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺒﺪ ‪8A‬ﻧﻰ‬
‫‪ u8‬ﻟﺮﻳﺔ "ﻟﺨﻴﺮ" ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ,‬ﻛﺎﺷﻔﻴﻦ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﺴﺘﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻤﺔ ﺟﻬﻠﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ّ B‬ﻟﻘﺼﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻳﺔ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻔﺮ‪ 8‬ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﺣﺪ‪ ,x‬ﻳﻨﺒﻊ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺼﻮ ﻓﻲ ‪B‬ﻳﻤﺎﻧﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺼﻮ‪ F‬ﻓﻲ ‪ A k8B‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻫﻮ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﺳﺒﻖ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﺎ‪ A ,‬ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ‪B c‬ﻧّﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻘﺪ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‬‫ﻛﻞ ﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎ
ّ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺳﺒﻖ ‪B‬ﻋﺪ‪ ّ A ,F8‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺳﻮ ﻣﺘﺤﺎ‪ ,‬ﻫﻮ ﻟﺬ‪/‬‬
‫ﻳﺤﺠﺐ ﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﻋﻦ ﻳﺔ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ‪8B‬ﻛﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻟﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻟﺠﺰ‪ c‬ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ ,‬ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻠﻊ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‪ .‬ﻫﻮ‪ A ,‬ﻧﺆﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺄ ّ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ k‬ﺧﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻟﻨﺎ‪ ,‬ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻠﻊ ﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻬﺬ‬
‫ﻷﻣﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﻧُﺪ(‪ 5‬ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﺪ‪2‬؟‬
‫‪ CR 5(6‬ﷲ ﻫﻮ ﻟﺬ‪ Q‬ﻗﺪ( ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺗﻪ‪...‬‬

‫‪ ّ B‬ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﻟﻨﺎ` ﻳﻔﺮﺣﻮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻷﺷﻴﺎ‪ c‬ﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﺮﻏﺒﺎﺗﻬﻢ‪,‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﺳﺮﻋﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺜﺎ ﻟﻠﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻻ ﻳﻮﻓﻖ ﻫﻮﻫﻢ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ‪ A‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻴﻞ ﻟﻬﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻤﺸﺎﻋﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ ,‬ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﷲ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺮﻧﺎ‪ ,‬ﻫﻮ ‪A‬ﻧّﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺿﻊ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻟﻌﺒﺎ‪ F8‬ﻟﺼﺎ‪8‬ﻗﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ‪A‬ﻣﺮ‪ ,‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻲ‪ c‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ‪ A‬ﻳﻬﻤﻬﻢ ‪ A‬ﻳﺰﻋﺠﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺪ‪ k‬ﻟﻬﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻤﻴﻢ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ‪ ,‬ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ‪ A‬ﻳﻜﻮ ﺿﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﻬﻪ ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﺣﺪ‪ ,x‬ﻳﺮ ﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺋﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺒﻌﺾ‪ ,‬ﻻ ﻳﺄﺑﻬﻮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﻤﺠﺮ‪ 8‬ﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺧﻠﻘﻬﻢ ﺳﺒﺒﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ‪ A‬ﺿﻤﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻳﺪﻟّﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ A‬ﻟﻬﺬ ﻟﻜﻮ ﻟﻤﺪﻫﺶ ﻟﻤﺘﺴﻖ ﺧﺎﻟﻘﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎ‪B ,‬ﻻ ‪ A‬ﺣﺒﻬﻢ ﻟﻤﺒﺎﻟﻎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻟﻬﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ A ,‬ﻋﺪ‪ S‬ﻏﺒﺘﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ,‬ﻳﺠﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﻳﻨﻜﺮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺟﻮ‪ 8‬ﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ ﻟﻌﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻗﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺪ‪ L‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﺧﻄﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﷲ ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻫﻠﻮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ‪ّ A‬‬
‫ﻫﺪ‪ ,+‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﻌﺰﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﻔﻬﻮ‪ S‬ﺧﺎﻃﺊ‪ ,‬ﻫﻮ ﻟﺤﻆ ‪ A‬ﻟﻤﺼﺎ‪8‬ﻓﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﺬ‪ F‬ﻧﻈﺮ
‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻖ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻳﺔ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻷﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﺳﺘﺨﻼ| ﻟﻌﺒﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎ‪ k‬ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻵﺧﺮ‪ ,‬ﻳﺪﻛﻮ ﺟﻮ‪ 8‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ,‬ﻳﻮﻗﻨﻮ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻜﻮ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﺘﺮﻓﻮ ﺑﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ‪ A‬ﷲ ﻫﻮ ُﻣﻨﺰ‪ Q‬ﻟﻐﻴﺚ ﻫﻮ ﻟﺬ‪/‬‬
‫ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﺸﺮ‪ .s‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﻘﺮﻳﻦ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻣﺴﺒﺐ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻟﻚ ‪B‬ﻻ ﷲ‪,‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻞ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻷﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺮ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ‪B ,‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ
ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﺰ‪ c‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﻟﻴﻮﻣﻲ ﻻﻋﺘﻴﺎ‪ /8‬ﻳﺠﺪ ﺻﻌﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎ‪ 8‬ﺑﺨﻀﻮﻋﻬﺎ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﻣﻊ ﻟﻚ‪ ,‬ﻓﺎﷲ ﻫﻮ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﻘﻀﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺪﺧﻮ‪ Q‬ﻟﺺ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﺑﻴﺖ ‪A‬ﺣﺪﻧﺎ ﻟﻴﻼ‪ A ,‬ﻋﺎﺋﻖ ﻳﻮﻗﻌﻨﺎ ‪A‬ﺿﺎ‪ ,‬ﻫﻮ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﻨﺒﺖ‬
‫‪A‬ﺿﺎ ﻳﺜﻤﺮﻫﺎ ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ‪A‬ﺧﺮ ﺟﺪﺑﺎ‪ c‬ﻗﺎﺣﻠﺔ‪ ,‬ﻫﻮ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﻟﺼﻔﻘﺔ ‪A‬‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮ ﻧﺎﺟﺤﺔ‪ A ,‬ﻟﻘﺪ ‪ A‬ﻳُﻨﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻤﻮﻗﺪ ﻓﻴﺤﺘﺮ‪ s‬ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻛﻞ ﺣﺪ‪x‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻊ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺣﻜﻤﺔ ﷲ ﻟﻼﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻓﻲ ﺧﻄﺔ ﺳﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﻄﺮ
ﻟﻮﺣﻞ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻠﻄﺦ‬
‫ﺳﺮ‪A Q‬ﺣﺪﻧﺎ‪ ,‬ﻟﺜﻘﺐ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻓﻲ ‪B‬ﻃﺎ ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﻟﺴﻴﺎ
‪ ,‬ﻟﺒﺜﻮ‬
‫ﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺟﻪ‪ ,‬ﻻﻋﺘﻼ‪ Q‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﺼﺤﺔ‪ /A A ,‬ﺷﻲ‪> c‬ﺧﺮ ﻻ ﻧﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺛﻪ‪ ,‬ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ‪A‬ﻣﻮ ﻣﺘﺪﺧﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎ
ﻟﻮﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﺎ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺧﻄﺔ ﻣﺤﺪ‪.
8‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ‪A‬ﺑﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺧﺎ§ ﻋﻦ ‪
8B‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ,‬ﻣﻨﺬ ﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﻞ ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ‪L‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎ ﺧﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ,‬ﻟﻮﺣﺪ ﻷﺣﺪ ﻟﻤﺴﻴﻄﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻜﻮ‪ B .‬ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺧﻠﻖ ﷲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺎ‪ S‬ﻣﻠﻲ‪ c‬ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﻷﻫﺪ‪ ,+‬ﻫﻮ ﺟﺰ‪ c‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﻀﺎ‪c‬‬
‫‪ /A‬ﻣﻨﺎ ‪ A‬ﻳﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻊ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ؛ ﻻ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ّ‬
‫ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺟﻴﺪ
ﻟﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺳﻴﺌﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻌﺾ ﻵﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻫﻮ ‪A‬‬
‫ﻳﺪ‪ k‬ﻳﻘﺪ ﻟﻜﻤﺎ‪ Q‬ﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻷﺣﺪ‪ ,x‬ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺛﻘﺔ ﺑﺄ‬
‫ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ A ,‬ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻋﻴﺎ ﺑﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ‪ A‬ﷲ ﺑﺤﻜﻤﺘﻪ ﻟﻤﻄﻠﻘﺔ‪ ,‬ﺗﺐ ﻛﻞ‬
‫‪21‬‬
‫ﺷﻲ‪ c‬ﻟﻴﺆ‪ /8‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻟﻤﺜﻠﻰ‪ .‬ﺣﻘﺎ‪ ّ B ,‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﻳﺴﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺪ‪ ,x‬ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻟﻪ ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺟﺰ‪ c‬ﻣﻦ ﻧﻌﻴﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ ,‬ﻳﻨﺒﻬﻨﺎ ﷲ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺮﻧﺎﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪F‬‬
‫ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎ‪ ،L‬ﻟﺬ ﻓﺈ ﻟﻘﺼﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ‪ A‬ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ‪ c‬ﻫﻮ ﻓﻖ ﻗﺪ ﺳﻤﺎ‪/‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺧﺴﺮﻧًﺎ ﻣﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻦ‪ ّ B .‬ﻟﻘﻀﺎ‪ c‬ﻟﻤﻘﺪ ﻣﻦ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺪﻳﻊ ‪,‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﺼﻴﺐ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﻗﺪ‪ F‬ﷲ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻟﻌﺎ‪ /8‬ﻳﻔﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻹﻳﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻀﺎ‪ c‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻛﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ " ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺳﺎ
ﻓﻲ ‪A‬ﻗﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﻤﺤﻦ"‪ .‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻳﺤﻘﻖ ﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺎ‪ c‬ﻟﻘﺪ‪ ,‬ﻣﺘﻔﻬﻤﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﻟﻤﻨﻬﺎ§‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮ‪ S‬ﻟﻪ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﻀﺎ‪ c‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻫﻮ ﻟﻚ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻻ ﺗﺸﻮﺑﻪ ﺷﺎﺋﺒﺔ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﺿﻊ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻌ ّﺪ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻟﻠﻔﺮ‪ .`8‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻔﻌﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ‪A‬ﻋﺪ ﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ‪B‬ﻟﻬﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻓﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺿﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﺗﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ,‬ﺳﺘﻜﻮ ﻣﺼﺪ ﺳﻌﺎ‪
8‬ﻧﻌﻤﺔ ﺳﻼ‪S‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻵﺧﺮ
‪ .‬ﻵﻳﺔ ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ‪ ﴿ :‬ﱠ‬
‫ِ‪َ C‬ﻣ َﻊ ﻟ ُﻌ ْﺴﺮ ﻳُ ْﺴ ًﺮ ﴾ ) ﺳﻮ
‬
‫ﻟﺸﺮ‪ ( 6 :p‬ﺗﺸﺪﻧﺎ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ؛ ‪ ّ B‬ﻟﺼﺒﺮ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﺒﺪﻳﻪ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺎ ﻳﺼﻴﺒﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻀﺎ‪ c‬ﻗﺪ‪ ,‬ﻗﺪ ﺳﺒﻖ ﻗﺪ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﻟﺠﺰ‪ c‬ﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻵﺧﺮ
‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻣﻊ ﻷﻳﺎ‪ A S‬ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻗﻠﻘﺎ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻟﻪ‪,‬‬
‫ﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﻌﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻮ ﻗﺼﻮ‪ F‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ‪ A‬ﻫﺬ ﻟﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﺑﺎﻟﺬ‪ L‬ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺟﺰ‪ c‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺪ‪ F‬ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺧﺎﺻﺎ ﺑﻪ‪B .‬ﻻ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﻬﺪ‪ A‬ﻳﺮﺗﺎ‪p‬‬
‫َﻛ ُﺮ ﺑﻬﺪ‪ +‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬ ﻟﺤﺪ‪ .x‬ﻟﺬ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳُﺬ ّ‬
‫‪ A‬ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻢ ‪ A‬ﻳﺘﺬﻛﺮ ‪8‬ﻣﺎ ‪ ّ A‬ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ‪ c‬ﻗﺪ ﻗﺪ ﺳﻠﻔﺎ‪ A ,‬ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ‪F‬‬
‫‪22‬‬
‫ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪ A‬ﻳﺼﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻪ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻷﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪﻫﺎ ﷲ ﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﺎ‪k‬‬
‫‪A‬ﺳﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﺪ‪ c
8‬ﻷﺣﺪ‪ ,x‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ‪ A‬ﻳﺘﻮﻛﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﷲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻜﺎﻓﺢ ﻹ‪ k8‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻷﺳﺮ‪ .‬ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﺒﺬ‪ Q‬ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻌﻪ ﻟﺘﻔﻬﻢ ﺗﻠﻚ‬
‫ﻷﺳﺒﺎ{‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮ‪ ,‬ﺑﺈ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ,‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻔﺎﺋﺰﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ‬
‫‪ A‬ﻧﻔﻬﻢ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ‪8‬ﺋﻤﺎ ‪A k8B‬ﺳﺒﺎ{ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻷﺣﺪ‪A x‬ﺳﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪ A‬ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺛﻘﺎ‪ A ,‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﻣﺮ ﻫﻮ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 5(6‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ‪ CR‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﺨﻠﻮ‪ ,i‬ﺣﻴﺎ ﻛﺎ‪ 1R C‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﺣﻲ‪,‬‬

‫ﺧﺎﺿﻊ ﻟﻘﺪ( ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‪...‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻢ ﷲ ﻟﺘﺎ‪ S‬ﺑﻜﻞ ﻷﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻘﺎ‪8‬ﻣﺔ‪ ,‬ﻛﺄﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻈﺔ ﺣﺪ
‪ .‬ﻫﺬ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺳﻠﻄﺔ ﷲ ﻟﻤﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ‪L‬‬
‫ﻷﺣﺪ‪ .x‬ﻓﺎﻟﻨﺎ` ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮ ‪ A‬ﻳﺪﻛﻮ ﺣﺪﺛﺎ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺎ ‪B‬ﻻ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﻳﻨﻮ‪.F‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻛﻞ ﻷﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺣﺪﺛﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪,‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﻟﺤﺎﺿﺮ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ‪A‬ﻣﺮ ﺣﺪ‪ ,‬ﻓﺎﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻛﻠﻪ ﺧﺎﺿﻊ ﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﷲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺧﺎﻟﻘﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺪ‪.F‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﻵﻳﺔ ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ ‪A‬ﻳﻀﺎ‪ِ ﴿ :‬ﻧﱠﺎ ُﻛ ﱠﻞ َﺷ ْﻲ ٍ َﺧ َﻠ ْﻘﻨَﺎ ُ ﺑِ َﻘ َﺪ ٍ( ﴾‬
‫)ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻘﻤﺮ‪ ،( 49 :‬ﻓﻜﻞ ﺷﻲ‪ c‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻟﻪ ‪ 8‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻘﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪A‬ﻏﻠﺐ ﻟﻨﺎ` ﻻ ﻳﻮﻗﻨﻮ ﻳﻘﻴﻨﺎ ﺻﺎ‪8‬ﻗًﺎ ﺑﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻟﻘﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ ,‬ﻳﻔﺸﻠﻮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻬﻢ ﻗﺪ
ﷲ ﻟﻼﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ‪ c‬ﻫﺬ ﻟﻨﻈﺎ‪ S‬ﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﺳﻖ ﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ .‬ﻟﺒﻌﺾ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ‪ A‬ﻟﻘﻀﺎ‪ c‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻨﻲ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ,‬ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺷﻲ‪ c‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻜﻮ‪ ,‬ﺑﺘﺪ‪ c‬ﻣﻦ ﻷﺛﺎ‪ x‬ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺘﻚ‪B ,‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺤﺼﺎ
ﻟﻤﻠﻘﺎ
‬
‫‪23‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪ A ,‬ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﻘﺸﺔ ﻟﻴﺎﺑﺴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻟﻔﺎﻛﻬﺔ ‪ A‬ﻟﻌﻠﺒﺔ ﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ +‬ﻣﺘﺠﺮ‪ ,‬ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺟﺰ‪ c‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺪ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﺳﺒﻖ ﺣﺪ‪ F8‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ّ B .‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﻴﺮ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ‪ c‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﺧﻠﻖ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻜﻤﺘﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻤﻄﻠﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ّ B‬ﻛﻞ ﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﻳﺮ‪ F‬ﻹﻧﺴﺎ‪ ,‬ﻛﻞ ﺻﻮ‪ L‬ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻪ‪ ,‬ﻟﻪ ‪ 8‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪F‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
ﺣﺴﺐ ﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺤﻴﺎ
ﺣﺪ
ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﻘﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ‪ c‬ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﻈﺎ‪.S‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﺛﻤﺔ ﺣﺪ‪ ,x‬ﺳﻮ‪ c‬ﻛﺎ ‪A‬ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎ ‪ SA‬ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﺎ‪ ,‬ﻳﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻜﻮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺼﺎ‪8‬ﻓﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ‪
8‬ﺗﺰﻫﺮ ‪ A‬ﺗﺬﺑﻞ ﺑﻤﺠﺮ‪ 8‬ﻟﻤﺼﺎ‪8‬ﻓﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ‪B‬ﻧﺴﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺒﻌﺚ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
‪ A‬ﻳﻤﻮ‪ L‬ﺑﻤﺤﺾ ﻟﻤﺼﺎ‪8‬ﻓﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻞ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻋﻠﻴﻼ‬
‫ﻟﺨﻄﺄ‪ ,‬ﻻ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻄﻮ ﻣﺮﺿﻪ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﻄﺮ
‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﺤﺎﻻ‪A ,L‬ﻋﺪ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻷﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﺧﺼﻴﺼﺎ ﻗﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﻨﺬ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ‪A‬ﺟﺪ ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ‪ ّ B .L8‬ﻛﻞ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﻛﺎ‪ ,‬ﻓﻲ ‪A‬ﻋﻤﺎ‪ s‬ﻷ^‬
‫‪ A‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺎ‪ ,L‬ﻛﻞ ﻗﺔ ﺗﺴﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪ ,‬ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻃﻮﻋﺎ‬
‫ِﺢ ﻟ َﻐ ْﻴ ِﺐ َﻻ ﻳَ ْﻌ َﻠ ُﻤ َﻬﺎ ِﻻﱠ ُﻫ َﻮ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻘﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ِ 1َ ﴿ :‬ﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ُ َﻣﻔَﺎﺗ ُ‬
‫ِﻦ َ‪َ (َ 1‬ﻗ ٍﺔ ِﻻﱠ ﻳَ ْﻌ َﻠ ُﻤ َﻬﺎ َ‪َ 1‬ﻻ َﺣﺒﱠ ٍﺔ‬‫ُﻂ ﻣ ْ‬ ‫َ‪ 1‬ﻳَ ْﻌ َﻠ ُﻢ َﻣﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﻟﺒَ ﱢﺮ َ‪ 1‬ﻟْﺒَ ْﺤ ِﺮ َ‪َ 1‬ﻣﺎ ﺗَ ْﺴﻘ ُ‬
‫ِﻴﻦ ﴾ )ﺳﻮ
‬ ‫ﺎ ُﻣﺒ ٍ‬ ‫ِﺲ ِﻻﱠ ﻓِﻲ ِﻛﺘَ ٍ‬ ‫‪َ 1َ q‬ﻻ َ( ْﻃ ٍﺐ َ‪َ 1‬ﻻ ﻳَﺎﺑ ٍ‬ ‫ﺎ‪َ r‬ﻷ ْ( ِ‬
‫ﻓِﻲ ُﻇ ُﻠ َﻤ ِ‬
‫ﻷﻧﻌﺎ‪(59 :S‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ` ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺪﻛﻴﻦ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ‪ A‬ﻛﻞ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻗﺪﻫﺎ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ,‬ﻓﺎﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻔﻜﺮ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺧﻠﻘﻮ‪ A ,‬ﻛﻴﻒ ‪ A‬ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻨﻌﻢ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻌﻴﺸﻮ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ‪A‬ﺟﺪ‪ .L‬ﻟﺒﻌﺾ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺄ ﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
ﻟﻤﻮ‪ ,L‬ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮ ﺑﺄ ﻟﻤﺼﺎ‪8‬ﻓﺔ ﻫﻲ ‪ c‬ﺗﻠﻚ‬
‫ﻷﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ
‪ .‬ﻏﻴﺮ ‪ A‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪A ,‬ﺧﺒﺮﻧﺎ‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫ﺑﺄ ‪A‬ﻋﻤﺎﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﺻﻐﺮ‪ L‬ﻗﺪ ﻗﺪﻫﺎ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺤﻜﻤﺘﻪ ﻟﻤﻄﻠﻘﺔ‪,‬‬
‫‪َ 1َ q‬ﻻ‬‫ِﻦ ُﻣ ِﺼﻴﺒَ ٍﺔ ﻓِﻲ َﻷ ْ( ِ‬
‫ﺎ ﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﻬﺪ‪B +‬ﻟﻬﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎ‪ Q‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪َ " :‬ﻣﺎ ‪َ َR‬ﺻ َ‬
‫ِﻚ َﻋ َﻠﻰ ﷲِ ﻳَ ِﺴ ٌﻴﺮ﴾‬ ‫ِﻦ َﻗ ْﺒ ِﻞ ‪ Cْ َR‬ﻧَْﺒ َﺮ‪َ َR‬ﻫﺎ ﱢ‬
‫ِ‪vَ C‬ﻟ َ‬ ‫ُﺴ ُﻜ ْﻢ ِﻻﱠ ﻓِﻲ ِﻛﺘَ ٍ‬
‫ﺎ ﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﻓِﻲ ‪َR‬ﻧْﻔ ِ‬
‫)ﺳﻮ
ﻟﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪.(22 :‬‬
‫‪B‬ﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻀﺮ‪ A /‬ﻳﻌﻲ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻷ ﻣﺼﻴﺮ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺷﻲ‪ c‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻜﻮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮ‪ S‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ,‬ﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻟﺤﻜﻴﻢ‪ ,‬ﻓﻬﺬ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ‪ ّ A‬ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﺿﻌﺖ ﺑﺈﺗﻘﺎ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ ﻟﻬﺪ‪ B .+‬ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﺤﻘﻖ ﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻟﺘﺎ‪S‬‬
‫ﻟﻬﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺳﻴﻨﻌﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻌﺎ‪
8‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ؛ ﺳﻮ‪ c‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺎ ﺣﺴﻨﺎ ‪ A‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﺪ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺳﻴﺌﺎ‪ .‬ﺳﺒﺐ ﻟﻚ ﻫﻮ ‪ A‬ﻋﺒﺎ‪ F8‬ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻟﺼﺎ‪8‬ﻗﻴﻦ ﻧﺠﺤﻮ ﻓﻲ ‪ A k8B‬ﷲ ﻫﻮ ﻟﺬ‪A /‬ﺟﺪ ﻗﻀﺎ‪c‬ﻫﻢ ﻗﺪﻫﻢ‬
‫‪ 8‬ﻧﻘﺺ ‪ A‬ﻋﻴﺐ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺠﻬﻞ ﺑﻤﻜﺎ ‪ A‬ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ‪A‬ﻣﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﻣﻜﺮ‪ F‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ‪ A‬ﻳﻜﻮ ﻟﻪ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺴﺎ{ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﻫﺬ‬
‫ﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻟﻌﻤﻴﻖ ﻟﺘﻠﻚ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻨﻌﻢ ﻟﺒﺮﻛﺎ‪ L‬ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﻷﺷﻴﺎ‪ c‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺪ‪.x‬‬
‫‪ ّ B‬ﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎ‪ 8‬ﺑﺄ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﺎ‪ ,‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻖ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ,‬ﺑﻞ‬
‫ﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎ‪A A 8‬ﺣﺪ ‪ A‬ﺷﻴﺌﺎ >ﺧﺮ ﺳﺎﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﺛﻪ ‪B‬ﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﺪ‪ Q‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺼﻮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪ k8B‬ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﻟﻘﻀﺎ‪ c‬ﻟﻘﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺒﺪ ﻣﺘﻔﻘﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻏﺒﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ‪ ,‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻗﻊ‪ `8" ,‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﻀﺎ‪ c‬ﻟﻘﺪ"‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ‪B‬ﻧﺴﺎ ‪ A‬ﻳﻨﻄﻠﻖ ﻟﻴﺪ‪k‬‬
‫ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻷﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ‪A‬ﺗﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻘﻞ ﺣﻜﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻨﺎ`‬
‫ﻳﻤﻴﻠﻮ ‪8‬ﺋﻤﺎ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎ‪ S‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺒﺪ ﺳﻠﺒﻴﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﻧﻪ "ﻣﺤﻨﺔ"‪,‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻮ‪ 8‬ﺧﻴﺮ ﻫﺪ‪ +‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺒﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‪" F‬ﻣﺤﻨﺔ"‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻲ‬
‫‪25‬‬
‫"ﻣﺤﻨﺔ " ﻓﻘﻂ ﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ A‬ﻧﻨﻈﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ؛ ﻓﻔﻲ ﻟﻮﻗﻊ‪ ,‬ﻫﻲ ‪A‬ﻓﻀﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻟﻨﺎ‪ ,‬ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻷﻣﺮ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻗ ّﺪ ﻟﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮ ‪ A‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻷﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﺪ ﺳﻠﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ A,‬ﻟﻤﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻠﻖ ﺗﻐﻀﺐ ﻟﻨﺎ` ‪,‬ﻟﻜﺎﻧﻮ ﺳﻴﺘﻔﻬﻤﻮ ﻛﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺧﻴﺒﺔ ‪A‬ﻣﻠﻬﻢ ﺑﻼ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ‪ .‬ﺑﺈ‪ k8‬ﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﻟﺒﺮﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻷﻣﻮ ‪,‬ﻓﺎﻹﻧﺴﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻳﺸﻌﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻬﺠﺔ ﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻠﻖ ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ‪ A , B‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺤﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻤﺮ‪ c‬ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻫﻮ ‪ A‬ﻳﺴﻌﻰ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮ‪ +‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻟﺤﺪ‪ ,x‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺟﺰ‪ c‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻖ ﷲ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﺤﺪ‪x‬‬
‫‪ A,‬ﻳﺸﻌﺮ ﺑﺎﻻﻣﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺗﺠﻠﺒﻪ ﻟﻪ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻨﻈﺮ
ﻣﻦ ﻓﺎﺋﺪ
‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺸﺮ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮ‪ C‬ﻓﻲ ‪R‬ﺣﺪ‪ 2‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻫﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ‬

‫‪ّ CR 5(6‬‬
‫ﺷﺮ ‪...‬‬
‫‪ CR1‬ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮ‪ C‬ﻓﻲ ‪R‬ﺣﺪ‪ 2‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻫﺎ ّ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻀﻰ‪A ,‬ﻛﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ A‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﺤﻜﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺨﻠﻖ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺪ‪x‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﺨﻄﺔ ﻣﺤﺪ‪ .
8‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ,‬ﻓﺈ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎ >ﺧﺮ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻖ ‪ A‬ﻧﺨﺼﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ؛ ﻫﻮ ‪ A‬ﷲ ﺣﺪ‪ F‬ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻷﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻤﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺔ‪ ,‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻣﺤﺪ‪ ,8‬ﻓﺎﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮ‬
‫‪ A‬ﻳﺮ ﺳﻮ ﻟﻤﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﺨﺎﺟﻲ ﻟﻸﺣﺪ‪ ,x‬ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪8B‬ﻛﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺤﺪ‪ 8‬ﻟﻠﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺗﻬﻢ ‪8B A‬ﻛﻬﻢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﻲ‪ ,‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﻷﺣﻴﺎ‪ ,‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺠﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﻳﻜﺮﻫﻮ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻟﻬﻢ‪ ,‬ﻳﺤﺒﻮ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺷﺮ ﻟﻬﻢ‪ ,B .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ‪ A ,‬ﻳﻀﻊ ﺛﻘﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﻜﻤﺔ ﷲ ﻟﻤﻄﻠﻘﺔ‪ ,‬ﺛﻘﺎ ﻣﻦ ‪ A‬ﻫﻨﺎ‪ k‬ﺧﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪26‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪َ 1َ " :‬ﻋ َﺴﻰ ‪ Cْ َR‬ﺗَ ْﻜ َﺮ ُﻫﻮ َﺷ ْﻴﺌًﺎ َ‪ُ 1‬ﻫ َﻮ َﺧ ْﻴ ٌﺮ ﻟَ ُﻜ ْﻢ َ‪َ 1‬ﻋ َﺴﻰ ‪Cْ َR‬‬
‫ﻮ‪) ﴾ C‬ﺳﻮ
ﻟﺒﻘﺮ
‬ ‫ﺗُ ِﺤﺒﱡﻮ َﺷ ْﻴﺌًﺎ َ‪ُ 1‬ﻫ َﻮ َﺷ ﱞﺮ ﻟَ ُﻜ ْﻢ َ‪1‬ﷲُ ﻳَ ْﻌ َﻠ ُﻢ َ‪َR1‬ﻧْﺘُ ْﻢ َﻻ ﺗَ ْﻌ َﻠ ُﻤ َ‬
‫‪.(216:‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ A ,‬ﺣﺪﺛﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ‪ F‬ﻟﻤﺮ‪ c‬ﻣﻨﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ‪B‬ﻻ ﺧﻴﺒﺔ ﻷﻣﻞ‪ ,‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻵﺧﺮ
‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ‪ ,‬ﻓﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻌﻰ ﺑﺤﻤﺎ` ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺒﻪ‪ ,‬ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺿﺮ‪ ,F‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮ ﺳﺒﺒﺎ ﻟﻠﺴﻌﺎ‪
8‬ﻟﺨﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮ ‪ /A‬ﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺎ‪B ,‬ﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻢ ﷲ ﺣﺪ‪ .F‬ﻓﻜﻞ ﺷﻲ‪ c‬ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﺪ ﺧﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ A‬ﺷﺮ‪ ,‬ﻳﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﺑﺄﻣﺮ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻳﺼﻴﺒﻨﺎ ‪B‬ﻻ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺘﺒﻪ ‪ F8A‬ﷲ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ .‬‬
‫ِﻀ ﱢﺮ َﻓ َ‬
‫ﻼ‬ ‫ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻬﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪ Cِْ 1َ ﴿ :‬ﻳُ ْﻤ ِﺴ ْﺴ َﻚ ﷲُ ﺑ ُ‬
‫ﻴﺐ ﺑِ ِﻪ َﻣ ْﻦ ﻳَ َﺸﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﻼ َ( ﱠ‪ 6‬ﻟِﻔ ْ‬
‫َﻀ ِﻠ ِﻪ ﻳُ ِﺼ ُ‬ ‫ِﺨ ْﻴﺮ َﻓ َ‬ ‫ﺎﺷ َﻒ ﻟَ ُﻪ ِﻻﱠ ُﻫ َﻮ َ‪ Cِْ 1‬ﻳُ ِﺮ ْ‪ 5َ 6‬ﺑ َ‬
‫َﻛ ِ‬
‫ﻴﻢ ﴾ )ﺳﻮ
ﻳﻮﻧﺲ‪.(107 :‬‬ ‫ﻟﺮ ِﺣ ُ‬
‫ِﻦ ﻋِﺒَﺎ ِ‪ُ 1َ ِ 6‬ﻫ َﻮ ﻟ َﻐﻔُﻮ ُ( ﱠ‬ ‫ﻣْ‬
‫‪ ,B‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻳﺼﻴﺒﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
‪ ,‬ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﺪ ﺧﻴﺮ ‪ A‬ﺷﺮ‪ ,‬ﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺧﻴﺮ‪A B ,‬ﻧﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ‪ F‬ﺧﺎﻟﻘﻨﺎ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ‪ ,‬ﻓﺈ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻗﻀﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻨﺤﻮ‪ ,‬ﻟﻴﺲ ‪B‬ﻧﺴﺎ ﻣﻘﻴﺪ ﺑﻤﻜﺎ ‪d‬ﻣﺎ‪ ,‬ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ,‬ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﻌﻠﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺰﻣﺎ ﻟﻤﻜﺎ‪ ,‬ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﻟﺰﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻜﺎ ‪A‬ﻳﻀﺎ‪) .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ‪A L‬ﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﺘﺎ{‪" :‬ﻟﻼ‪d‬ﻣﺎ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ" ﻟﻬﺎ ﻳﺤﻴﻰ(‪.‬‬
‫‪27‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ّ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ ٍ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﺎ ﻳﻤﺮ ﺑﺄﻗﺎ‪ L‬ﺻﻌﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺼﻌﺎ{‬

‫ﺗﺤﺒﻂ ﺗﻘﻠﻖ ‪ A‬ﺗﺰﻋﺞ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻷﺧﻼ‪ s‬ﻟﻤﻮﺻﻮﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺮ>‪ .‬ﻟﻬﺬ‪ ,‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﺳﺮﻋﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﺒﺤﻮ ﻗﻠﻘﻲ ﻟﺒﺎ‪ ,Q‬ﻣﻀﻄﺮﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻮﺗﺮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻷﻧﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﻀﺎ‪ c‬ﻟﻤﻘﺪ ﻣﻦ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ,‬ﻓﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺒﺤﺜﻮ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ‪ A‬ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻴﺒﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ,‬ﻓﻔﻘﺪﻧﻬﻢ ﻟﻺﻳﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﻳﺸﻌﺮ ‪ ّ A‬ﻛﻞ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻘﻀﻲ ﺗﺴﻴﺮ ﺿﺪﻫﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﻬﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ ,‬ﻳﺼﺒﺤﻮ ﻣﺜﻘﻠﻴﻦ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻃﺄ
ﻟﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻘﻠﻖ‪ ,‬ﻫﻜﺬ ﻳﻤﻀﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻴﺮ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮ‪ ,‬ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮ ‪ A‬ﻟﺼﻌﺎ{ ‪B‬ﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﻦ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻴُﺨﺘﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻮ ﺟﻴﺪ ‪ ّ A‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺼﻌﺎ{ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺜﻠﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻤﻴﻴﺰ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻟﺼﺎ‪8‬ﻗﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ "ﻫﺆﻻ‪ c‬ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻬﻢ ﻣﺮ^"‪ ,‬ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺻﺎ‪8‬ﻗﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ‪B‬ﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺿﻮ‪ p‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ>‬
‫ﻟﻴﻤﺤﺺ ﻟﺼﺎ‪8‬ﻗﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪
ْ َR ﴿ :‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ ,‬ﻳﺆﻛﺪ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺨﺘﺒﺮ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ّ‬
‫َﺣ ِﺴ ْﺒﺘُ ْﻢ ‪ Cْ َR‬ﺗَ ْﺪ ُﺧ ُﻠﻮ ﻟْ َﺠﻨﱠ َﺔ َ‪ 1‬ﻟَ ﱠﻤﺎ ﻳَ ْﻌ َﻠﻢ ﷲُ ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬
‫ِﻳﻦ َﺟﺎ َﻫ ُﺪ‪ِ 1‬ﻣ ْﻨ ُﻜ ْﻢ َ‪ 1‬ﻳَ ْﻌ َﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻦ ﴾ )ﺳﻮ
>‪ Q‬ﻋﻤﺮ‪.(142:‬‬ ‫ﻟﺼﺎﺑِ ِﺮ َ‬‫ﱠ‬
‫‪28‬‬
‫ِﻴﻦ َﻋ َﻠﻰ َﻣﺎ ‪َR‬ﻧْﺘُ ْﻢ َﻋ َﻠ ْﻴ ِﻪ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﻳَﻤِﻴ َﺰ‬ ‫ﺎ‪ C‬ﷲُ ﻟِﻴَ َﺬ َ( ُ‬
‫ﻟﻤ ْﺆ ِﻣﻨ َ‬ ‫ﻗﺎ‪ Q‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪َ ﴿ :‬ﻣﺎ َﻛ َ‬
‫ﺎ‪ C‬ﷲُ ﻟِﻴ ْﻄ ِﻠ َﻌ ُﻜ ْﻢ َﻋ َﻠﻰ ﻟْ َﻐﻴِ ِﺐ َ‪ 1‬ﻟَ ِﻜ ﱠﻦ ﷲَ‬ ‫ﻟﻄﻴﱢ ِﺐ َ‪َ 1‬ﻣﺎ َﻛ َ‬ ‫ِﻦ ﱠ‬ ‫ِﻴﺚ ﻣ َ‬ ‫ﻟﺨﺒ َ‬
‫َ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ِﻦ ُ( ُﺳ ِﻠ ِﻪ َﻣ ْﻦ ﻳَ َﺸﺎ ُ َﻓﺂ ِﻣﻨُﻮ ﺑِﺎﷲِ َ‪ُ (ُ 1‬ﺳ ِﻠ ِﻪ ِ‪ Cِْ 1‬ﺗُ ْﺆ ِﻣﻨُﻮ َ‪ 1‬ﺗَﺘﱠﻘُﻮ َﻓ َﻠ ُﻜ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﻳَ ْﺠﺘَﺒِﻲ ﻣ ْ‬
>‪ Q‬ﻋﻤﺮ ‪.(179:‬‬ ‫‪ْ َR‬ﺟ ٌﺮ َﻋ ِﻈ ٌ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺪ‪ S‬ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻟﺤﺎ‪8‬ﺛﺔ ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻌﺖ ﻓﻲ ‪d‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺎ‪َ C‬ﻓﺒِﺈِ‪ِ v‬‬
‫ْ‪C‬‬ ‫ﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﻤﺜﺎ‪ Q‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟـﻚ‪َ 1َ ﴿ :‬ﻣﺎ ‪َ َR‬ﺻﺎﺑَ ُﻜ ْﻢ ﻳَ ْﻮ َ
ﻟْﺘَﻘَﻰ ﻟْ َﺠ ْﻤ َﻌ ِ‬
‫ِﻴﻞ ﻟَ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﺗَ َﻌﺎﻟَ ْﻮ َﻗﺎﺗُِﻠﻮ‬ ‫ِﻳﻦ ﻧَﺎ َﻓﻘُﻮ َ‪ 1‬ﻗ َ‬ ‫ِﻴﻦ * َ‪ 1‬ﻟِﻴَ ْﻌ َﻠ َﻢ ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬ ‫ﷲِ َ‪ 1‬ﻟِﻴَ ْﻌ َﻠ َﻢ ُ‬
‫ﻟﻤ ْﺆ ِﻣﻨ َ‬
‫ﺎﻛ ْﻢ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﻟِ ْﻠ ُﻜ ْﻔ ِﺮ ﻳَ ْﻮ َﻣﺌِ ٍﺬ‬‫ِﻴﻞ ﷲِ ‪َ 6ْ 1ْ َR‬ﻓ ُﻌﻮ َﻗﺎﻟُﻮ ﻟَ ْﻮ ﻧَ ْﻌ َﻠ ُﻢ ِﻗﺘَﺎ ًﻻ ﻻﺗﱠﺒَ ْﻌﻨَ ُ‬
‫ﻓِﻲ َﺳﺒ ِ‬
‫ِﻢ َ‪ 1‬ﷲُ ‪ْ َR‬ﻋ َﻠ ُﻢ‬ ‫ﺲ ﻓِﻲ ُﻗ ُﻠﻮﺑِﻬ ْ‬ ‫ِﻢ َﻣﺎ ﻟَْﻴ َ‬‫ﻮ‪ C‬ﺑِﺄَ ْﻓ َﻮ ِﻫﻬ ْ‬
‫ﺎ‪ C‬ﻳَﻘُﻮﻟُ َ‬ ‫ِﻳﻤ ِ‬‫‪ْ َR‬ﻗ َﺮ ُ ِﻣ ْﻨ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﻟِﻺ َ‬
‫ﻮ‪ ) ﴾ C‬ﺳﻮ
>‪ Q‬ﻋﻤﺮ ‪.(167-166:‬‬ ‫ﺑ َِﻤﺎ ﻳَ ْﻜﺘُ ُﻤ َ‬
‫ﻵﻳﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮ
ﺗﻮﺿﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺮﻧﺎ‪ F‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻵ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﻋﺼﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻠﻢ‪ ,‬ﺟﻪ ﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻮ ﻟﻈﻠﻢ ﻋﺎﻧﻮ ﻇﺮﻓﺎ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ‪ ,‬ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻚ ﻵﻳﺔ‪ ,‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻋﺎﻧﻮ‪ F‬ﻛﺎﺑﺪ‪ F‬ﻛﺎ ﺑﺈ‪
8‬‬
‫ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﻋﺎ ﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺸﻒ ﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﻘﻴﻦ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﻮ ‪ A‬ﻳﺴﺒﺒﻮ‬
‫ﻷ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪ /A .‬ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ >ﺧﺮ‪ ,‬ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ‪ c‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ‪A‬ﻓﻀﻰ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻣﺼﻠﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻮ‪ ,‬ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻮ ﻟﻌﺒﺮ ﻟﺪ` ﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪F‬‬
‫ﻵﻳﺎ‪ ,L‬ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻟﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﺒﺪ ﺳﻴﺌﺎ‪ A ,‬ﻟﺤﻈﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﻤﺼﺎﻋﺐ ﻓﺮﺻﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ‪ ,‬ﻳُﻮﺿﻊ ‪B‬ﺧﻼﺻﻬﻢ ‪B‬ﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﺻﺪﻗﻬﻢ ﻟﺮﺑﻬﻢ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻨﺴﻮ ‪A‬ﺑﺪ‪ A ،‬ﻟﺼﻌﺎ{ ‪ A‬ﻟﻨﻌﻢ ﻫﻲ ﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﺧﺘﺒﺎﻫﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻜﺲ‪ ,‬ﻟﺼﺪﻗﻬﻢ ‪B‬ﻋﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﻟﺮﺑﻬﻢ ﺣﺪ‪ , F‬ﻳﻐﻴﺮ ﷲ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺒﺪ ﺳﻴﺌﺎ ﻓﻴﻜﻮ‬
‫‪29‬‬
‫ﺧﻴﺮ ﻟﻌﺒﺎ‪ F8‬ﻟﻤﺨﻠﺼﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻧﺘﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻋﻦ ﻟﻤﺼﺎﻋﺐ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ‪ A‬ﺗﻌﺘﺮ^ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﺤﻦ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺼﻴﺐ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻫﺪﻓﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺗﺬﻛﻴﺮ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻌﻢ ﻟﻤﺨﺒﻮ‪
c‬ﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺂ‪L‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻨﺎﻟﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﺒﺮﻫﻢ‪ ,‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻵﺧﺮ
‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻼ ﷲ ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎ‪ C‬ﺑﻔﻘﺪ‪ C‬ﺛﺮ‪1‬ﺗﻪ‬

‫‪ ّ B‬ﻫﺪ‪A +‬ﻛﺜﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ` ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
ﻫﻮ ﺟﻤﻊ ‪A‬ﻛﺒﺮ ﺛﺮ
ﻣﻤﻜﻨﺔ‪ .‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮ‪B Q‬ﻟﻰ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ‪ ,‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﻳﻠﺠﺌﻮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‪ ,‬ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻮ ﻛﻞ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺷﺮﻋﻲ‪ B .‬ﻷﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻬﺎ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎ‪L‬‬
‫{"ﺣﺐ" ﻟـ "‪d‬ﻳﻨﺔ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ"‪ ،‬ﻗﺎ‪ Q‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻤ َﻘ ْﻨ َﻄ َﺮ ِ‪b‬‬
‫ِﻴﻦ َ‪ 1‬ﻟ َﻘﻨَﺎﻃِﻴ ِﺮ ُ‬‫ِﻦ ﻟﻨﱢ َﺴﺎ ِ َ‪ 1‬ﻟﺒَﻨ ِ‬ ‫‪ r‬ﻣ َ‬‫ﻟﺸ َﻬ َﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺎ ُﺣ ﱡﺐ ﱠ‬ ‫﴿ ُ~ﻳﱢ َﻦ ﻟِﻠﻨﱠ ِ‬
‫ﺎ?‬‫ِﻚ َﻣﺘَ ُ‬ ‫ﻟﻤ َﺴ ﱠﻮ َﻣ ِﺔ َ‪َ 1‬ﻷﻧْ َﻌﺎ ِ
َ‪ 1‬ﻟْ َﺤ ْﺮ ِ‪vَ 2‬ﻟ َ‬
‫ِﻀ ِﺔ َ‪ 1‬ﻟْ َﺨ ْﻴ ِﻞ ُ‬ ‫ِﻦ ﻟ ﱠﺬ َﻫ ِﺐ َ‪ 1‬ﻟْﻔ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻣَ‬
‫ﺂ ﴾ )ﺳﻮ
>‪ Q‬ﻋﻤﺮ‪.(14 :‬‬ ‫ﻟْ َﺤﻴَﺎ ِ‪ b‬ﻟ ﱡﺪﻧْﻴَﺎ َ‪ 1‬ﷲُ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ُ ُﺣ ْﺴ ُﻦ ﻟْ َﻤ ِ‬
‫ﺎ‪r‬‬‫ِﺤ ُ‬ ‫ﻟﺼﺎﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺎ‪ r‬ﱠ‬ ‫ﻮ‪ِ~ C‬ﻳﻨَ ُﺔ ﻟْ َﺤﻴَﺎ ِ‪ b‬ﻟ ﱡﺪﻧْﻴَﺎ َ‪ 1‬ﻟْﺒَﺎﻗِﻴَ ُ‬
‫ﺎ َ‪ 1‬ﻟْﺒَﻨُ َ‬ ‫ﻗﺎ‪ Q‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ﴿ :‬ﻟْ َﻤ ُ‬
‫ﻼ ﴾ )ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻜﻬﻒ‪.(46 :‬‬ ‫َﺧ ْﻴ ٌﺮ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ َ(ﺑﱢ َﻚ ﺛَ َﻮﺑًﺎ َ‪َ 1‬ﺧ ْﻴ ٌﺮ ‪َ َR‬ﻣ ً‬
‫ ﻓﻲ >ﻳﺔ ‪A‬ﺧﺮ‪ ,‬ﻳﺼﻒ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪A‬ﻟﺌﻚ ﻟﻨﺎ` ﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻦ ﻷﺧﻼ‪s‬‬
‫ﺎ ُﺣﺒָדﺎ َﺟ ָדﻤﺎ ﴾ )ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻔﺠﺮ ‪.(20:‬‬ ‫ﻮ‪ C‬ﻟْ َﻤ َ‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﺑـﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪ 1َ ﴿ :‬ﺗُ ِﺤﺒﱡ َ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻓﻬﻤﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻵﻳﺔ‪ ,‬ﻫﻮ ‪ A‬ﻟﺠﺎﻫﻞ ﻳﺘﻮ‪ s‬ﺑﺸﺪ
‬
‫ﻟﻠﻐﻨﻰ ﻷ ﻟﻐﻨﻰ ﻫﻮ ‪A‬ﺣﺪ ‪A‬ﻫﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺎ‪L‬‬
‫‪30‬‬
‫‪ L‬ﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ
ﻋﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﺘﺎﺋﻬﺔ‪ ,‬ﻳﻮﻗﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ`‬
‫ﻟﺜﺮ‪ /‬ﻳﺤﺘﺮﻣﻮﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﻟﻐﻨﺎ‪B .F‬ﺣﺮ‪ d‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬ ﻟﺜﺮ‪ c‬ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ‪A‬ﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬
‫ﻳﺨﻄﺌﻮ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﻳﻦ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ‪A‬ﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺳﻠﻄﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪F‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﺘﻼ‪ k‬ﻟﺜﺮ
ﻟﻬﺪ‪ +‬ﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺮﻏﺒﺔ ﻟﺠﺎﻣﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﻼ‪ k‬ﻟﺜﺮ
ﺗﻘﻮ‪B 8‬ﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﺎ
ﻣﻠﺆﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺨﻮ‪ +‬ﻣﻦ ﻓﻘﺪﻧﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﺆﻻ‪ c‬ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻤﻠﻜﻮ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻨﻈﺮ
ً‬
‫ﻳﻘﻨﻄﻮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﻘﺪﻧﻬﻢ ﻟﺜﺮﺋﻬﻢ‪ ,‬ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻳﺼﺒﺤﻮ ﻣﺘﻤﺮ‪8‬ﻳﻦ ‪ cdB‬ﺧﺎﻟﻘﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻮﻧﻬﻢ ﺟﺎﻫﻠﻴﻦ ﺑﺄ ﻣﺎ ‪A‬ﺻﺎﺑﻬﻢ ﻫﻮ ﻋﺒﺎ
ﻋﻦ ﺑﺘﻼ‪ ،c‬ﻓﺈﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﺼﺒﺤﻮ‬
‫ُﻣﺤﺒﻄﻴﻦ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻘﺪﻧﻬﻢ ﻟﺜﺮﺗﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺗَْﺄ َﺳ ْﻮ َﻋ َﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻳﺄﻣﺮ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪ ﴿ :‬ﻟ َ‬
‫ِﻜ ْﻴ َ‬
‫ﺎ َﻓ ُﺨﻮ ٍ( ﴾‬ ‫ﺎﻛ ْﻢ َ‪ 1‬ﷲُ َﻻ ﻳُ ِﺤ ﱡﺐ ُﻛ ﱠﻞ ُﻣ ْﺨﺘَ ٍ‬ ‫َﻣﺎ َﻓﺎﺗَ ُﻜ ْﻢ َ‪َ 1‬ﻻ ﺗَﻔ َ‬
‫ْﺮ ُﺣﻮ ﺑ َِﻤﺎ ‪G‬ﺗَ ُ‬
‫)ﺳﻮ
ﻟﺤﺪﻳﺪ ‪ .(23:‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﺄﻣﺮ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ‪ A‬ﻳﻘﻮ‪ 8‬ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺪ‪Q‬‬
‫ ﻳﺘﺒﻨﻰ ﻷﺧﻼ‪ s‬ﻟﺤﻤﻴﺪ
‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻘﻨﻮ( ﻟﻔﻘﺪ ﻟﺜﺮ‪ c‬ﻻﺑﺘﻬﺎ§ ﻓﻲ ‪A‬ﻗﺎ‪L‬‬
‫ﻟﺮﺧﺎ‪ ,c‬ﻫﻮ ‪8‬ﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻟﺠﺤﻮ‪ 8‬ﺗﺠﺎ‪ F‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻨﻈﺮ
ﻟﻤﻨﺤﺮﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ‪A‬ﻓﺮ‪ 8‬ﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﺠﺎﻫﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﻘﺒﻮ‪ Q‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﻟﺸﻌﻮ ﺑﺨﻴﺒﺔ ﻷﻣﻞ ﻟﻔﻘﺪﻧﻬﻢ ﻣﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎﺗﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻷﻣﺎ ﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎ‪ /8‬ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻐﻨﻰ ‬
‫ﻟﺜﺮ‪ ,c‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻔﻲ ﻓﺠﺄ
ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻛﺎﺛﺔ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪ A ,‬ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﻈﺎ‪ .L‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺮ‪A c‬ﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ‪ A‬ﻳﺪﻣﺮ ﺑﻴﺘﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻼ ﺷﺮ‪F‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﻨﻮ‪ L‬ﻣﻦ ﻻ‪8‬ﺧﺎ ﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﻷ ‪d‬ﻟﺰﻻ ﻫﺰ‪ F‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻋﺪ‪ .F‬ﻓﺎﻷﻣﺮ ﻟﻤﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎ‪ A ,‬ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻟﻤﺪ‪ k‬ﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
ﺳﻴﺸﻌﺮ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺒﺎ‪ k‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫‪31‬‬
‫ﻳﺼﺎ{ ﺑﺨﺴﺎ
ﻛﻬﺬ‪F‬؛ ﻓﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﺜﻘﻼ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺸﺎ‪ S‬ﻣﺸﺤﻮﻧﺎ ﻟﺘﻤﺮ‪.8‬‬
‫‪ ّ B‬ﻫﺆﻻ‪ c‬ﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻦ ‪A‬ﺧﻼ‪ s‬ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻳﻔﺸﻠﻮ ﻓﻲ ‪ A‬ﻳﺪﻛﻮ‬
‫‪ A‬ﻓﻘﺪﻧﻬﻢ ﻟﺜﺮﺋﻬﻢ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻔﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪ -‬ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻧﻈﺮﺗﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﺗﻘﺼﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺘﻮﻛﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﷲ ‪ ّ A -‬ﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﺸﻌﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫ﻏﻨﺎﻫﻢ ﺛﺮﺋﻬﻢ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﺠﻠﺐ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻟﺘﻌﺐ ﻟﻤﺸﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪A‬ﻣﺎ ‪A‬ﻟﺌﻚ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﻮﻗﻨﻮ ‪ A‬ﻣﻊ ﻟﻌﺴﺮ ﻳﺴﺮ ‪ A‬ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻣﻊ ﻟﺸ ّﺪ
‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺤﺎﻟﻬﻢ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻨﺤﻮ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﻳﺪﻛﻮ ‪ ّ A‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻟﺜﺮ‪ c‬ﻟﻤﺘﺎ‪ u‬ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺪ‪ +‬ﻏﺎﻳﺔ‪ ,‬ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ B‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻨﻮ ﻓﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻞ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻷﻣﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻜﻮ ﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ
ﻣﻦ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻌﺒﺎ‪ F8‬ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻏﺮﻫﻢ ﻟﺜﺮ‪c‬‬
‫ ﻏﻠﺒﺘﻬﻢ ﻣﺘﻊ ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻟﺰﺋﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺄ‪ /‬ﻧﻘﺺ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺎ‪B Q‬ﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﻘﺪ
ﷲ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﻓﻘﺮﻧﺎ ﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻪ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﺪﻓﻌﻨﺎ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪ‪.F‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﻟﻌﻞ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻗﺪ ‪8‬ﺧﺮ ﻟﻌﺒﺎ‪ F8‬ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺻﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻀﺎﺋﻘﺎ‪ L‬ﻷﻟﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻛﻠﻮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ‪A‬ﻓﻀﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻮﺿﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻊ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻟﺰﺋﻠﺔ‪ ,‬ﻳﻤﻨﺤﻬﻢ‬
‫ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺼﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻌﻢ ﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ ؛ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ‪,‬‬
‫ﻓﺈ ﻧﻌﻢ ﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻟﺨﺎﻟﺪ
‪A‬ﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻌﻢ ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻟﺰﺋﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺎ‪ ,Q‬ﻓﺈ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ‪ L‬ﻓﻲ ﻷ‪ sd‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺄﻣﻦ ﻫﺪﻓﺎ ﻋﺎﺟﻼ‬
‫ ﻓﻮﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺜﻼ‪ ,‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ k‬ﺧﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ‪B‬ﺻﺎﺑﺔ ‪A‬ﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺎ‪ x8‬ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ
‪ ,‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺪ ﺣﻔﻈﻪ ﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎ‪8‬ﺛﺔ ‪A‬ﻛﺜﺮ ﺧﻄﻮ
ﻟﺮﺑﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻟﻪ ‪A A‬ﻛﺒﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﺑﻀﻤﻴﺮ‪ F‬ﻟﺤﻲ ﻳﺪ‪ A k‬ﻫﺬ‪F‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﺎ‪8‬ﺛﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺑﻤﺜﺎﺑﺔ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ
‪B ,‬ﻧﺬ‪ ,‬ﻓﻴﺴﺄ‪ Q‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻤﻐﻔﺮ
ﻳﺮﺿﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻀﺎ‪ c‬ﻟﻤﻘﺪ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪32‬‬
‫" ﻋﺴﻰ ‪ CR‬ﺗﺤﺒﻮ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ‪1‬ﻫﻮ ﺷﺮ ﻟﻜﻢ‪"...‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ‪ ,‬ﻓﺎﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻮ
ﻟﺒﻘﺮ
‪ ,‬ﻵﻳﺔ ‪,216‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻊ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﺪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺳﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺟﻴﺪ
‪B‬ﻳﺠﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺜﻞ‪ ,‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻚ ﻵﻳﺔ ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‪ ,‬ﻓﺎﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪A‬ﻳﻀﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﻟﻨﺎ ‪ A‬ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺒﻪ ﻟﻨﺎ` ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮ ‪ Fc‬ﺷﺮ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ ,‬ﻳﻀﺮ{ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻤﺜﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﻷﻏﻨﻴﺎ‪ c‬ﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺜﻘﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻹﻧﻔﺎ‪ s‬ﻣﻦ ﺛﺮﺗﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ‪ A‬ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻟﻤﺎ‪" Q‬ﻛﺎ‪"c‬‬
‫ﻓﻄﻨﺔ‪ ,‬ﻇﻨﻬﻢ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ‪8‬ﺧﺎ‪ F‬ﻋﺪ‪B S‬ﻧﻔﺎﻗﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﷲ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﺠﻠﺐ ﻟﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﻟﻨﻔﻊ‪ ,‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺟﻬﻞ ﻏﻔﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ> ‪A‬ﻳﻀﺎ‪ ,‬ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ A‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻐﻨﻰ‪ ,‬ﻫﻮ ﻟﺸﺮ ﺑﻌﻴﻨﻪ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺠﻠﺐ ﻟﺼﺎﺣﺒﻪ ‪B‬ﻻ ﻟﻌﺬ{ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺟﻬﻨﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻮ‪ C‬ﺑ َِﻤﺎ ‪G‬ﺗَﺎ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﷲُ ﻣ ْ‬
‫ِﻦ َﻓ ْﻀ ِﻠ ِﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﺎ‪ Q‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪َ 1َ ﴿ :‬ﻻ ﻳَ ْﺤ َﺴﺒَ ﱠﻦ ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬
‫ِﻳﻦ ﻳَْﺒ َﺨ ُﻠ َ‬
‫ﻮ‪َ C‬ﻣﺎ ﺑَ ِﺨ ُﻠﻮ ﺑِ ِﻪ ﻳَ ْﻮ َ
ﻟْﻘِﻴَﺎ َﻣ ِﺔ َ‪ 1‬ﷲِ‬‫ُﻫ َﻮ َﺧ ْﻴ ًﺮ ﻟَ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﺑَ ْﻞ ُﻫ َﻮ َﺷ ﱞﺮ ﻟَ ُﻬ ْﻢ َﺳﻴُ َﻄ ﱠﻮ ُﻗ َ‬
‫ِﻴﺮ ﴾ ) ﺳﻮ
>‪Q‬‬ ‫ﻮ‪َ C‬ﺧﺒ ٌُ‬ ‫‪ 1َ q‬ﷲ ﺑ َِﻤﺎ ﺗَ ْﻌ َﻤ ُﻠ َ‬ ‫‪َ 1َ r‬ﻷ ْ( ِ‬ ‫ﻟﺴ َﻤﺎ َ‪ِ 1‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﱠ‬ ‫ِﻴﺮ ُ‬
‫ﻣَ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮ‪.(180:‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻘﺼﺺ‪ ,‬ﻳﺤﻜﻲ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻗﺼﺔ ﻗﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻫﺐ‬
‫ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻗﺎ ﻟﺜﺮ‪ c‬ﻟﻔﺎﺣﺶ ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ‪A‬ﺻﺒﺢ ﻣﺨﺘﺎﻻ ﻣﻐﺮ ﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﺛﺮﺗﻪ‪,‬‬
‫ﻋﻈﻤﺖ ﻏﻄﺮﺳﺘﻪ ‪ cdB‬ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺣﺎ‪8‬ﺛﺔ ﻗﺎ‪ ,‬ﻟﺬ‪ُA /‬ﻫﻠﻚ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺑﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻏﺎﻓﻼ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻨﺬ‪ ,‬ﻋﺒﺮ
ﻟﻠﻨﺎ`‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻗﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻗﺼﺔ ﻗﺎ‬
‫ِﻦ‬ ‫ﻮﺳﻰ َﻓﺒَ َﻐﻰ َﻋ َﻠ ْﻴﻬ ْ‬
‫ِﻢ َ‪G 1‬ﺗَْﻴﻨَﺎ ُ ﻣ َ‬ ‫ِﻦ َﻗ ْﻮ ِ
ُﻣ َ‬ ‫‪َ C1‬ﻛ َ‬
‫ﺎ‪ C‬ﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪ ﴿ :‬ﱠ‬
‫ِ‪َ C‬ﻗﺎ ُ( َ‬
‫‪33‬‬
‫ْﺮ ْ‬ ‫ِﺤ ُﻪ ﻟَﺘَﻨُﻮ ُ ﺑِﺎﻟْ ُﻌ ْﺼﺒَ ِﺔ ‪1ُR‬ﻟِﻲ ﻟ ُﻘ ﱠﻮ ِ‪َ vْ ِ b‬ﻗ َ‬
‫ﺎ ﻟَ ُﻪ َﻗ ْﻮ ُﻣ ُﻪ َﻻ ﺗَﻔ َ‬ ‫‪َ C‬ﻣﻔَﺎﺗ َ‬‫ﻟﻜﻨُﻮ ِ~ َﻣﺎ ﱠ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ﺲ‬ ‫ﻵﺧ َﺮ َ‪َ 1َ b‬ﻻ ﺗَْﻨ َ‬ ‫ﺎ‪ 5‬ﷲُ ﻟ ﱠﺪ َ( ِ‬ ‫ِﻴﻤﺎ ‪G‬ﺗَ َ‬‫ﻴﻦ * َ‪1‬ﺑْﺘَ ِﻎ ﻓ َ‬ ‫ِ‪ C‬ﷲَ َﻻ ﻳُ ِﺤ ﱡﺐ ﻟ َﻔ ِﺮ ِﺣ َ‬ ‫ﱠ‬
‫َﺴﺎ َ‪ 6‬ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ِﻦ ﻟ ﱡﺪﻧْﻴَﺎ َ‪ْ َR 1‬ﺣ ِﺴ ْﻦ َﻛ َﻤﺎ ‪ْ َR‬ﺣ َﺴ َﻦ ﷲُ ِﻟَْﻴ َﻚ َ‪َ 1‬ﻻ ﺗَْﺒ ِﻎ ﻟﻔ َ‬ ‫ﻧَ ِﺼﻴﺒَ َﻚ ﻣ َ‬
‫ﺎ ِﻧﱠ َﻤﺎ ‪1ُR‬ﺗِﻴﺘُ ُﻪ َﻋ َﻠﻰ ِﻋ ْﻠ ٍﻢ ِﻋ ْﻨﺪِ‪ 1َ َR Q‬ﻟَْﻢ‬ ‫ِﻳﻦ َﻗ َ‬ ‫ْﺴﺪ َ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﻔ ِ‬ ‫ِ‪ C‬ﷲَ َﻻ ﻳُ ِﺤ ﱡﺐ ُ‬ ‫‪ q‬ﱠ‬ ‫ َﻷ ْ( ِ‬
‫‪َ C1‬ﻣ ْﻦ ُﻫ َﻮ ‪َ َR‬ﺷ ﱡﺪ ِﻣ ْﻨ ُﻪ ُﻗ ﱠﻮ ً‪ْ َR 1َ b‬ﻛﺜَﺮ‬ ‫ُﺮ ِ‬‫ِﻦ ﻟْﻘ ُ‬ ‫ﻳَ ْﻌ َﻠ ْﻢ ‪ َR‬ﱠ‪ C‬ﷲَ َﻗ ْﺪ ‪ْ َR‬ﻫ َﻠ َﻚ ﻣ ْ‬
‫ِﻦ َﻗ ْﺒ ِﻠ ِﻪ ﻣ َ‬
‫ﻮ‪) ﴾ C‬ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻘﺼﺺ‪.(78-76:‬‬ ‫ﻟﻤ ْﺠ ِﺮ ُﻣ َ‬ ‫ِﻢ ُ‬ ‫َﺟ ْﻤ ًﻌﺎ َ‪َ 1‬ﻻ ﻳُ ْﺴﺄَ ُ َﻋ ْﻦ ُ‪v‬ﻧُﻮﺑِﻬ ْ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﺿﺢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻵﻳﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ,‬ﻓﺈ ﻗﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻋﺘﻘﺪ ‪ A‬ﻛﻨﻮ‪Fd‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺠﻠﺐ ﻟﻪ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﻟﺬ ﺑﺘﻬﺞ ﻏﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻣﺘﻜﺒﺮ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ‪ ,‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺒﺔ ‪A‬ﻣﻞ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ >ﺧﺮ ﻓﺈ ّ ﻧﻈﺮ
ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ‪A‬ﻣﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻟﺨﺎﻃﺊ‪ .‬ﻻﻣﻮ‪ Q‬ﻟﺜﺮ‪ L‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﻠﺘﺰ‪ S‬ﺑﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺮ>‪ ,‬ﻻ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪ ﺗﻬﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻮﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻚ ﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎ‪ S‬ﻟﻤﺒﺎﻟﻎ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻮ‪ 8‬ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺑﻨﺒﻞ؛ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺗﻘﻮ‪ F8‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺸﺎ‪ c‬ﻓﺘﺠﻌﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻠﻬﺚ ‪ c‬ﻟﻤﺎ‪ Q‬ﺑﻼ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‪ ّ B .‬ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻳﻜﺮ` ﻛﻞ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻜﺴﺐ‬
‫ﺿﻰ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ‪A‬ﺑﺪ ‪ A‬ﺗﺄﺳﺮ‪ F‬ﺑﺮﻏﺒﺎ‪A L‬ﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ؛ ﻓﻬﻮ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮ‪ s‬ﻟﺜﻮ{ ﻵﺧﺮ
ﻷﺑﺪ‪ /‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻤﺘﺎ‪ u‬ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳَﻌ ُﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻋﺮﻓﻮ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻬﻢ ﺣﺪ‪ 8‬ﻧﻈﺮﺗﻬﻢ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻤﺎ‪ Q‬ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻨﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ُﺴ ُﻬ ْﻢ َ‪ْ َR 1‬ﻣ َﻮﻟَ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﺑِﺄَ ﱠ‪ C‬ﻟَ ُﻬﻢ‬‫ِﻴﻦ ‪َR‬ﻧْﻔ َ‬‫ﻟﻤ ْﺆ ِﻣﻨ َ‬
‫ِﻦ ُ‬ ‫ﺷﺘَ َﺮ ﻣ َ‬ ‫ِ‪ C‬ﷲ ْ‬ ‫ﻗﺎ‪ Q‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ﴿ :‬ﱠ‬
‫ﻮ‪ْ 1َ C‬ﻋ ًﺪ َﻋ َﻠ ْﻴ ِﻪ َﺣﻘָדﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﻟﺘﱠ ْﻮ َ( ِ‪b‬‬ ‫ﻮ‪ 1َ C‬ﻳُ ْﻘﺘَُﻠ َ‬‫ِﻴﻞ ﷲِ َﻓﻴَ ْﻘﺘُُﻠ َ‬ ‫ﻮ‪ C‬ﻓِﻲ َﺳﺒ ِ‬ ‫ﻟﺠﻨﱠ َﺔ ﻳُﻘَﺎﺗُِﻠ َ‬
‫َ‬
‫ِﻜ ْﻢ ﻟﺬِ‪Q‬‬ ‫ﺎﺳﺘَْﺒ ِﺸ ُﺮ‪ 1‬ﺑِﺒَْﻴﻌ ُ‬
‫ِﻦ ﷲِ َﻓ ْ‬ ‫‪َ 1َ CG‬ﻣ ْﻦ ‪َ 1ْ َR‬ﻓﻰ ﺑِ َﻌ ْﻬ ِﺪ ِ ﻣ َ‬ ‫ُﺮ ِ‬‫ﻴﻞ َ‪ 1‬ﻟﻘ ْ‬ ‫َ‪ِ 1‬ﻹﻧْ ِﺠ ِ‬
ﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ‪. (111:‬‬ ‫ِﻚ ُﻫ َﻮ ﻟْ َﻔ ْﻮ ُ~ ﻟ َﻌ ِﻈ ُ‬‫ﺑَﺎﻳَ ْﻌﺘُ ْﻢ ﺑِ ِﻪ َ‪vَ 1‬ﻟ َ‬
‫‪34‬‬
‫‪ ّ B‬ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ c‬ﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻟﺼﺎ‪8‬ﻗﻴﻦ ﻟﻤﺨﻠﺼﻴﻦ ﻋﺘﺒﺮ ‪ A‬ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ﻫﻮ ﺑﻤﺜﺎﺑﺔ ﻧﻌﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮ ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﻋﻤﺎ‪ s‬ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻬﻢ ‪A‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﻠﻜﻮ ﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﷲ ﺣﺪ‪ .F‬ﻟﻬﺬ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻳﻨﻔﻘﻮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻟﻬﻢ ﻣﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﷲ‪ .‬ﻫﺬ ﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻟﺴﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﺸﻌﻮ ﻟﻨﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺲ ﻟﺒ ﱠِﺮ ‪ Cْ َR‬ﺗُ َﻮﻟﱡﻮ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﺎ‪ F‬ﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﺮ‪ F‬ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ﴿ :‬ﻟَْﻴ َ‬
‫ﻟﻤ ْﺸ ِﺮ ِ‪ 1َ i‬ﻟْ َﻤ ْﻐ ِﺮ ِ َ‪ 1‬ﻟَ ِﻜ ﱠﻦ ﻟﺒ ﱠِﺮ َﻣ ْﻦ ‪َ G‬ﻣ َﻦ ﺑِﺎﷲ َ‪ 1‬ﻟﻴَ ْﻮ ِ
‬ ‫ُ‪ُ 1‬ﺟﻮ َﻫ ُﻜ ْﻢ ﻗِﺒَ َﻞ َ‬
‫ﺎ َﻋ َﻠﻰ ُﺣﺒﱢ ِﻪ َ‪Qِ1v‬‬ ‫ﻟﻤ َ‬‫ﻴﻦ َ‪G 1‬ﺗَﻰ َ‬ ‫ﺎ َ‪ 1‬ﻟﻨﱠﺒِﻴﱢ َ‬ ‫ﻟﻜﺘَ ِ‬‫ِﻜ ِﺔ َ‪ِ 1‬‬ ‫ﻼﺋ َ‬
‫ﻟﻤ َ‬
‫ﻵﺧ ِﺮ َ‪َ 1‬‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺎ َ‪1‬‬ ‫ﻟﺮ َﻗ ِ‬
‫ِﻴﻦ َ‪1‬ﻓِﻲ ﱢ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﺎﺋِﻠ َ‬‫ِﻴﻞ َ‪ 1‬ﱠ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﺒ ِ‬
‫ﻴﻦ َ‪ 1‬ﺑْ َﻦ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎﻛ َ‬ ‫ُﺮﺑَﻰ َ‪ 1‬ﻟْﻴَﺘَﺎ َﻣﻰ َ‪َ 1‬‬
‫ﻟﻤ َﺴ ِ‬ ‫ﻟﻘ ْ‬
‫ﻼ َ‪G 1َ b‬ﺗَﻰ ﻟ ﱠﺰ َﻛﺎ َ‪) ﴾ ... b‬ﺳﻮ
ﻟﺒﻘﺮ
‪.(177:‬‬ ‫‪ََR‬ﻗﺎ َ
ﱠ‬
‫ﻟﺼ َ‬
‫ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻘﻮ ﻟﻠﺘﻔﺎﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻴﺘﻬﻢ ﻟﺼﺎ‪8‬ﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻹﻧﻔﺎ‪s‬‬
‫ُﻮ‪ْ R C‬ﻣ َﻮﻟَ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﺑْﺘِ َﻐﺎ َ‬
‫ِﻳﻦ ﻳُْﻨ ِﻔﻘ َ‬‫ﻫﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺒﻴﻨﻪ ﻵﻳﺔ ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ‪َ 1َ ﴿ :‬ﻣﺜَ ُﻞ ﻟﺬ َ‬
‫ِﻢ ‪) ﴾ ...‬ﺳﻮ
ﻟﺒﻘﺮ
‪(265:‬‬ ‫ُﺴﻬ ْ‬ ‫ِﻦ ‪َR‬ﻧْﻔ ِ‬
‫ﺎ‪ r‬ﷲِ َ‪ 1‬ﺗَْﺜﺒِﻴﺘًﺎ ﻣ ْ‬ ‫َﻣ ْﺮ َﺿ ِ‬
‫ﻫﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻔﻘﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎﺗﻬﻢ‪ ,‬ﻳﺘﺼﺮﻓﻮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻋﻦ ‪A‬ﻟﺌﻚ ﻟﺠﺎﻫﻠﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﻗﻊ ﻷﻣﺮ‪ ,‬ﻫﻢ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﻣﺘﺤﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﺼﺒﺮ ﻳﺴﻌﻮ ﻹ‪ k8‬ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ c‬ﺗﻠﻚ‬
‫ﻟﺨﺴﺎ
‪ A‬ﻟﻔﻘﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﻨﻈﺮ
ﻟﻨﺒﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻷﺣﺪ‪x‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻜﺴﻬﺎ ﻫﺬ ﻟﺪﻋﺎ‪ c‬ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ‪ A‬ﻧﺪﻋﻮ ﺑﻪ‪ُ ﴿ :‬ﻗ ْﻞ ﻟ ﱠﻠ ُﻬ ﱠﻢ‬
‫ِﻤ ْﻦ ﺗَ َﺸﺎ ُ َ‪ 1‬ﺗُ ِﻌ ﱡﺰ َﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﻟﻤ ْﻠ َﻚ ﻣ ﱠ‬
‫ﻟﻤ ْﻠ َﻚ َﻣ ْﻦ ﺗَ َﺸﺎ ُ َ‪ 1‬ﺗَْﻨ ِﺰ ُ? ُ‬
‫ﻟﻤ ْﻠ ِﻚ ﺗُ ْﺆﺗِﻲ ُ‬‫ِﻚ ُ‬ ‫َﻣﺎﻟ َ‬
‫ِﻳﺮ"‪) .‬ﺳﻮ
‬ ‫ﻟﺨ ْﻴ ُﺮ ِﻧﱠ َﻚ َﻋ َﻠﻰ ُﻛ ﱢﻞ َﺷ ْﻲ ٍ َﻗﺪ ٌ‬ ‫ِ‪َ 5‬‬ ‫ِ َﻣ ْﻦ ﺗَ َﺸﺎ ُ ﺑِﻴَﺪ َ‬
‫ﺗَ َﺸﺎ ُ َ‪ 1‬ﺗُﺬ ﱡ‬
‫>‪ Q‬ﻋﻤﺮ ‪(26:‬‬
‫‪35‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪ ,‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮ ﺟﻴﺪ ‪ ّ A‬ﻟﺜﺮ‪ c‬ﻟﻤﺎ‪ Q‬ﻟﺬ‪/‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻠﻜﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺠﻠﺐ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺳﻮ ﻟﻌﺬ{‬
‫ﻼ ﺗُ ْﻌ ِﺠ ْﺒ َﻚ ‪ْ َR‬ﻣ َﻮﻟُ ُﻬ ْﻢ َ‪َ 1‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻟﺨﺴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬ ﻋﺪ ﻣﻦ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ﴿ :‬ﻓّ َ‬
‫‪َ 1ْ َR‬ﻻ ُ‪ُ 6‬ﻫ ْﻢ ِﻧﱠ َﻤﺎ ﻳُ ِﺮﻳ ُﺪ ﷲُ ﻟِﻴُ َﻌ ﱢﺬﺑَ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﺑِ َﻬﺎ ﻓِﻲ َ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻴَﺎ ِ‪ b‬ﻟ ﱡﺪﻧْﻴَﺎ َ‪ 1‬ﺗَ ْﺰ َﻫ َﻖ ‪َR‬ﻧْﻔ ُ‬
‫ُﺴ ُﻬ ْﻢ َ‪1‬‬
‫‪) ﴾ C1‬ﺳﻮ
ﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪(55:‬‬ ‫ُﻫ ْﻢ َﻛﺎﻓ ُِﺮ َ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ (1‬ﻷﻣﺮ‪q‬‬

‫‪ B‬ﻟﻨﺎ` ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﻴﺸﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﺘﻤﻌﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﺠﻬﻞ ﻳﺨﻄﻄﻮ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻳﺄﻣﻠﻮ ‪ A‬ﺗﺘﻘﺪ‪ S‬ﺧﻄﻄﻬﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﻏﺒﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺗﻜﻤﻦ ﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ ,‬ﻓﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻣﺮ^ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻊ ‪ A‬ﺣﺎ‪8‬ﺛﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺑﺤﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻮﺿﻰ ﺗﺎﻣﺔ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ A‬ﺗﻠﻚ ﻷﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ‪8‬ﺧﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺧﻄﻄﻬﻢ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮ ﻳﺘﻤﺘﻌﻮ ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﺎﻓﻴﺘﻬﻢ‪ ,‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻔﻜﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ‪A‬ﺑﺪ ‪ A‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻷﺣﺪ‪– x‬ﻣﻊ ‪A‬ﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺤﺼﻞ ﻟﻶﻻ‪ +‬ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻳﻮ‪ – S‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻟﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻬﺬ‪ ,‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳُﻮﺟﻪ ﻟﺠﺎﻫﻠﻮ ﺑﻤﺜﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻷﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻟﻤﺘﻮﻗﻌﺔ‪,‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﻔﻘﺪ ﻓﻮ ﺻﻮﺑﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻔﻌﻠﻮ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﻳﻨﻜﺮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮ ‪",‬ﻟﻤﺎ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻟﻲ ﻫﺬ ؟ " ﻟﺴﺒﺐ ‪ A‬ﻫﺆﻻ‪ c‬ﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﺎﻷﺧﻼ‪ s‬ﻟﻘﺮ>ﻧﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻳﻨﺰﻋﻮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻋﺪ‪ S‬ﻟﺘﻮﻛﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﷲ ﻓﻲ ‪A‬ﻗﺎ‪L‬‬
‫ﻟﺸﺪ
‪ A‬ﻟﻤﺮ^‪A ,‬ﻻ ﻳﺒﺤﺜﻮ ﻋﻦ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﻟﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ّ B‬ﻫﺆﻻ‪ c‬ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺪﻛﻮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﻘﺪ‪ ,‬ﻳﻌﺰ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻟﻤﺮ^‬
‫ﻟﻤﺠﺮ‪ 8‬ﻟﻔﻴﺮﺳﺎ‪ A L‬ﻟﺒﻜﺘﺮﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺜﻞ‪ ,‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﻃﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎ‪ x8‬ﺳﻴﺮ‪,‬‬
‫‪36‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻢ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ‪ A‬ﺳﺎﺋﻖ ﻟﺴﻴﺎ
ﻷﺧﺮ ﻫﻮ ﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﺎ‪8‬ﺛﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺻﻮ
ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﻟﻤﺮ^‪ ,‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﻜﺘﻴﺮﻳﺎ ‪A‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻜﺮ{ ‪ /A A‬ﺷﻲ‪ c‬ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﻷ ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎ‪ ,‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎ‪ L‬ﺧﻠﻘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻫﻲ ﻣﺠﺮ‪A 8‬ﺳﺒﺎ{‪ .‬ﻓﻼ ﺷﻲ‪ c‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬ ﻷﺷﻴﺎ‪A c‬ﺳﺒﺎ{ "ﻋﺸﻮﺋﻴﺔ"؛‬
‫ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﻤﺘﺜﻞ ﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﺑﺎ‪ L‬ﻷ ﷲ‬
‫‪ F8A‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ B .‬ﺣﻞ ﺑﺈﻧﺴﺎ ﻣﺮ^ ﺧﻄﻴﺮ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻴﺮ` ﻣﺎ‪ ,‬ﻓﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻷ ﻫﺬ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻢ ﷲ ‪8B‬ﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮ ‪ A‬ﺳﻴﺎ
ﺻﺪﻣﺖ ‪B‬ﻧﺴﺎﻧﺎ‪ ,‬ﻓﺘﺮﻛﺘﻪ ﻣﻘﻌﺪ‪ ,‬ﻓﻬﻮ ‪A‬ﻳﻀﺎ ﺣﺪ‪A x‬ﺟﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺈ‪
8‬ﷲ‪ .‬ﻫﻮ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ‪A‬ﺑﺪ ‪ A‬ﻳﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﺠﺮﻳﺎ‪ L‬ﺗﻠﻚ ﻷﺣﺪ‪x‬؛ ﻻ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺣﺪ
ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻧﺎﺿﻞ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺒﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ‪ A‬ﻳﻤﺤﻮ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺪ
ﻣﻦ ﻗﺪ‪ F‬ﻷ ﻟﻘﺪ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺣﺪ
ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺴﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻟﺮﺑﻪ ﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ‪ ,‬ﺛﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻜﻤﺘﻪ ﺣﻤﺘﻪ ﻟﻤﻄﻠﻘﺔ‪ ,‬ﻓﺤﺪ‪ A x‬ﻣﺮ^ ‪ A‬ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺑﻬﻪ‪ ,‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ‪B‬ﻻ ﻣﺤﻨﺔ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻞ ﻟﻠﻨﻌﻴﻢ ﻟﻤﻄﻠﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺠﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ّ B‬ﻟﺼﻔﺎ‪ L‬ﻷﺧﻼﻗﻴﺔ ﻟﺤﺴﻨﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻇﺮ‪+‬‬
‫ﻛﺘﻠﻚ‪ ,‬ﻫﻲ ﻷﻣﺮ ﻟﻤﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻷﻣﺮ^ ﻟﺤﻮ‪ x8‬ﻫﻲ ﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻊ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻠﻚ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮ ﻟﻔﺮﺻﺔ ﻟﻴﻘﺪﻣﻮ ‪cdB‬ﻫﺎ ﻟﺒﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺒﺮﻫﻢ ﺣﺴﻦ ‪A‬ﺧﻼﻗﻬﻢ‪,‬‬
‫ﺑﻮﺳﻄﺘﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮ ‪A‬ﻳﻀﺎ ﻟﺘﻘﺮ{ ﻣﻦ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪,‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻦ ﻷﻣﺮ^ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﺴﺮ‪ 8‬ﻟﻨﺎ ‪A‬ﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﺼﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻷﻗﺎ‪.L‬‬
‫ﺲ ﻟﺒ ﱠِﺮ ‪ Cْ َR‬ﺗُ َﻮﻟﱡﻮ ُ‪ُ 1‬ﺟﻮ َﻫ ُﻜ ْﻢ ﻗِﺒَ َﻞ َ‬
‫ﻟﻤ ْﺸ ِﺮ ِ‪1َ i‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ﴿:‬ﻟَْﻴ َ‬
‫ﻼﺋ َ‬
‫ِﻜ ِﺔ َ‪1‬‬ ‫ﻟﻤ َ‬ ‫ﻟﻤ ْﻐ ِﺮ ِ َ‪ 1‬ﻟَ ِﻜ ﱠﻦ ﻟﺒ ﱠِﺮ َﻣ ْﻦ ‪َ G‬ﻣ َﻦ ﺑِﺎﷲِ َ‪ 1‬ﻟﻴَ ْﻮ ِ
ِ‬
‫ﻵﺧ ِﺮ َ‪َ 1‬‬ ‫َ‬
‫‪37‬‬
‫ﺎ َﻋ َﻠﻰ ُﺣﺒﱢ ِﻪ َ‪ Qِ1v‬ﻟﻘ ْ‬
‫ُﺮﺑَﻰ َ‪ 1‬ﻟﻴَﺘَﺎ َﻣﻰ َ‪1‬‬ ‫ﻟﻤ َ‬ ‫ﻴﻦ َ‪G 1‬ﺗَﻰ َ‬‫ﺎ َ‪ 1‬ﻟﻨﱠﺒِﻴﱢ َ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻟﻜﺘَ ِ‬
‫ﻼ َ‪b‬‬ ‫ﺎ َ‪ََR 1‬ﻗﺎ َ
ﱠ‬
‫ﻟﺼ َ‬ ‫ﻟﺮ َﻗ ِ‬
‫ِﻴﻦ َ‪ 1‬ﻓِﻲ ﱢ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﺎﺋِﻠ َ‬‫ِﻴﻞ َ‪ّ 1‬‬ ‫ﻟﺴﺒ ِ‬
‫ﻴﻦ َ‪ 1‬ﺑْ َﻦ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻟﻤ َﺴ ِ‬
‫ﺎﻛ َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﻳﻦ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﻟﺼﺎﺑِ ِﺮ َ‬
‫ِﻢ ِ‪َ َv‬ﻋﺎ َﻫ ُﺪ‪ 1َ 1‬ﱠ‬ ‫َ‪G1‬ﺗَﻰ ﻟ ﱠﺰ َﻛﺎ َ‪ُ 1َ b‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﻮ ُﻓ َ‬
‫ﻮ‪ C‬ﺑِ َﻌ ْﻬ ِﺪﻫ ْ‬
‫ِﻳﻦ َﺻ َﺪ ُﻗﻮ َ‪1ُR 1‬ﻟَﺌ َ‬
‫ِﻚ ُﻫ ْﻢ‬ ‫ِﻚ ﻟﺬ َ‬ ‫ﻴﻦ ﻟﺒَْﺄ ِ ‪1ُR‬ﻟَﺌ َ‬ ‫ﻟﺒَْﺄ َﺳﺎ ِ َ‪ 1‬ﱠ‬
‫ﻟﻀ ﱠﺮ ِ َ‪ِ 1‬ﺣ َ‬
‫ُﻮ‪) ﴾ C‬ﺳﻮ
ﻟﺒﻘﺮ
‪.(177:‬‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺘﱠﻘ َ‬
‫ُ‬
‫‪ ّ B‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻋﺘﺒﺎ ﻷﻣﺮ^ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻵﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻟﻤﺤﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻖ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﻟﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﻪ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪A‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﺬﻛﺮ ‪8‬ﻣﺎ ‪A‬ﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﺤﺎ ﻟﻪ‪ A ,‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺠﻠﺐ ﻷﻣﺮ^‬
‫ ﻳﺸﻔﻲ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻫﺬ ﻫﻮ ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻖ ﻟﻼ‪ Sd‬ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻠﻮ‪A k‬ﺧﻼﻗﻲ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﻔﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﺮ‪ F‬ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻟﻬﺪ‪ +‬ﻹﻟﻬﻲ ﻣﻦ ‪ c‬ﻟﻤﺮ^ ﻟﺬ‪/‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ A ,‬ﻟﺤﺎ‪8‬ﺛﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ‪A‬ﻟﻤﺖ ﺑﻪ‪ ,‬ﻣﻊ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻬﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻟﺤﺎ‪ .Q‬ﻟﺮﺑﻤﺎ ﻛﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪ A‬ﻳﻤﺮ ﺑﺼﻌﺎ{ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ‪ ,‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﻟﺬ‪A /‬ﻋﻦ ﷲ ﺑﺼﺪ‪ ،s‬ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻔﻮ‪ d‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻌﻴﻢ ﻟﻤﻄﻠﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎ ‪ A‬ﻧﺒﻘﻰ ﻛﺮﻳﻦ‪ ,‬ﻣﻊ ﻟﻚ‪A ,‬ﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﻬﻢ ‪ k8B‬ﻫﺬ‪F‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪A‬ﻋﻤﺎ‪ s‬ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻨﺎ ‪ A‬ﻧﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻷﺧﻼ‪ s‬ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻮ ‪B‬ﺻﺎﺑﺘﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻣﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮ‪B Q‬ﻟﻰ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ‪ ,‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻀﺮ‪ A /‬ﻧﻌﻠﻢ ‪ A‬ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻷﻣﺮ^ ﺟﺪ‪ L‬ﻟﻬﺪ‪ .+‬ﻟﻮ ‪ 8A‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻤﺎ ‪A‬ﺻﺎﺑﻨﺎ ‪ /A‬ﻣﺮ^‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﺎ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻤﺮ^ ‪A‬ﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ‪ ,‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻷﻣﺮ^ ﻫﻲ ﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺈ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺘﻠﻲ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﺑﻤﺤﻨﺔ ﻣﺎ‪ ,‬ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻪ ‪ A‬ﻳﺪ‪A k‬ﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﻬﺪ‪ ,+‬ﻫﺬ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ‪F‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻓﻬﻢ ‪ Qd‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻗﺪ
ﷲ ﻟﻤﻄﻠﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪38‬‬
‫ﻷﻣﺮ‪ q‬ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ‪ C‬ﺑﻀﻌﻔﻪ ‪1‬ﺣﺎﺟﺘﻪ ﻟﻰ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ‪A‬ﻗﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﻤﺮ^‪ ,‬ﺗﻬﺠﻢ ﻟﺒﻜﺘﻴﺮﻳﺎ ﻟﻔﻴﺮﺳﺎ‪ L‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻟﻘﻮ‪/‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﻬﻜﺎ ﻣﺘﻌﺒﺎ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﺮ‪ ,+‬ﻓﺈ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻷﻣﺮ^ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫ﻷﻟﻢ ﺗﺘﺮ‪ k‬ﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻷﺣﻴﺎ‪ ,‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮ‬
‫ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻨﻬﻮ^ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﺷﻪ ‪ A‬ﻟﻘﻴﺎ‪ S‬ﺑﺄﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻟﻴﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻷ ﻫﺬ‬
‫ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎ‪ 8‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﻴﺮ` ﺻﻐﻴﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﺋﻲ‪ ,‬ﻳﺰ‪ 88‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻬﻤﻪ ﻟﻤﺪ ﺿﻌﻔﻪ ﻛﻴﻒ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ
‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺮﺟﻊ ﺻﺤﺔ ﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ A‬ﻛﺎ ﻗﻮﻳﺎ ﺟﻠﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ A‬ﻛﺎ ﻳﺘﺠﺮ‪ A‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﷲ ‪A‬ﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻓﻴﻌﺼﻲ ‪A‬ﻣﺮ‪ F‬ﻳﻨﺴﻰ ﻧُﺬ‪ F‬ﻳﺘﻔﺎﺧﺮ ﺑﺄﻣﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎﺗﻪ‪ ,‬ﻳﺪ‪k‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎ‪ S‬ﻹ‪ k8‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﺤﺴﻦ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ ﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻋﻈﻤﺔ‬
‫ﷲ ﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺷﻲ‪.c‬‬
‫ﻷﻣﺮ‪ q‬ﺗُﺸﻌﺮ ﻟﻔﺮ‪ 6‬ﺑﺄ‪ C‬ﻟﻌﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻧﻌﻤﺔ ‪ 1‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬

‫ﻫﻨﺎ‪A k‬ﻣﺮ ﻃﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﻧﻔﺸﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ‪ F‬ﺧﻼ‪ Q‬ﺻﺨﺐ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﻟﻴﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻟﻐﻔﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎ‪B F‬ﻟﻰ ‪ A‬ﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﻟﻌﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﻛﺒﺮ ﻟﻨّﻌﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ّ B‬ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮ^ ﻟﻔﺘﺮ
ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﺎﺑﺪ‬
‫ﻷﻟﻢ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﻌﺘﺎ‪ 8‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﺗﻠﻚ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ‪ ,‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺒﺎﻏﺘﻪ ﻣﺮ^ ﻣﻔﺎﺟﺊ ﻳﺪ‪k‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﻧﻌﻤﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﻫﺬ ﻷ ﻟﺤﺮﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻲ‪A c‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﺎ ﻳﺤﺴﻦ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﻟﻨﻮﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻌﺮ‪A +‬ﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﺒﺪﻳﻊ ﻟﺰﻣﺎ‪ :‬ﺗّﻔﻖ ‪R‬ﻫﻞ ﻟﺤﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻘﻮ‪ :‬ﻧﻤﺎ ﺗُﻌﺮ‬
‫ﻷﺷﻴﺎ ﺑﺄﺿﺪ‪6‬ﻫﺎ ‪ ...‬ﻓﻤﺜﻼ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻻ ﻟﻈﻠﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ ُﻋﺮ ﻟﻨﻮ(‪1 ,‬ﻟﻈﻞ ‪C16‬‬
‫‪39‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ‪ 1 .‬ﻟﻮﻻ ﻟﺒﺮ‪ b61‬ﻟﻤﺎ ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﻟﺤﺮ(‪ 1 b‬ﻟﺒﻘﻴﺖ ‪ C16‬ﻃﻌﻢ‪1 ،‬ﻟﻮﻻ‬
‫ﻟﺠﻮ? ﻟﻤﺎ ‪R‬ﺣﺲ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ‪ C‬ﺑﻠﺬ‪ b‬ﻷﻛﻞ‪ 1 ،‬ﻟﻮﻻ ﺣﺮ(‪ b‬ﻟﻤﻌﺪ‪ b‬ﻟﻤﺎ ﻛﺎ‪C‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺎ ‪1v‬ﻗﺎ‪ 1 ,‬ﻟﻮﻻ ﻟﻌﻠﺔ ﻟﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻌﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺑﻼ ‪1 ،i1v‬ﻟﻮﻻ ﻟﻤﺮ‪ q‬ﻟﻜﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﻋﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺬ‪ ". b‬ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺔ ﻟﺨﺎﻣﺴﺔ ﻟﻌﺸﺮ‪ ,‬ﻟﺪ‪ c‬ﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ‪ C‬ﺑﻌﺠﺰ ‪1‬ﺣﺎﺟﺘﻪ ﻟﻰ ﷲ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺮ‪ q‬ﻟﺨﻄﻴﺮ ّ‬

‫‪A ّ B‬ﻏﻠﺐ ﻟﻨﺎ` ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ‪B ّ A‬ﺻﺎﺑﺘﻬﻢ ﺑﻤﺮ^ ﻣﻤﻴﺖ ‪ A‬ﻓﻘﺪﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻀﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺴﺪﻫﻢ ‪A‬ﻣﺮ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻐﻀﺐ ﻻﻣﺘﻌﺎ^‪ .‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻚ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻟﻨﻈﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ
ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺠﺎ
ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻵﺧﺮ
‪8‬ﻋﻮ
‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺛﻴﻖ ﻟﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻟﻤﺒﺘﻠﻰ ﺑﻤﺮ^‬
‫ﺧﻄﻴﺮ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ‪A‬ﻛﺜﺮ ﺣﺬ ﻳﻘﻈﺔ‪ ,‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﺎﺗﻪ >ﻻﻣﻪ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ‪ F‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪ k8B‬ﻻ ﻣﺒﺎﻻﺗﻪ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻃﺎﻟﻤﺎ ‪A‬ﻋﺎﻗﺖ ﺿﻤﻴﺮ‪ F‬ﻗﻠﺒﻪ‪ ,‬ﺗﺤﺜﻪ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺘﺒﺼﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
ﻵﺧﺮ
‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻠﺤﻈﺎ‪ L‬ﻳﻨﺘﺒﻪ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﺎ
‬
‫ﻟﻌﺒﺚ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎ ﻳﻌﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﻳﺪ‪ k‬ﻣﺪ ﻗﺮ{ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ ﻟﻤﻮ‪ .L‬ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪ A‬ﻳﺤﻴﻰ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﺑﻼ ﻣﺴﺆﻟﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻓﺈ ﻧﻘﻀﺎ^ ﻟﻤﺮ^ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺠﺄ
‪ ,‬ﻳﺠﻌﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺪ‪A k‬ﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻛﺴﺐ ﺿﻰ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻔﻮ‪ d‬ﺑﻨﻌﻴﻢ ﻵﺧﺮ
‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﻜﻮ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺮ^ ﺳﺒﻴﻼ ﻟﻠﻨّﺠﺎ
‪.‬‬
‫ﻷﻣﺮ‪ q‬ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻀﺮ? ﻹﻧﺴﺎ‪ C‬ﻟﻰ ﷲ ‪ 1‬ﻗﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻪ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ‪ L‬ﻟﻤﺮ^ ﻓﺘﺼﺒﺢ ‪A‬ﻛﺜﺮ ﺧﻄﻮ
‪ ,‬ﻳﺒﺪ‪ A‬ﻹﻧﺴﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﻮ‪ ,L‬ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﻔﻜﺮ
ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﺪ ﺗﺠﻨﺒﻬﺎ ﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ‬
‫‪40‬‬
‫ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﷲ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ‪A‬ﺗﻲ ﻣﻦ ‪B‬ﺧﻼ| ﺻﺪ‪ A ,s‬ﻳﻤﻨﺤﻪ ﻟﺸﻔﺎ‪ c‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻟ ّﺪ‪ .c‬ﻓﺤﺘﻰ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺪ‪ u‬ﷲ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ‪ ,‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺸﻌﺮ ﻓﺠﺄ
ﺑﺤﺎﺟﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺳﻞ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﷲ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺒﺘﻠﻰ ﺑﻤﺮ^ ﻋﻀﺎ‪ .Q‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﺘﻮﺟﻪ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﷲ ﺑﺄﺻﺪ‪s‬‬
‫ﻟﺪﻋﻮ‪A L‬ﺧﻠﺼﻬﺎ ؛ ﻫﺬ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮ ﺳﺒﺒﺎ ﻓﻲ ‪d‬ﻳﺎ‪
8‬ﻗﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ B‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﺠﺤﻮ‪ 8‬ﻛﻔﺮ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺷﻔﺎﺋﻪ ﺑﻞ ﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺼﻼ
‬
‫ﻟﺪﻋﺎ‪ c‬ﺑﺼﺪ‪B s‬ﺧﻼ|‪ ,‬ﻓﺈ ﻣﺮﺿﻪ ﻫﺬ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺧﻴﺮ ﺑﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
ﻣﻠﺆﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻹﻳﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ` ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺘﻮﺟﻬﻮ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﻤﺤﻦ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ِﺠﺎﻧِﺒِ ِﻪ َ‪َ َvِ1‬ﻣ ﱠﺴ ُﻪ ﱠ‬
‫ﻟﺸ ﱡﺮ‬ ‫‪ 1َ q‬ﻧَﺄ ﺑ َ‬ ‫ﺎ‪ْ َR C‬ﻋ َﺮ َ‬‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪َR َvِ1َ ﴿ :‬ﻧْ َﻌ ْﻤﻨَﺎ َﻋ َﻠﻰ ِﻹﻧْ َﺴ ِ‬
‫ﻳﺾ ﴾ )ﺳﻮ
ﻓﺼﻠﺖ‪(51 :‬‬ ‫َﻓ ُﺬ‪َ 6ُ 1‬ﻋﺎ ٍ َﻋ ِﺮ ٍ‬
‫ِﺠ ْﻨﺒِ ِﻪ ‪َ 1ْ َR‬ﻗﺎ ِﻋ ًﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻀ ﱡﺮ َ‪َ 6‬ﻋﺎﻧَﺎ ﻟ َ‬
‫ﺎ‪ C‬ﱡ‬ ‫ﺲ ِﻹﻧْ َﺴ َ‬ ‫‪1‬ﻳﻘﻮ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪َ َvِ1َ ﴿ :‬ﻣ ﱠ‬
‫ِﻚ‬ ‫‪َ 1ْ َR‬ﻗﺎﺋ ًِﻤﺎ َﻓ َﻠ ﱠﻤﺎ َﻛ َﺸ ْﻔﻨَﺎ َﻋ ْﻨ ُﻪ ُﺿ ﱠﺮ ُ َﻣ ﱠﺮ َﻛﺄَ ْ‪ C‬ﻟَ ْﻢ ﻳَ ْﺪ ُﻋﻨَﺎ ِﻟَﻰ ُﺿ ﱟﺮ َﻣ ﱠﺴ ُﻪ َﻛ َﺬﻟ َ‬
‫ﻮ‪) ﴾ C‬ﺳﻮ
ﻳﻮﻧﺲ‪.(12 :‬‬ ‫ِﻴﻦ َﻣﺎ َﻛﺎﻧُﻮ ﻳَ ْﻌ َﻤ ُﻠ َ‬‫ُ~ﻳﱢ َﻦ ﻟِ ْﻠ ُﻤ ْﺴ ِﺮﻓ َ‬
‫ِﻴﻦ ِﻟَْﻴ ِﻪ ﺛ ﱠُﻢ‬
‫ﺎ ُﺿ ﱞﺮ َ‪َ 6‬ﻋ ْﻮ َ(ﺑﱠ ُﻬ ْﻢ ُﻣﻨِﻴﺒ َ‬ ‫ﺲ ﻟﻨﱠ َ‬ ‫‪1‬ﻗﺎ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪َ َvِ1َ ﴿ :‬ﻣ ﱠ‬
‫ﻮ‪) ﴾ C‬ﺳﻮ
ﻟﺮ‪S‬‬ ‫ِﻢ ﻳُ ْﺸ ِﺮ ُﻛ َ‬ ‫ِ‪َ َvَR َv‬ﻗ ُﻬ ْﻢ ِﻣ ْﻨ ُﻪ َ( ْﺣ َﻤ ٌﺔ ِ‪َ َv‬ﻓ ِﺮ ٌ‬
‫ﻳﻖ ِﻣ ْﻨ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﺑ َِﺮﺑﱢﻬ ْ‬
‫‪. (33:‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻚ ﻵﻳﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ,‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ‪ A‬ﻻ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﷲ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ‪A‬ﻗﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﺼﻌﺎ{ ﻟﻤﺤﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪ A‬ﻳﻠﺠﺄ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪A‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﻓﻊ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ‪ A‬ﻳﻜﻮ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻤﺮ^ ‪8‬ﻓﻌﺎ ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎ ﻟﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﺮ‪ +‬ﺑﻀﻌﻔﻪ ‪A‬ﻣﺎ‪ S‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻴﺘﻮ{ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻪ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﻘﻮ‪ /‬ﺻﻠﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫‪41‬‬
‫ﻳﺸ ّﺪ‪B F‬ﻟﻰ ﻃﺎﻋﺘﻪ ‪A‬ﻛﺜﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮ‪ C‬ﻟﺠﻨّﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺟﺰ ﻟﺼﺒﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻤﺮ‪q‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﺎ‪ k‬ﻫﺪ‪> +‬ﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻜﺒﺪ ﻋﻨﺎ‪ c‬ﻷﻣﺮ^ ‪A‬ﻻ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺘﺤﺎ ﺻﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﺛﻘﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﷲ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﺘﺤﻦ ﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻮ ﺑﻤﺮ^ ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺟﻠﻴﺎ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﻗﻮ‪ S‬ﻟﺠﻬﻞ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺒﺮ ﻟﺜﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪B‬ﺧﻼﺻﻬﻢ ﻟﻪ ﺣﺪ‪.F‬‬
‫ﻟﻚ ﻷﻧﻬﻢ ‪8A‬ﻛﻮ ﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﺜﺒﺘﻮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ‪A‬ﻗﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﺸﺪ
‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻘﻮ ﺿﻰ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﻓﻐﺎﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﻫﻮ ﻛﺴﺐ ﻟﺠﺰ‪ c‬ﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻵﺧﺮ
‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻓﺸﻞ ﻓﻲ ‪B‬ﺧﻀﺎ‪ u‬ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﷲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺮﺿﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﺘﺴﺐ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﺼﻔﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﻨﺒﻴﻠﺔ ﺧﻼ‪ Q‬ﻣﺴﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﺎﺗﻪ‪ ,‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺮ‪ d‬ﻟﻨﻌﻴﻢ ﻟﻤﻄﻠﻖ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼ‪ L‬ﻟﻤﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ B‬ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ‪B‬ﺑﺮﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﺪﻋﺎﺋﻪ ﻟﺼﺎ‪ s8‬ﻟﻤﺨﻠﺺ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻤﺮ^ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎ‪ Q‬ﺟﻴﺪ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪ ,‬ﻗﺎ‪ Q‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪َ َvِ1َ ﴿ :‬ﻣ ِﺮ ْﺿ ُﺖ َﻓ ْﻬ َﻮ ﻳَ ْﺸﻔ ِ‬
‫ِﻴﻦ * َ‪1‬‬
ﻟﺸﻌﺮ‪.(81-80:c‬‬ ‫ﻟﱠﺬِ‪ Q‬ﻳُﻤِﻴﺘُﻨِﻲ ﺛ ﱠُﻢ ﻳُ ْﺤﻴ ِ‬
‫‪ B‬ﻟﻤﻮﻗﻒ ﻟﻨﺒﻴﻞ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﺗﺨﺬ‪ F‬ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ‪A‬ﻳﻮ{ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻫﻮ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫>ﺧﺮ ﺟﻴﺪ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﻳﻮ{ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪S‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮ^ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺟﺪ؛ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﺮﺿﻪ ﻋﺰ‪B d‬ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﺛﻘﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﻛﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ,‬ﻓﺠﻌﻠﺘﻪ ﺧﺼﺎﻟﻪ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ c‬ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ‪ُA‬ﺛﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺎﻧﻰ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ‪A‬ﻳﻮ{ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﻣﺮ^‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪A,‬ﻧﻪ ﻛﺎ ‪A‬ﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﺎ ﻟﻮﺳﺎ` ﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎ ﻟﺨﺒﻴﺜﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫‪42‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﻐﻞ ﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ ﻟﻀﻌﻒ ﺗﻠﻚ‪ ,‬ﺣﺎ‪ A Q‬ﻳﺼﺮﻓﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺿﻊ ﺛﻘﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﷲ ﻟﺘﻮﻛﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ‪A‬ﻗﺎ‪ L‬ﻛﺘﻠﻚ‪ ,‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﺼﻌﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪B‬ﻧﺴﺎ ﻣﺮﻳﺾ‬
‫‪ A‬ﻳﺮﻛﺰ ﻧﺘﺒﺎﻫﻪ‪ ,‬ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻋﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻮﺳﺎ` ﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎ؛ ﻟﻜﻦ ‪B‬ﺧﻼﺻﻪ‬
‫ﷲ ﺛﻘﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﻛﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺣﻖ ﻟﺘﻮﻛﻞ ﻋﺼﻢ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ‪A‬ﻳﻮ{ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﺋﺪ ﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻀﺮ‪B u‬ﻟﻰ ﷲ ﺑﺈﺧﻼ| ﺳﺄﻟﻪ ﻟﻌﻮ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻗﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ‪8‬ﻋﺎ‪ c‬ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ‪A‬ﻳﻮ{ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻟﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻮ ِ ْ‪ v‬ﻧَﺎ َ‪(َ 6‬ﺑﱠ ُﻪ ‪َR‬ﻧﱢﻲ َﻣ ﱠﺴﻨِﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻟﻌﺒﺮ
ﻟﻌﻈﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎ‪ Q‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪َR1َ ﴿ :‬ﻳﱡ َ‬
‫ِﻦ ُﺿ ﱟﺮ َ‪1‬‬ ‫ﺎﺳﺘَ َﺠ ْﺒﻨَﺎ ﻟَ ُﻪ َﻓ َﻜ َﺸ ْﻔﻨَﺎ َﻣﺎ ﺑِ ِﻪ ﻣ ْ‬ ‫ِﻴﻦ * َﻓ ْ‬ ‫ﺣﻤ َ‬ ‫ﻟﺮ ِ‬‫ﻟﻀ ﱡﺮ َ‪َR1‬ﻧْ َﺖ ‪َ (ْ َR‬ﺣ ُﻢ ﱠ‬ ‫ﱡ‬
‫ِﻳﻦ ﴾ )ﺳﻮ
‬ ‫ِﻛ َﺮ ﻟِ ْﻠ َﻌﺎﺑِﺪ َ‬ ‫ِﻦ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪﻧَﺎ َ‪ْ v 1‬‬ ‫‪G‬ﺗَْﻴﻨَﺎ ُ ‪ْ َR‬ﻫ َﻠ ُﻪ َ‪ِ 1‬ﻣ ْﺜ َﻠ ُﻬ ْﻢ َﻣ َﻌ ُﻬ ْﻢ َ( ْﺣ َﻤ ًﺔ ﻣ ْ‬
‫ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪.(84-83 :c‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺠﺎ{ ﷲ ﻟﺪﻋﺎ‪ c‬ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ‪A‬ﻳﻮ{ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻛﺎ ﺻﺎ‪8‬ﻗﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﺼﺎ‪ ,‬ﻗﺎ‪Q‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺎ‪ C‬ﺑِﻨُ ْﺼ ٍﺐ‬ ‫ﻟﺸ ْﻴ َﻄ ُ‬‫ِﻲ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻮ ِ ْ‪ v‬ﻧَﺎ َ‪(َ 6‬ﺑﱠ ُﻪ ‪َR‬ﻧﱢﻲ َﻣ ﱠﺴﻨ َ‬ ‫ْﻛ ْﺮ َﻋ ْﺒ َﺪﻧَﺎ ‪َR‬ﻳﱡ َ‬ ‫﴿ َ‪ُ v1‬‬
‫ * َ‪َ 1َ 1‬ﻫ ْﺒﻨَﺎ ﻟَ ُﻪ ‪ْ َR‬ﻫ َﻠ ُﻪ‬ ‫ِﻚ َﻫ َﺬ ُﻣ ْﻐﺘَ َﺴ ٌﻞ ﺑَﺎ ِ( ٌ‪َ 1َ 6‬ﺷ َﺮ ٌ‬ ‫ﺾ ﺑِ ِﺮ ْﺟﻠ َ‬ ‫* ُ ْ( ُﻛ ْ‬ ‫َ‪َ 1‬ﻋ َﺬ ٍ‬
‫ِ‪ِ 5‬ﺿ ْﻐﺜًﺎ‬ ‫ﺎ َ‪ُ 1‬ﺧ ْﺬ ﺑِﻴَﺪ َ‬ ‫ِﻛ َﺮ ُِﻷ‪1‬ﻟِﻲ َﻷﻟْﺒَ ِ‬ ‫َ‪ِ 1‬ﻣ ْﺜ َﻠ ُﻬ ْﻢ َﻣ َﻌ ُﻬ ْﻢ َ( ْﺣ َﻤ ًﺔ ِﻣﻨﱠﺎ َ‪ْ v 1‬‬
‫ ﴾ )ﺳﻮ
‬ ‫ُﺿ ِﺮ ْ ﺑِ ِﻪ َ‪َ 1‬ﻻ ﺗَ ْﺤﻨَ ْﺚ ِﻧﱠﺎ َ‪َ 1‬ﺟ ْﺪﻧَﺎ ُ َﺻﺎﺑ ًِﺮ ﻧِ ْﻌ َﻢ ﻟْ َﻌ ْﺒ ُﺪ ِﻧﱠ ُﻪ ‪ َR‬ﱠ‪ٌ 1‬‬ ‫َﻓﺎ ْ‬
‫|‪ .(44-41:‬ﻓﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ‪A‬ﻳﻮ{ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﺗﻠﻘﻰ ﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺄ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻈﻤﺔ ‪A‬ﺧﻼﻗﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺴﻦ ﺗﻮﻛﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺻﺪ‪ s‬ﻟﺠﻮﺋﻪ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻪ‪A .‬ﺻﺒﺢ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻃﻴﺒﺎ ﻳﺤﺘﺬ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪43‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ‪R‬ﺧﻄﺎ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ‪R‬ﻳﻀﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ ّ B‬ﺗﻜﺎ{ ﻟﺨﻄﺈ ﻣﻦ ﻷﻣﻮ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻔﺰ‪ u‬ﻟﻨﺎ` ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﺰﻋﺎ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻜﺜﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﺠﻬﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻳﺘﻌﺮ^‬
‫ﻟﻺﻫﺎﻧﺔ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻋﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﺨﺮﻳﺔ‪ A .‬ﻟﻌﻞ ﺧﻄﺄ‪ k F‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﻳﻔﻘﺪ ﻓﺮﺻﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ >ﻫﺎ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺗﻜﺎ{ ﻟﺨﻄﺈ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﺠﺎﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺑﻤﺜﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻜﺎﺑﻮ` ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻋﺪ‪ S‬ﻟﻮﻗﻮ‪ u‬ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪A‬ﻣﺎ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻓﻴﻨﻈﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪d‬ﻳﺔ ‪A‬ﺧﺮ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻨﺎ` ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ‪A Q‬ﺧﻄﺎﺋﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﺮ‪ A +‬ﻟﺬ‪/‬‬
‫‪A‬ﺧﻄﺄ ‪B‬ﻧﺴﺎ ﻛﻞ ﻟﻨﺎ` ﺧﻄﺎﺋﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﻳﺸﻌﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ ﻟﺸﻔﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻤﺨﻄﺌﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﺄ‪ ,‬ﻳﺘﺄﻣﻠﻪ ﺟﻴﺪ ﻳﺪ‪ k‬ﺑﻀﻤﻴﺮ‪ F‬ﻟﺤﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻃﻦ ﻟﺨﻄﺈ؛ ﻓﻤﺨﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺿﻤﻴﺮ‪ F‬ﻳﻨﺒﻬﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻔﻮ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻮ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺎﺿﻞ ﻟﻴﺼﺤﺢ ‪A‬ﺧﻄﺎ‪ ,Fc‬ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﷲ ﻟﺤﻠﻴﻢ ﻳﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﻟﻮﻗﻊ‪,‬‬
‫‪ B‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﻌﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺪ‪ S‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻜﺎﺑﻪ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﺄ‪ ,‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﻘﻮ‪B F8‬ﻻ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺧﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﻟﻚ ﻷ ﺷﻌﻮ‪ F‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮ‪ u‬ﻟﻨﺪ‪ S‬ﻟﻤﺸﻮ{ ﺑﺮﺛﺎ‪ c‬ﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﻟﺬ‪/‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﻌﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ‪ ,‬ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ‪B‬ﻗﺪ‪ S‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪ‪ S‬ﺗﻜﺮ‪ F‬ﻣﺠﺪ‪.8‬‬
‫‪ B‬ﻹﻋﺎ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ‪ F‬ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﷲ‪ ,‬ﺗﻮﻛﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻹ‪A k8‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻷﺣﺪ‪B x‬ﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺟﺰ‪ c‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﻀﺎﺋﻪ ﻗﺪ‪ F‬ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻮﻣﻞ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫‪B‬ﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﺑﻪ ‪A‬ﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﻘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪44‬‬
‫ﻧﻔﺲ ‪v‬ﺋﻘ ٌﺔ ﻟﻤﻮ‪"... r‬‬ ‫ّ‬
‫"ﻛﻞ ٍ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺐ ﻋﺘﻘﺎ‪ 8‬ﻟﻐﺎﻓﻞ ﻟﺠﺎﻫﻞ‪ ,‬ﻓﺈ ‪A‬ﺳﻮ‪ c‬ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻮ‪ .L‬ﻫﺬ ﻷ ‪A‬ﻗﺼﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺨﺎﻓﻪ ﻫﻮ ﻟﺪﻧﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﻮ‪ A L‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺣﺒﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻣﺠﺮ‪ 8‬ﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﻮ‪ .L‬ﻣﻊ ‪ A‬ﻟﺠﺎﻫﻞ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺪ‪k‬‬
‫ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ‪A‬ﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪B ,‬ﻻ ‪ A‬ﻟﻤﻮ‪ L‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻪ‪ ,‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ‪A‬ﺑﺪ ‪A‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﺟﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ B‬ﻧﻈﺮ
ﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺎ‪ L‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﺔ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻤﻮ‪ L‬ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ؛ ﻓﻬﻲ ﻟﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ‪A‬ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻨﻈﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﻮ‪ L‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺎ‪ L‬ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺜﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻔﻨﺎ‪ c‬ﻟﺰ‪ Q‬ﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪A ,‬ﻣﺎ ﻵﺧﺮ
ﻓﻬﻲ ﻣﺠﺮ‪ 8‬ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ B‬ﻷﻗﻮ‪ S‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﺶ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ
ﻋﻦ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
ﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﺘﻘﺪ ‪ A‬ﻫﺬ‪F‬‬
‫ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻟﻤﺒﺪ‪ A‬ﻟﻤﺂ‪ ،Q‬ﻫﻲ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
ﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ
ﻻﺷﻲ‪ c‬ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮ‪,L‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻔﺮﺻﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ
‪ .‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮ‪B 8‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻧﺎ
‪ ,‬ﻓﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺰﻧﻮ ‪A‬ﺷﺪ ﻟﺤﺰ ﻟﻔﻘﺪ ﻋﺰﻳﺰ‪ .‬ﺑﻞ ﻷﺳﻮ‪ c‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻚ‪ ,‬ﻓﻔﻘﺪ ﻋﺰﻳﺰ‬
‫ﻓﺠﺄ
ﻓﻲ ﺳﻦ ﻟﺸﺒﺎ{ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻘﻮ‪ 8‬ﻟﺠﺎﻫﻞ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﺑﺎﷲ ‪A‬ﻛﺜﺮ ﻳﻐﻀﺐ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻘﻀﺎ‪ c‬ﻟﻘﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺆﻻ‪ c‬ﻳﻨﺴﻮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ‪ :‬ﻷﻟﻰ‪ ,‬ﻻ ‪A‬ﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻷ^ ﻳﺒﻌﺚ ﻟﻠﻮﺟﻮ‪ 8‬ﺑﺈ‪8‬ﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺤﻴﺎ
ﻛﻞ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﺎ ﺑﻴﺪ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ؛‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻟﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺖ ﺳﺒﻖ ﻗﺪ ﻣﻦ ﷲ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺸﻴﺌﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﷲ‪,‬‬
‫ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻟﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺴﻤﺎ‪ L‬ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻷ^ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ ,‬ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ ‪ A‬ﻳﺴﺘﺮ‪8‬‬
‫‪ p‬ﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺎ‪ ,c‬ﻓﻲ ‪ /A‬ﻗﺖ ﻳﺸﺎ‪ .c‬ﻓﻼ ‪A‬ﺣﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ‪ A‬ﻳﺆﺧﺮ ‪A‬ﺟﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻫﺬ‬
‫‪45‬‬
‫ْ‪ C‬ﷲِ ِﻛﺘَﺎﺑًﺎ‬ ‫ﻮ‪ِ r‬ﻻﱠ ﺑِﺈِ‪ِ v‬‬‫ْﺲ ‪ Cْ َR‬ﺗَ ُﻤ َ‬ ‫ﺎ‪ C‬ﻟِﻨَﻔ ٍ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪َ 1َ ﴿ :‬ﻣﺎ َﻛ َ‬
‫ﻵﺧ َﺮ ِ‪ b‬ﻧُ ْﺆﺗِ ِﻪ‬
‫ ِ‬ ‫ ﻟ ﱡﺪﻧْﻴَﺎ ﻧُ ْﺆﺗِ ِﻪ ِﻣ ْﻨ َﻬﺎ َ‪َ 1‬ﻣ ْﻦ ﻳُ ِﺮ ْ‪ 6‬ﺛَ َﻮ َ‬ ‫ُﻣ َﺆ ﱠﺟ ً‬
‫ﻼ َ‪َ 1‬ﻣ ْﻦ ﻳُ ِﺮ ْ‪ 6‬ﺛَ َﻮ َ‬
‫ﻳﻦ ﴾ )ﺳﻮ
>‪ Q‬ﻋﻤﺮ ‪.(145:‬‬ ‫ﺎﻛ ِﺮ َ‬ ‫ِﻣ ْﻨ َﻬﺎ َ‪َ 1‬ﺳﻨَ ْﺠ ِﺰ‪ Q‬ﱠ‬
‫ﻟﺸ ِ‬
‫ﻓﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﺗﺨﺬ ﻟﻮﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﺤﺬ‪ A ,‬ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﺧﺘﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎ >ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺼﻦ‪ ,‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ‪ A‬ﻳﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﻟﻤﻮ‪ .L‬ﻓﺎﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺮﺣﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ‪ /A‬ﻗﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ‪ ,‬ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻧﺎﺿﻞ ‪A‬ﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻘﺪ‬
‫ﻋﺰﻳﺰ ‪ A‬ﺣﺒﻴﺒﺎ –ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ B‬ﺳﺘﻨﻔﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻷ^ ﻟﻬﺬ‪F‬‬
‫ﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ‪ -‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ‪ A‬ﻳﻤﻨﻊ ﻟﻤﻮ‪ .L‬ﻓﻬﺬ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮ‪A L‬ﻳﻨﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻪ ﻵﻳﺔ ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ‪ ,‬ﻗﺎ‪ Q‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪َR ﴿ :‬ﻳْﻨَ َﻤﺎ ﺗَ ُﻜﻮﻧُﻮ‬
‫‪ُ 1‬ﻣ َﺸﻴﱠ َﺪ‪ ) ﴾ ...ٍb‬ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻨﺴﺎ‪:c‬‬ ‫ِﻛ ُﻜ ْﻢ ﻟْ َﻤ ْﻮ ُ‪1َ r‬ﻟَ ْﻮ ُﻛ ْﻨﺘُ ْﻢ ﻓِﻲ ﺑُ ُﺮ ٍ‬ ‫ﻳُ ْﺪ( ْ‬
‫‪ ,B .(78‬ﻓﺎﻟﺤﻞ ﻫﻮ ‪ A‬ﻻ ﻧﺠﺘﻬﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﻟﻤﻮ‪ ,L‬ﺑﻞ ﻓﻲ ‪ A‬ﻧﻜﻮ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎ
ﻵﺧﺮ
‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﻮ‪ r‬ﻫﻮ ﻟﺒﺪﻳﺔ ‪1‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻨّﻬﺎﻳﺔ‬

‫‪ B‬ﺿﻌﺎ‪ +‬ﻹﻳﻤﺎ ‪A A‬ﻟﺌﻚ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮ ﺑﺎﻵﺧﺮ
‪ ,‬ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻓﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻮ‪ F‬ﻟﻠﻤﻮ‪ L‬ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎ
ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ .F‬ﻟﻬﺬ‪ ,‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻟﻤﻮ‪ L‬ﻣﺼﻴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺟﻌﺔ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺣﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻔﻘﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮ‪A L‬ﺣﺪ ﻓﺈﻧﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻔﻘﺪﻧﻪ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻷﺑﺪ؛ ﻟﻬﺬ‪ ,‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﺼﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻃﻦ ﻷ^ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻌﺪ‪ S‬ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻻ‬
‫ﺟﻌﺔ ﻻ ﺣﻴﺎ
ﺑﻌﺪ‪.F‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ,‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﻮ‪ L‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ‪A‬ﺑﺪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻧﺘﻘﺎ‪B Q‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
‬
‫ﻵﺧﺮ
‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻟﻤﺄ ﻷﺧﻴﺮ‪B .‬ﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ ﻧﻘﺘﺮ{ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎ‪B ,‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻴﻮ‪S‬‬
‫‪46‬‬
‫ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ‪ A‬ﻧﻘﺪ‪ S‬ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪,‬‬
‫‪B‬ﻧﻪ ﻳﻮ‪ S‬ﻟﺤﺴﺎ{‪ .‬ﻓﻜﻞ ‪B‬ﻧﺴﺎ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﺠﺪ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺟﻬﺎ ﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ ﻟﻤﻮ‪L‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮ‪B F8‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺨﻠﻮ‪ .8‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻫﺬ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺘﺒﻞ ﻟﻌﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺪ‪ S‬ﻟﺴﻦ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﺮﺣﻠﻮ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ؛‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮ‪ S‬ﻳﻤﺮ ﻳﻘﺮﺑﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻤﻮﻋﺪ ‪A‬ﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺄﻛﺜﺮ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺎﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎ‪8‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻬﺮ{ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﻮ‪A L‬ﻣﺮ ﻻ ﻳﺠﺪ‪ ,/‬ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﻟﺨﻮ^ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻜﺮ
ﻟﻤﻮ‪L‬‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ‪ A‬ﻋﺘﺒﺎ‪ F‬ﻛﺎﺛﺔ‪A ,‬ﻣﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎ‪ k‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﻟﻨﺎ` ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮ ﺑﺎﻵﺧﺮ
ﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻳﺒﺪ ﻟﺤﺰ‬
‫ﻷﺳﻰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ‪ A‬ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮ ‪ A‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻈﻠﻢ ‪A‬ﺣﺪ ﻛﻞ ‪B‬ﻧﺴﺎ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﺖ ﻳﺪ‪ F‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻬﺬ ﻓﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ >ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﻵﺧﺮ
‪ ,‬ﻋﺎ‪ z‬ﺣﻴﺎ
ﻣﻜﺮﺳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺒﺎ‪
8‬ﺧﺎﻟﻘﻪ‪ ,‬ﻓﺈ ّ ﻟﻤﻮ‪ L‬ﻳﻜﻮ ﺑﺎﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﻳﻤﻀﻲ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﺎ
‪A‬ﺧﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻵﺧﺮ
ﻣﻠﺆﻫﺎ ﻟﺴﻌﺎ‪ .
8‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻤﻮ‪ L‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻟﺠﺎﻫﻞ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﻨﻜﺮ‬
‫ﻵﺧﺮ
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﻒ ﺑﻴﻮ‪ S‬ﻟﺤﺴﺎ{‪ ,‬ﻫﻮ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﻌﺬ{ ‪A‬ﺑﺪ‪ ./‬ﻟﻬﺬ ﻟﺴﺒﺐ‪,‬‬
‫ﻳﺼﻌﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻋﺘﺒﺎ ﻟﻤﻮ‪ L‬ﺧﻴﺮ ﻟﻬﻢ‪A .‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﺎﻟﻤﻮ‪ L‬ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻟﺒﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻨﺠﺎ
ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 8 ّ B‬ﻓﻌﻞ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ‪ cdB‬ﻣﻮ‪ L‬ﻣﺆﻣﻦ >ﺧﺮ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎ ﺑﻴّﻨًﺎ ﻋﻦ ‪8‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﻟﺠﺎﻫﻞ ﻷ ﻟﻤﻮ‪ L‬ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻪ ﻟﺠﺎﻫﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ‪A‬ﺳﻮ‪ A‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ,‬ﺧﻴﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻦ‪ .‬ﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﻤﻮ‪ L‬ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ِﻦ ﷲِ َ‪ْ (َ 1‬ﺣ َﻤ ٌﺔ‬ ‫ِﻴﻞ ﷲِ ‪ُ 1ْ َR‬ﻣﺘﱡ ْﻢ ﻟَ َﻤ ْﻐﻔ َ‬
‫ِﺮ ٌ‪ b‬ﻣ َ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪1َ ﴿ :‬ﻟَﺌ ْ‬
‫ِﻦ ُﻗﺘِ ْﻠﺘُ ْﻢ ﻓِﻲ َﺳﺒ ِ‬
‫ﻮ‪) ﴾ C‬ﺳﻮ
>‪ Q‬ﻋﻤﺮ‪.( 157 :‬‬ ‫ِﻤﺎ ﻳَ ْﺠ َﻤ ُﻌ َ‬
‫َﺧ ْﻴ ٌﺮ ﻣ ﱠ‬
‫‪47‬‬
‫‪ B‬ﺣﻴﺎ
ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺗﻪ ﺧﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ‪ A‬ﻟﺠﻨﺔ ‪A‬ﻋﺪ‪L‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ‪8‬ﺟﺎ‪A ,L‬ﻋﻼﻫﺎ ﺧﺼﺼﺖ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻤﻮﺗﻮ ﺟﻬﺎ‪8‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﻴﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﺸﻬﺎ‪
8‬ﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﷲ ﺷﺮ‪ +‬ﻧﻌﻤﺔ ﻳﻨﺎ‪ Q‬ﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺮﺗﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻵﺧﺮ
‪ ّ B .‬ﻟﻤﻮ‪ L‬ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﺣﺪﺛﺎ ﺋﻌﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ‪ B‬ﻛﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻔﻀﻲ ﺑﻪ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺠﻨﺔ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻛﺴﺐ ﺿﻰ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻳﻮﻗﻦ ﺑﺘﻠﻚ‬
‫ﻷﺧﺒﺎ ﻟﺴﺎ
ﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮ
ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ ,‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮ ﻻ ﻳﺄﺳﻔﻮ ‪A‬ﺑﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻮ‪ L‬ﻣﺆﻣﻦ >ﺧﺮ ‪A‬ﻓﻨﻰ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺿﻲ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﺑﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻌﻜﺲ‪,‬‬
‫ﻫﻢ ﻳﻔﺮﺣﻮ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﻌﻠﻤﻬﻢ ﺑﺴﻌﺎ‪
8‬ﻟﻤﺂ‪ Q‬ﻟﺬ‪A /‬ﻓﻀﻰ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻮﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﺣﻘﺎ‪,‬‬
‫‪A B‬ﻋﻈﻢ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ
ﻫﻲ ﻟﻔﻮ‪ d‬ﺑﺮﺿﻰ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺟﻨﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ّ B‬ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻋﺎ‪ z‬ﺣﻴﺎ
ﻣﺪﻳﺪ
ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻣﺒﺬﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪,‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﻧﻴﻞ ﻟﺠﺎﺋﺰ
‪ .‬ﻓﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻧﻮ‪ p‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ ,S‬ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻣﻨﺤﻪ ﷲ ﻟﻌﻤﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺪﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﻫﻮ ﻣﺜﺎ‪ Q‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﻷ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻟﻤﺨﻠﺺ ﻧﺎﺿﻞ ﻃﻮ‪ Q‬ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻨﺎ‪ Q‬ﺿﻰ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﻤﺘﻪ ﺟﻨﺘﻪ‪ ,‬ﻓﺠﻬﻮ‪ F8‬ﺗﻠﻚ ‪ L8d‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺟﺰﺋﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻵﺧﺮ
‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻌﻜﺲ‪ ,‬ﻫﻨﺎ‪ k‬ﻫﻢ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺎ‪ L‬ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﺔ؛ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﻟﻤﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﺒﺔ ﻫﺪﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻵﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﻜﺸﻒ ﺧﻄﺄ‬
‫ِﻢ‬ ‫َﺮ‪َR 1‬ﻧﱠﻤﺎ ﻧُ ْﻤﻠِﻲ ﻟَ ُﻬ ْﻢ َﺧ ْﻴ ٌﺮ ِﻷﻧْﻔ ِ‬
‫ُﺴﻬ ْ‬ ‫ِﻳﻦ َﻛﻔ ُ‬
‫ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻨﻈﺮ
‪َ 1َ ﴿ :‬ﻻ ﻳَ ْﺤ َﺴﺒَ ﱠﻦ ﻟﺬ َ‬
>‪ Q‬ﻋﻤﺮ ‪:‬‬ ‫ ُﻣﻬ ٌ‬ ‫ِﻧﱠ َﻤﺎ ﻧُ ْﻤﻠِﻲ ﻟَ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﻟِﻴَ ْﺰ َ‪ِ 16ُ 6‬ﺛ ًْﻤﺎ َ‪1‬ﻟَ ُﻬ ْﻢ َﻋ َﺬ ٌ‬
‫‪(178‬‬
‫ﻫﺆﻻ‪ c‬ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻨﺘﻤﻮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﺘﻤﻌﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﺠﺎﻫﻠﻴﻦ‪ ,‬ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺠﻌﻠﻮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎ‪
8‬ﺷﻬﻮ‪ L‬ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻟﺰﺋﻠﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﻢ ﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ‪ ,‬ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻃﻮ‪Q‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﻓﺮﺻﺔ ‪B‬ﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﻤﺘﻊ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻫﻜﺬ‪ ,‬ﻓﺈ ﻫﺆﻻ‪ c‬ﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫‪48‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﺴﻮ ﷲ ﻟﻴﻮ‪ S‬ﻵﺧﺮ‪ ,‬ﻳﻔﺸﻠﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﻬﺪﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻬﺘﺎ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻵﻳﺔ ﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ,‬ﻓﻬﺬ ﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻣﻨﺢ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻮﻫﻤﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﻣﻠﻴﺎ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﺑﻌﻤﻖ‪ ,‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻟﻨﺎ ‪A‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ "ﺧﻴﺮ" ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ "ﺷﺮ"‪ ,‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﻗﻮ‪ Q‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪َ 1َ " :‬ﻋ َﺴﻰ ‪Cْ َR‬‬
‫ﺗَ ْﻜ َﺮ ُﻫﻮ َﺷ ْﻴﺌًﺎ َ‪ُ 1‬ﻫ َﻮ َﺧ ْﻴ ٌﺮ ﻟَ ُﻜ ْﻢ َ‪َ 1‬ﻋ َﺴﻰ ‪ Cْ َR‬ﺗُ ِﺤﺒﱡﻮ َﺷ ْﻴﺌًﺎ َ‪ُ 1‬ﻫ َﻮ َﺷ ﱞﺮ ﻟَ ُﻜ ْﻢ"‪.‬‬
‫‪49‬‬
‫ﻷﺳﺒﺎ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﻨﻊ ﻣﻦ ‪ 5(6‬ﻟﺨﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻊ‬
‫ﻧﺴﻴﺎ‪ CR C‬ﻫﺬ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ‪ b‬ﻫﻲ ﻣﺠﺮ‪ 6‬ﻣﺘﺤﺎ‪C‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ‪ A‬ﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﻣﻮ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﺧﺎﺿﻊ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺎ‪8‬ﻓﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺮ ﺑﻬﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻮﻗﻌﻲ ‪ A‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ‪ B .‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
‪,‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻇﻬﻮ ﻣﺮ^ ﻟﺴﺮﻃﺎ ﻣﺜﻼ ‪ A‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮ^ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﺣﺎ‪ x8‬ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‪ ,‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻄﻌﺎ‪ S‬ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻟﻪ ‪A‬ﺣﺪﻧﺎ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺮﺗﺪﻳﻬﺎ‪ ,‬ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ‪A‬ﻣﻮ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺒﻖ‬
‫‪ A‬ﻛﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﻟﻚ ‪A‬ﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮ
ﻓﻲ ‪A‬ﺛﻨﺎ‪c‬‬
‫ﻫﺬ ﻟﻜﺘﺎ{‪ ,‬ﻓﺈ ﻛﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻷﺣﺪ‪ ,x‬ﺑﻜﻞ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪ ,‬ﺧﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻤﺘﺤﻦ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺟﻠﻴﺎ ﻟﻚ ﻻﺧﺘﻼ‪ +‬ﻟﺠﻮﻫﺮ‪/‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻧﻈﺮ
ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺟﺪ ﻟﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻟﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻮﻟﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻧﻈﺮﺗﻬﻢ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﺗﻨﺴﺠﻢ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪A‬ﻣﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ /A ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﺟﺰ‪ c‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﺤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻳﺪﻛﻮ ‪A‬ﻧّﻬﻢ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮ ﻳﻜﺎﻓﺤﻮ ﻟﻴﻘﻮ‪8‬‬
‫‪A‬ﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻛﺴﺐ ﺿﻰ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪50‬‬
‫‪ B‬ﻟﻨﺎ` ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺒﻘﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪ‪ S‬ﻻﻛﺘﺮ‪ x‬ﻟﻠﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺸﻔﻬﺎ ﻹﺳﻼ‪ ,S‬ﺿﻌﻴﻦ ﻷﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ‪A‬ﻫﺪﻓﺎ ﻫﻤﺔ ﻋﺪﻳﺪ
؛ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪A‬‬
‫ﻳﻠﺘﺤﻘﻮ ﺑﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﻣﻮﻗﺔ‪ A ,‬ﻳﺤﻈﻮ ﺑﺰ§ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ‪ ,‬ﺟﺘﻴﺎ‪A d‬ﺑﻨﺎﺋﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺣﻞ‬
‫ﻟﺪﺳﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦ ‪A‬ﺿﺎﻋﻬﻢ ﻟﻤﻌﻴﺸﻴﺔ‪B ,‬ﺣﺮ‪d‬ﻫﻢ ﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ‪ B ...‬ﻛﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻷﻫﺪ‪ +‬ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﺳﻢ ﻣﺸﺘﺮ‪ k‬ﺣﺪ ﻫﻮ ‪A‬ﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ‪A‬ﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻏﺒﺎ‪ L‬ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻬﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ّ B .‬ﺧﻄﻂ ﻃﻤﻮ‪ p‬ﻫﺆﻻ‪c‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺠﻌﻠﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻷﻫﺪ‪ +‬ﻏﺎﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ
ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻣﺤﺪ‪8‬‬
‫ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﻤﻨﻈﻮ ﻟﺴﻄﺤﻲ ﻟﻀﺤﻞ‪ .‬ﻫﺬ ﻷ ﻟﻐﺎﻟﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ` ﻳﻨﺤﺼﺮ‬
‫ﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ‪ k8B‬ﻛﻨﻬﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻮﻗﻊ ‪ A‬ﻫﺬ ﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﺤﺘﻰ ‪ B‬ﺣﻘﻖ ‪A‬ﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻷﻫﺪ‪ +‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪,‬‬
‫ﻓﺤﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮ‪ L‬ﻟﻔﻨﺎ‪ .c‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ ,‬ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺎﻓﻬﺔ ﻻ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ّ B‬ﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﺒﻨﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻨﺎ‪A Q‬ﺑﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﺬ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮ ﷲ ﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ؛ ﻻ ﺷﻲ‪ c‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻷ^ ﻣﺴﺘﺜﻨﻰ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻄﺐ‪ .‬ﻻﺷﻲ‪ c‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻷ^ ﻣﺴﺘﺜﻨﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻮﻣﻞ ﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﺜﻤﺮ
ﻣﺜﻼ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺬﺑﻮ‪ Q‬ﻣﻨﺬ ﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻄﻒ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻐﺼﻦ‪B ،‬ﻟﻰ ‪ A‬ﺗﺒﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ k‬ﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﺑﻨﻲ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺮ ﻟﺴﻨﻴﻦ ﻷﻳﺎ‪ S‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺴﻜﻦ‪ .‬ﻷﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻚ‪ A ,‬ﺟﺴﻢ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ‪A‬ﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻌﺮ^ ﻟﻌﻮﻣﻞ ﻟﺰﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻞ ‪B‬ﻧﺴﺎ ﻣﻨﺎ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ‪ A‬ﻳﻨﺘﺒﻪ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ‪ L‬ﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺴﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺸﻌﺮ ﻳﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻟﺸﻴﺐ‪ ,‬ﺗﻀﻌﻒ ﻷﻋﻀﺎ‪ ,c‬ﺗﺘﺠﻌﺪ ﻟﺒﺸﺮ
‪B ،‬ﺿﺎﻓﺔ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎ‪A L‬ﺧﺮ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ
ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻗﺮ{ ﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺣﺘﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪51‬‬
‫‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻟﻬﺮ‪ ,S‬ﻓﺤﻴﺎ
ﻹﻧﺴﺎ‪ ,‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺎ‪ 8‬ﻣﺎ ﺗﻤﺘﺪ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ‪A‬ﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﻋﻘﻮ‪ ,8‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻓﺠﺄ
‪ 8‬ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ‪B‬ﻧﺬ؛ ﻓﺈ ﺣﻮ‪ x8‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻌﺔ‪,‬‬
‫ﻛﺤﺎ‪ x8‬ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺜﻼ‪ A ,‬ﻣﺮ^ ﻋﻀﺎ‪ ,Q‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻮ‪ /8‬ﻓﻲ ‪A‬ﻳﺔ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ ﺑﺤﻴﺎ
‬
‫ﻹﻧﺴﺎ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺠﺰ‪ c‬ﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ,‬ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﺣﺎ‪ Q‬ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ‪ A‬ﻳﻨﺎﺿﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﻓﻜﺮ
ﻟﻤﻮ‪ ,L‬ﻓﺴﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻞ ‪A‬ﺧﻴﺮ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺳﻮ‪A c‬ﻛﺎ ‪B‬ﻧﺴﺎﻧﺎ ﻣﺸﻬﻮ ‪ A‬ﻓﺘﺎ
ﺟﻤﻴﻠﺔ‪ ,‬ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ k‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺼﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﻮ‪ . L‬ﻓﻼ ﻟﺜﺮ
ﻻ ﻟﻤﺎ‪ Q‬ﻻ ﻷﻻ‪ 8‬ﻻ ﻷﺻﺪﻗﺎ‪,c‬‬
‫ﻻ ‪ /A‬ﺷﻲ‪ c‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ‪ A‬ﻳﻤﻨﻊ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﺐ ﻟﻤﻮ‪ L‬ﻣﻦ ‪ A‬ﺗﻤﺘﺪ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻪ‪,‬‬
‫‪C1‬‬ ‫ﻼﻗ ُ‬
‫ِﻴﻜ ْﻢ ﺛ ﱠُﻢ ﺗُ َﺮ ﱡ‪َ 6‬‬ ‫‪ِ C1‬ﻣ ْﻨ ُﻪ َﻓﺈِﻧﱠ ُﻪ ُﻣ َ‬ ‫ِ‪ C‬ﻟْ َﻤ ْﻮ َ‪ r‬ﻟﱠﺬِ‪ Q‬ﺗَﻔ ﱡ‬
‫ِﺮ َ‬ ‫ﻗﺎ‪ Q‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ُ ﴿ :‬ﻗ ْﻞ ﱠ‬
‫ﻮ‪) (C‬ﺳﻮ
ﻟﺠﻤﻌﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻟﺸ َﻬﺎ َ‪َ bِ 6‬ﻓﻴُﻨَﺒﱢﺌ ُﺆ ُﻛ ْﻢ ﺑ َِﻤﺎ ُﻛ ْﻨﺘُ ْﻢ ﺗَ ْﻌ َﻤ ُﻠ َ‬
‫ِﻟَﻰ َﻋﺎﻟِ ِﻢ ﻟْ َﻐ ْﻴ ِﺐ َ‪ 1‬ﱠ‬
‫‪(8‬‬
‫‪ B‬ﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮ‪ 8‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ‪d‬ﺋﻠﺔ ﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ A‬ﻳﻮﺟﻪ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻛﻞ ﻃﺎﻗﺎﺗﻪ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎ
ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﺟﻞ ﻟﻔﻮ‪ d‬ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻴﺎ
ﻵﺧﺮ
‪ .‬ﻗﺎ‪Q‬‬
‫ﺎ? ﻟْ َﺤﻴَﺎ ِ‪ b‬ﻟ ﱡﺪﻧْﻴَﺎ َ‪َ 1‬ﻣﺎ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ﷲِ َﺧ ْﻴ ٌﺮ‬ ‫ِﻦ َﺷ ْﻲ ٍ َﻓ َﻤﺘَ ُ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪َ ﴿ :‬ﻓ َﻤﺎ ‪1ُR‬ﺗِﻴﺘُ ْﻢ ﻣ ْ‬
‫ﻮ‪) ﴾ C‬ﺳﻮ
ﻟﺸﻮ‪.(36:‬‬ ‫ِﻢ ﻳَﺘَ َﻮ ﱠﻛ ُﻠ َ‬‫ِﻳﻦ ‪َ G‬ﻣﻨُﻮ َ‪َ 1‬ﻋ َﻠﻰ َ(ﺑﱢﻬ ْ‬ ‫َ‪َR1‬ﺑْﻘَﻰ ﻟِﱠﻠﺬ َ‬
‫‪ B‬ﻣﺎ ‪A‬ﺧﺬﻧﺎ ﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ‪ Qd‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ‪ A‬ﻹﻧﺴﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮ^ ﻟﻠﻤﻮ‪ ,L‬ﻓﻬﺬ ﻳﻘﻮ‪8‬ﻧﺎ ﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮ‪ u‬ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎ ‪ A‬ﻧﺘﺄ ّﻣﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻠﻴﺎ؛‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻟﻬﺪ‪ +‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻷ^‪ .‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻀﻊ ﻫﺬ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺪ‪ +‬ﺟﻠﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻵﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻗﺎ‪ Q‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ﴿ :‬ﻟﱠﺬِ‪َ Q‬ﺧ َﻠ َﻖ ﻟْ َﻤ ْﻮ َ‪َ 1َ r‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﻴَﺎ َ‪b‬‬
‫ﻼ َ‪ُ 1‬ﻫ َﻮ ﻟ َﻌ ِﺰﻳ ُﺰ ﻟ َﻐﻔُﻮ ُ( ﴾ )ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻤﻠﻚ‪.(2 :‬‬ ‫ﻟِﻴَْﺒ ُﻠ َﻮ ُﻛ ْﻢ ‪َR‬ﻳﱡ ُﻜ ْﻢ ‪ْ َR‬ﺣ َﺴ ُﻦ َﻋ َﻤ ً‬
‫‪52‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ >ﻳﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ ,‬ﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪A‬‬
‫ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻟﻴﻜﻮ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻟﺨﺎﻟﻘﻪ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﺗﻢ ﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ‪A‬ﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪A‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻣﺘﺤﺎ ﻟﻴﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﷲ ﻟﺨﺒﻴﺚ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻄﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎ‪ Q‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪﴿ :‬‬
‫ﻼ ﴾ )ﺳﻮ
‬ ‫ِﻧﱠﺎ َﺟ َﻌ ْﻠﻨَﺎ َﻣﺎ َﻋ َﻠﻰ َﻷ ْ( َ‬
‫‪ِ~ q‬ﻳﻨَ ًﺔ ﻟَ َﻬﺎ ﻟِﻨَْﺒ ُﻠ َﻮ ُﻫ ْﻢ ‪َR‬ﻳﱡ ُﻬ ْﻢ ‪ْ َR‬ﺣ َﺴ ُﻦ َﻋ َﻤ ً‬
‫ﻟﻜﻬﻒ‪.(7 :‬‬
‫ﻷ ﺣﻴﺎ
ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺘﺒﺎ ﻋﺎ‪ ,S‬ﻓﻼ ﺷﻲ‪ c‬ﻣﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎ ﻳﻜﻮ ﻋﺮﺿﻴﺎ ‪ A‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺼﻮ‪ .8‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﺨﻄﺈ ﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎ‪8‬‬
‫ﺑﺄ ﻷﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻊ ‪B‬ﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻋﺒﺜﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺷﻲ‪ c‬ﻳﺤﺪ‪x‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﻌﺰ‪ Q‬ﻋﻦ ﺣﻜﻤﺔ ﷲ ﺗﺪﺑﻴﺮ‪ F‬ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ‪ .F‬ﻓﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎ‬
‫ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
‪ ,‬ﺑﺘﻼ‪ Lc‬ﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻴﺨﺘﺒﺮ‪ F‬ﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﺑﺪ‪ F‬ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺆﻻ ﻋﻦ ‪ 88‬ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﺳﻠﻮﻛﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻀﻢ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻹﺑﺘﻼ‪ .Lc‬ﻓﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮ‪ 8‬ﺑﻬﺎ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ,‬ﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﺒﺪﻳﻪ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ,‬ﻳﺤﺪ‪ 8‬ﺛﻮﺑﻪ ‪ A‬ﻋﻘﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
ﻵﺧﺮ
‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺷﻲ‪ – c‬ﺳﻮ‪ c‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ‪ A‬ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ‪ -‬ﻳﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻋﺮﺿﻴﺎ‪,‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﻫﻲ ‪A‬ﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﻛﺘﺒﺖ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺪﻧﺎ‪ ,‬ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ‪ A‬ﻳﺘﺬﻛﺮﻫﺎ ‪8‬ﺋﻤﺎ‪ B .‬ﻣﺎ ﺣﺮ| ﻟﻔﺮ‪ 8‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ‪ ,‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻨﺴﻰ ‪A‬ﺑﺪ ‪ A‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻟﻪ‪ /A .‬ﺑﻤﻔﻬﻮ‪> S‬ﺧﺮ‪ B ,‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﻳﺘﻌﺮ^ ﻟﻪ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ‪ F8A‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻧﺨﻠﺺ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﻬﻢ ﺟﺪ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ‪A‬‬
‫ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻫﻲ ‪ 8‬ﺧﺘﺒﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻳﺔ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻷﻫﺪ‪+‬‬
‫ﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
‪.‬‬
‫‪53‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺤﻤﻞ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻧﺴﺎﻧﺎ ﻓﻮ‪ i‬ﻃﺎﻗﺘﻪ‬
‫‪ B‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻀﻊ ﻛﻞ ‪B‬ﻧﺴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻦ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﺗﺔ ‪A L‬ﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺪﻳﺪ
‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ‪ ,‬ﺟﺐ ﻟﻘﻮ‪A Q‬ﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻌﺪ‪ Q‬ﻟﻤﻄﻠﻖ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﻋﻔﻮ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎ‪ F8‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ "ﻟﺤﻠﻴﻢ"؛ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻦ ﻳُﺤﻤﻞ ‪A‬ﺣﺪ ‪A‬ﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺎﻗﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻫﺬ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻋﺪ‪ F‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺨﻠﻒ ﷲ ﻋﻬﺪ‪ ,F‬ﻗﺎ‪ Q‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪َ 1َ ﴿ :‬ﻻ ﻧُ َﻜ ﱢﻠ ُﻒ ﻧَﻔ ً‬
‫ْﺴﺎ‬
‫ﻮ‪ ) ﴾ C‬ﺳﻮ(‪b‬‬ ‫ﺎ ﻳَْﻨ ِﻄ ُﻖ ﺑِﺎﻟْ َﺤ ﱢﻖ َ‪ُ 1‬ﻫ ْﻢ َﻻ ﻳُ ْﻈ َﻠ ُﻤ َ‬
‫ِﻻﱠ ُ‪ْ 1‬ﺳ َﻌ َﻬﺎ َ‪ 1‬ﻟَ َﺪﻳْﻨَﺎ ِﻛﺘَ ٌ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮ‪.(62 :C‬‬
‫ﺎ‪َ r‬ﻻ ﻧُ َﻜ ﱢﻠ ُﻒ ﻧَﻔ ً‬
‫ْﺴﺎ‬ ‫ِﺤ ِ‬ ‫ِﻳﻦ ‪َ G‬ﻣﻨُﻮ َ‪َ 1‬ﻋ ِﻤ ُﻠﻮ ﱠ‬
‫ﻟﺼﺎﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻗﺎ‪ Q‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ 1َ ﴿ :‬ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬
‫‪) ﴾ C1‬ﺳﻮ
ﻷﻋﺮ‪:+‬‬ ‫ِﻚ ‪ْ َR‬ﺻ َﺤ ُ‬
‫ﺎ ﻟْ َﺠﻨﱠ ِﺔ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﻓِﻴ َﻬﺎ َﺧﺎﻟِ ُﺪ َ‬ ‫ِﻻﱠ ُ‪ْ 1‬ﺳ َﻌ َﻬﺎ ‪1ُR‬ﻟَﺌ َ‬
‫‪.(42‬‬
‫‪ B‬ﻷﻣﺮ^ ﻟﺤﻮ‪ x8‬ﻛﻞ ‪A‬ﺷﻜﺎ‪ Q‬ﻵﻻ‪ S‬ﻷﺣﺰ‪ ,‬ﻛﻞ ‪A‬ﻧﻮ‪u‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺤﻦ ﻷﺧﺮ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﺘﺮ^ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ,‬ﺗﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪8‬ﺋﺮ
ﻗﺪ
ﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻬﻤﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ‪ B‬ﻣﺎ ﺧﺘﺎ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻟﺘﻤﺮ‪8‬‬
‫ﻟﺠﺤﻮ‪ 8‬ﺳﻠﻮ‪ k‬ﻟﻄﺒﺎ‪ u‬ﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺘﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﺄﺧﻼ‪ s‬ﻟﻘﺮ>‬
‫ﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ ,‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﺼﺒﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻟﻚ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﻟﻤﺴﺆﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻷﺣﻴﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺸﻌﺮ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﺳﺘﻨﻔﺬ ﻛﻞ ﻟﺴﺒﻞ ﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻣﺎ‪ ,‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺮ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻫﻮ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻗﺼﻮ‪F‬‬
‫‪A‬ﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺟﻮ‪ 8‬ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﻚ ﻟﺤﺪ‪ ,x‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺪﻓﻌﻪ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ‪ A‬ﻳﺼﺒﺢ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺻﻴﺎ ﻣﺘﻤﺮ‪ .8‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻣﺸﺎﻋﺮ ﻓﺎﺳﺪ
‪A‬ﻟﻘﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﺟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ‪ A‬ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻣﺪﻛﺎ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪54‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﻌﻪ ‪ A‬ﻳﻘﻮ‪ 8‬ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺑﺄﺧﻼ‪ s‬ﻓﺎﺿﻠﺔ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺻﺒﺮ‪A .‬ﻣﺎ ‪8 B‬ﺧﻠﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺳﺎ` ﻟﺸﻜﻮ‪ k‬ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻪ ‪ A‬ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ‪ A‬ﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻳﺄﻣﺮ ﻋﺒﺎ‪ F8‬ﺑﺄ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻨﻄﻮ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎ‪ Q‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪ 1َ َR ﴿ :‬ﻟَ ْﻢ ﻳَ ْﻌ َﻠ ُﻤﻮ ‪ َR‬ﱠ‪ C‬ﷲ ﻳَْﺒ ُﺴ ُﻂ‬
‫ﻮ‪ُ * C‬ﻗ ْﻞ ﻳَﺎ ﻋِﺒَﺎ‪َ 6‬‬
‫ِ‪Q‬‬ ‫ﺎ‪ r‬ﻟِ َﻘ ْﻮ ٍ
ﻳُ ْﺆ ِﻣﻨُ َ‬
‫ِﻚ ﻵﻳَ ٍ‬‫ِ‪ C‬ﻓِﻲ َ‪v‬ﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻟﺮ ْ~ َ‪ i‬ﻟ َِﻤ ْﻦ ﻳَ َﺸﺎ ُ َ‪ 1‬ﻳَ ْﻘ ِﺪ ُ( ﱠ‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫ﻮ‬‫ِﺮ ﻟ ﱡﺬﻧُ َ‬‫ِ‪ C‬ﷲ ﻳَ ْﻐﻔ ُ‬ ‫ِﻦ َ( ْﺣ َﻤ ِﺔ ﷲِ ﱠ‬ ‫ِﻢ َﻻ ﺗَ ْﻘﻨَ ُﻄﻮ ﻣ ْ‬‫ُﺴﻬ ْ‬‫ِﻳﻦ ‪ْ َR‬ﺳ َﺮ ُﻓﻮ َﻋ َﻠﻰ ‪َR‬ﻧْﻔ ِ‬ ‫ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬
‫ِﻤﻮ ﻟَ ُﻪ ﻣ ْ‬
‫ِﻦ َﻗ ْﺒ ِﻞ‬ ‫ﻴﻢ * َ‪َR 1‬ﻧِﻴﺒُﻮ ِﻟَﻰ َ(ﺑﱢ ُﻜ ْﻢ َ‪ْ َR1‬ﺳﻠ ُ‬ ‫ﻟﺮ ِﺣ ُ‬
‫َﺟﻤِﻴ ًﻌﺎ ِﻧﱠ ُﻪ ُﻫ َﻮ ﻟ َﻐﻔُﻮ ُ( ﱠ‬
‫‪) ﴾ C1‬ﺳﻮ
ﻟﺰﻣﺮ‪.(54-52:‬‬ ‫ ﺛ ﱠُﻢ َﻻ ﺗُْﻨ َﺼ ُﺮ َ‬ ‫‪ Cْ َR‬ﻳَْﺄﺗِﻴَ ُﻜ ْﻢ ﻟْ َﻌ َﺬ ُ‬
‫ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﻠﺘﺰ‪ S‬ﺑﻤﺎ ‪A‬ﻣﺮ‪ F‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ,‬ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺗﻤﺎ‪ S‬ﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪ A‬ﻟﺤﺴﻦ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ‪B‬ﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺴﻦ؛ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻓﺎﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﻘﻨﻂ ﺳﻴﻜﻮ ﺣﻴﺪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻻ ﻣﺨﺮ§ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻨﺎ ‪ A‬ﻫﺆﻻ‪ c‬ﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫َﺮ‪1‬‬ ‫ِﻳﻦ َﻛﻔ ُ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻨﻄﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻤﺘﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ,‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪ 1َ ﴿ :‬ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬
‫ِﻴﻢ (‬‫ ‪َR‬ﻟ ٌ‬‫ِﻚ ﻟَ ُﻬ ْﻢ َﻋ َﺬ ٌ‬ ‫ِﻦ َ( ْﺣ َﻤﺘِﻲ َ‪1ُR 1‬ﻟَﺌ َ‬ ‫ِﺴﻮ ﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﺎ‪ r‬ﷲِ َ‪ 1‬ﻟِﻘَﺎﺋِ ِﻪ ‪1ُR‬ﻟَﺌ َ‬
‫ِﻚ ﻳَﺌ ُ‬ ‫ﺑِﺂﻳَ ِ‬
‫)ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻌﻨﻜﺒﻮ‪.(23 :L‬‬
‫ِﻦ َ( ْ‪ِ 1‬‬‫ِﻦ َ( ْ‪ ِ 1‬ﷲ ِﻧﱠ ُﻪ َﻻ ﻳَْﻴﺄَ ُ ﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﻗﺎ‪ Q‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪َ 1َ ﴿ :‬ﻻ ﺗَْﻴﺄَ ُﺳﻮ ﻣ ْ‬
‫‪) ﴾ C1‬ﺳﻮ
ﻳﻮﺳﻒ‪.(87 :‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﺎﻓ ُِﺮ َ‬ ‫ﷲِ ِﻻﱠ ﻟْ َﻘ ْﻮ ُ
َ‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎ ﻷﻣﺮ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ,‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ ‪ A‬ﻻ ﻳﻴﺄ` ‪A‬ﺑﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﺠﺘﻬﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺤﺮ‪ d‬ﻓﻬﻤﺎ ‪A‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ‪ Q‬ﻟﺘﻔﻜﺮ ﻟﺘﺄﻣﻞ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻋﻘﺒﺔ‪ ,‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﺮﺷﺪ‪ F‬ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﻜﻤﻦ ‪c‬ﻫﺎ؛‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ‪ A‬ﻳﻜﻮ ﺷﺠﺎﻋﺎ ﺻﺒﻮ ﺣﻨﻮﻧﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﺼﺎ ﻋﺎ ﻣﺤﺒﺎ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ /A .‬ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ >ﺧﺮ‪B ,‬ﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﺤﻈﺎ‪ L‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ‪ ,‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ‬
‫‪55‬‬
‫ﺛﻘﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺗﻮﻛﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺪ‪A A k‬ﺧﻼﻗﻪ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﺗﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﻳﻔﻮ‪d‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ,‬ﻓﺈ ﻟﻚ ﺳﻴﻤﻨﺤﻪ ﻣﺼﺪ ‪B‬ﺿﺎﻓﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﺴﻌﺎ‪
8‬‬
‫ﻟﺴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻣﺘﺤﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻟﺼﻌﺎ{ ﺑﺤﺰ‪ S‬ﺛﺒﺎ‪,L‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﻌﺮ ﺑﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪A‬ﻛﺒﺮ ﻟﻠﻨﻌﻢ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺠﻨﺔ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ ,‬ﻳﻨﻌﻢ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﻠﺬ
‬
‫‪A‬ﻋﻤﻖ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﻬﻢ ﻟﺘﺬﻛﺮ ‪ A‬ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺴﺮ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺴﺮ؛ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﻮ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻟﻚ‪ ,‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺸﻌﺮ ‪A‬ﺑﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺬ‪ k‬ﻟﻌﻤﻖ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﺸﻌﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺳﻰ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻟﻤﺼﺎﻋﺐ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ ,‬ﻓﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪F‬‬
‫ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺳﻴﻜﻮ ﻟﻪ ﺳﺒﺒﺎ ﻟﻠﺴﻌﺎ‪
8‬ﻓﻲ ﻵﺧﺮ
‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﻬﻢ ‪ A‬ﻳﻜﻮ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﺻﺒﻮ ﺣﻜﻴﻤﺎ ﻋﺎﻗﻼ ﻣﺘﻮ‪d‬ﻧﺎ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻣﺤﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻄﻮﻓﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺈﻳﺠﺎ‪ d‬ﻣﺘﺤﻠﻴﺎ ﺑﺼﻔﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻟﻨﺒﻴﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻷﺧﻼ‪ s‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺠﻠﺐ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻌﺎ‪
8‬ﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ‪B‬ﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻹﻳﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﻳﻜﻮ ﺟﺰ‪ F‬ﺑﺈ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪,‬‬
‫ﺳﻌﺎ‪A
8‬ﺧﺮ ‪8‬ﺋﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻵﺧﺮ
‪.‬‬
‫‪R‬ﻳﻤﺎ ﻣﺼﻴﺒﺔ ﺗﺼﻴﺐ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ‪ C‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‬

‫‪ ّ B‬ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻦ ﻟﺘﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻟﻘﺮ>ﻧﻲ ﻋﺎ‪
8‬ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻛﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻤﺔ ‪A‬ﺧﻼﻗﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﻴﺮ ‪A‬ﻣﻮﻫﻢ ﺣﺴﺒﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ‪,‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ‪ A‬ﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻳﺼﺎﺑﻮ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺮ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺤﺪ‪x‬‬
‫ﻟﻬﻢ ﻣﺼﻴﺒﺔ‪ ,‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻔﻮ ﻳﺒﺤﺜﻮ ﻋﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻴﻠﻘﻮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻮ‪ .S‬ﻟﻜﻦ‪,‬‬
‫ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻫﻮ ﻟﻌﺎ‪ ,Q8‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻚ ﻵﻳﺔ ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻓﺎﻹﻧﺴﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻟﻤﺴﺆ‪ Q‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻴﺒﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﺋﺐ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎ‪ Q‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪َ ﴿ :‬ﻣﺎ‬
‫‪56‬‬
‫ْﺴ َﻚ َ‪َ (ْ َR 1‬ﺳ ْﻠﻨَ َ‬
‫ﺎ‪5‬‬ ‫ِﻦ ﻧَﻔ ِ‬ ‫ِﻦ ﷲِ َ‪َ 1‬ﻣﺎ ‪َ َR‬ﺻﺎﺑَ َﻚ ﻣ ْ‬
‫ِﻦ َﺳﻴّﺌَ ٍﺔ َﻓﻤ ْ‬ ‫ِﻦ َﺣ َﺴﻨَ ٍﺔ َﻓﻤ َ‬ ‫‪َ َR‬ﺻﺎﺑَ َﻚ ﻣ ْ‬
‫ﺎ َ( ُﺳﻮ ًﻻ َ‪َ 1‬ﻛﻔَﻰ ﺑِﺎﷲِ َﺷﻬِﻴ ًﺪ ﴾ )ﻟﻨﺴﺎ‪.(79 :‬‬ ‫ﻟِﻠﻨﱠ ِ‬
‫ﻳﻤﺪﻧﺎ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺑﺄﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ
ﻟﻴﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻟﻚ ﻷﺳﻠﻮ{ ﻟﻤﻨﺤﺮ‪+‬‬
‫ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﻟﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﺳﻮ
ﻷﻋﺮ‪ +‬ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪ A‬ﻓﺮﻋﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻻ‪ F‬ﻋﺰ‬
‫ﺷﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪A S‬ﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻫﻢ ‪A‬ﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ّ‬
‫ﻟﺤ َﺴﻨَ ُﺔ َﻗﺎﻟُﻮ ﻟَﻨَﺎ َﻫ ِﺬ ِ َ‪Cِْ 1‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﻮ ﻣﺼﺪ ﻟﺸﺮ ﻟﺨﺒﺚ‪َ ﴿ :‬ﻓﺈِ‪َ َv‬ﺟﺎ َﺗْ ُﻬ ْﻢ َ‬
‫ﻮﺳﻰ َ‪َ 1‬ﻣ ْﻦ َﻣ َﻌ ُﻪ ‪َ َR‬ﻻ ِﻧﱠ َﻤﺎ َﻃﺎﺋ ُِﺮ ُﻫﻢ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ﷲِ َ‪ 1‬ﻟَ ِﻜ ﱠﻦ‬
‫ﺗُ ِﺼ ْﺒ ُﻬ ْﻢ َﺳﻴﱢﺌَ ٌﺔ ﻳَ ﱠﻄﻴﱠ ُﺮ‪ 1‬ﺑ ُِﻤ َ‬
‫ﻮ‪) ﴾ C‬ﺳﻮ
ﻷﻋﺮ‪.(131 :+‬‬ ‫‪ْ َR‬ﻛﺜَ َﺮ ُﻫ ْﻢ َﻻ ﻳَ ْﻌ َﻠ ُﻤ َ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻮﺣﻲ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻟﻤﺜﺎ‪ Q‬ﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ,‬ﻓﻬﺆﻻ‪ c‬ﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻟﻘﺮ>‬
‫ﻳﺒﺤﺜﻮ ﻋﻦ ‪A‬ﺣﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻴﻠﻘﻮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﻮ‪ d‬ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻫﻠﻮ ‪d‬ﻻﺗﻬﻢ ﻋﻴﻮﺑﻬﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺤﺎﻟﻮ ‪ A‬ﻳﺘﻬﻤﻮ ﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻮ‪ c‬ﻟﺸﺮ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ‪ -‬ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻬﻨﺎ ﷲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻵﻳﺔ ﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ‪ -‬ﻫﻢ ‪A‬ﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻟﻤﺴﺆﻟﻮ ﻋﻦ ﻟﺴﻮ‪ .c‬ﻛﺎ‬
‫ﻫﺆﻻ‪ c‬ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺸﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﺧﻴﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﺷﺮ‪ B ,‬ﻓﻠﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ‪B‬ﻻ ‪A‬ﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻟﻴﻠﻮﻣﻮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮ ﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﻘﺪ(‬

‫ﻳﺴﻌﻰ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻃﻮ‪ Q‬ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻪ ﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪A‬ﻫﺪ‪+‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻵﺧﺮ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻷﻗﺎ‪ ,L‬ﺗﺴﻴﺮ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﺨﻄﻂ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ‪ ,‬ﻓﻲ ‪A‬ﻗﺎ‪A L‬ﺧﺮ‪ ,‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﺜﺮ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺗﻄﻮ‪L‬‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﺆﻻ‪ c‬ﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﻹﺳﻼ‪ S‬ﻳﻌﺰ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﻌﻮﺋﻖ‬
‫‪57‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺎ‪8‬ﻓﺎ‪ ،L‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ,‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ k‬ﺷﻲ‪ c‬ﺳﻤﻪ ﻣﺼﺎ‪8‬ﻓﺔ‪ّ B /A .‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
ﻗﺪ ﻗﺪ‪ F‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻟﺴ َﻤﺎ ِ ِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ِﻦ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻗﺪ‪ .F‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺟﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ﴿ :‬ﻳُ َﺪﺑﱢ ُﺮ َﻷ ْﻣ َﺮ ﻣ َ‬
‫‪) ﴾ ... q‬ﺳﻮ
ﻟﺴﺠﺪ
‪1 .(5 :‬ﻗﺎ‪ Q‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ِ) :‬ﻧﱠﺎ ُﻛ ﱠﻞ َﺷ ْﻲ ٍ َﺧ َﻠ ْﻘﻨَﺎ ُ‬ ‫ َﻷ ْ( ِ‬
‫ﺑِ َﻘ َﺪ ٍ( ﴾ )ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻘﻤﺮ‪.(49 :‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻦ ﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎ ‪ A‬ﻳﻔﻜﺮ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﺮ ﺧﺎﻃﺌﺎ ﺧﻼ‪ Q‬ﻣﺴﺎ ﻳﻮﻣﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻌﺘﻘﺪ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺨﻄﻄﻪ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﻳﻄﺎ‪ u‬ﻟﻘﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺤﺪ‪ 8‬ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﻓﺤﺘﻰ ﻟﻮ ﻋﺘﻘﺪ ‪B‬ﻧﺴﺎ ﻣﺎ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺿﻊ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﺴﺎ ﻗﺪ‪ ,F‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﻗﻊ ﻻ ﻳﺰ‪ Q‬ﻣﺠﺪ‪ 8‬ﻳﺘﺤﺮ‪ k‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ‬
‫‪A‬ﺧﺮ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺒﻖ ﻗﺪ‪ L‬ﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺪ‪ .F‬ﻻ ﺷﻲ‪ c‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﺤﻈﺎ‪ L‬ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﻳﺤﺪ‪x‬‬
‫ﺧﺎ§ ‪B‬ﻃﺎ ﻟﻘﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺼﺎ{ ‪B‬ﻧﺴﺎ ﺑﻐﻴﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻳﻤﻮ‪ L‬ﺑﺴﺒﺒﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻔﻮ‬
‫ﻷ ﻟﻤﻮ‪ L‬ﻗﺪ ﻗﺪ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻚ ﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻌﺎﻓﻰ ﻵﺧﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺷﻬﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ‬
‫‪ ّ A‬ﻫﻲ ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬ ‪A‬ﻳﻀﺎ ﻗﺪ‪ F‬ﻗﺪ ‪A‬ﺧﺮ ﻓﺎﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻊ ﺑﺤﻖ ‪A‬ﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻘﺪ‪ ,‬ﻛﻞ ﻷﺣﺪ‪x‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻪ ﻫﻲ ﺣﺼﻴﻠﺔ ﺣﺎ‪8‬ﺛﺔ ﻣﺎ ‪ A‬ﻣﺼﺎ‪8‬ﻓﺔ ﻋﺒﺜﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻃﻰ‪ c‬ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ‪ c‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻜﻮ ﻳﺘﺤﺮ‪ k‬ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻪ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ‪ .‬ﻫﺬ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﻔﺴﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻔﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﺎ{ ﺑﻔﺎﺟﻌﺔ‪ ,‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ
ﺑﻜﻮﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫"ﻣﺸﺆﻣﺔ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪ /‬ﻣﺤﺪ‪ 8‬ﻓﻲ ُﺣﻜﻤﻪ ﻗﺪﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ؛ ﻟﻚ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺒﻴﺲ ﻟ ّﺰﻣﺎ ﻟﻤﻜﺎ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ >ﺧﺮ ﻓﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎ ﺑﻼ ﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎ‪c‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺒﻪ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ,‬ﻣﺎﻟﻚ "ﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻄﻠﻘﺔ" ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻫﻮ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﺪ‪8‬‬
‫‪58‬‬
‫ﺑﺰﻣﺎ ‪ A‬ﻣﻜﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ُﺴ ُﻜ ْﻢ‬
‫‪َ 1َ q‬ﻻ ﻓِﻲ ‪َR‬ﻧْﻔ ِ‬ ‫ِﻦ ُﻣ ِﺼﻴﺒَ ٍﺔ ﻓِﻲ َﻷ ْ( ِ‬
‫ﺎ ﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﻗﺎ‪ Q‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪َ ﴿ :‬ﻣﺎ ‪َ َR‬ﺻ َ‬
‫ﻴﺮ ﴾ )ﺳﻮ
‬ ‫ِﻚ َﻋ َﻠﻰ ﷲِ ﻳَ ِﺴ ٌ‬ ‫ِ‪vَ C‬ﻟ َ‬‫ِﻦ َﻗ ْﺒ ِﻞ ‪ Cْ َR‬ﻧَْﺒ َﺮ‪َ َR‬ﻫﺎ ﱠ‬
‫ﺎ ﻣ ْ‬‫ِﻻﱠ ﻓِﻲ ِﻛﺘَ ٍ‬
‫ﻟﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪.(22 :‬‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ ,‬ﻓﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻮﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻫﻮ ‪ A‬ﻳُﺨﻀﻊ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻘﺪ ﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮ‪ S‬ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﻘﻪ‪ ,‬ﻣﺪﻛﺎ ‪ A‬ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ‪ c‬ﺳﻴﺮﺟﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ B ,‬ﻫﺆﻻ‪ / c‬ﻹﻳﻤﺎ ﻟﺼﺎ‪ s8‬ﻳﻘﻀﻮ ﻛﻞ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﺮ‪ +‬ﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ‪ A‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺪ‪B x‬ﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺟﺰ‪c‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺪﻫﻢ‪ A ,‬ﻟﻚ ﻟﺤﺪ‪ A x‬ﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺿﻊ ‪B‬ﻻ ﻟﺴﺒﺐ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻢ ‪8‬ﺋﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﻔﻌﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﻨﻈﺮ
ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺳﻴﺠﺪ ﻫﺬ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ‪A‬ﺻﻰ ﷲ ﺑﻬﺬ ﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻟﻨﺒﻴﻞ ﻹﻋﺎ ﻟﺨﺎﻟﺺ ﻟﺘﺎ‪ S‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫﴿ ُﻗ ْﻞ ﻟَ ْﻦ ﻳُ ِﺼﻴﺒَﻨَﺎ ِﻻﱠ َﻣﺎ َﻛﺘَ َﺐ ﷲ ﻟَﻨَﺎ ُﻫ َﻮ َﻣ ْﻮ َﻻﻧَﺎ َ‪َ 1‬ﻋ َﻠﻰ ﷲ َﻓ ْﻠﻴَﺘَ َﻮ ﱠﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻮ‪ ) ﴾ C‬ﺳﻮ
ﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪.(51:‬‬ ‫ﻟْ ُﻤ ْﺆ ِﻣﻨُ َ‬
‫ﺳﻮ‪ c‬ﻛﺎ ﻷﻣﺮ ﺧﻴﺮ ‪ SA‬ﺷﺮ ﻓﺈ ّ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ‪A‬ﺑﺪ ‪ A‬ﻳﻤﻨﻊ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺛﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺪ ﻗﻮﻋﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‪ B .‬ﻣﺎ ‪ A‬ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺪ‪,x‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻨﺘﻔﻊ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ‪B‬ﻻ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺠﻨﻲ ﺳﻮ ﻟﻨﺪ‪ S‬ﻷ‬
‫ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪ B .‬ﻟﻠّﻮﻋﺔ ﻟﺘﻤﺮ‪ 8‬ﻟﺠﺤﻮ‪ 8‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺪ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺴﺆﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
ﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻹﻋﺎ ﻟﻌﺪ‪ Q‬ﷲ ﻟﻤﻄﻠﻖ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻘﺪ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﺿﻌﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻪ‪ A ,‬ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ A‬ﻟﺨﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺎ‪ ,Q‬ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻗﺪ‪ F‬ﺑﺨﻀﻮ‪ u‬ﻃﻤﺌﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪59‬‬
‫ﺟﺘﻬﺎ‪ 6‬ﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎ‪ C‬ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ‪ C‬ﻣﻦ ‪ 5(6‬ﻟﺨﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ‪ A‬ﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎ ﺟﺎﺣﺪ ﻋﺎ|‪ .‬ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺒﻬﻨﺎ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻓﺎﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎ ﻳﺤﺎ‪ Q‬ﺑﻜﻞ ﻟﺴﺒﻞ ‪dB‬ﺣﺔ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮ‪ s‬ﻟﺨﻴﺮ‬
‫‪8B‬ﺋﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻬﺎﻟﻚ ﻟﺸﺮ ﻟﻔﺴﺎ‪ .8‬ﻟﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﻛﺜﺮ ﻟﻄﺮ‪ s‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎ ﻫﻲ ‪B‬ﻋﺎﻗﺘﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻳﺔ ﻣﻮﻃﻦ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻷﺣﻮ‪ Q‬ﻷﺣﺪ‪ .x‬ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻫﺬ ﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ ﻟﻴﻘﻨﻄﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻠﻘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻇﻠﻤﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﻤﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﻟﺠﻬﻞ‬
‫ﻟﺠﺤﻮ‪.8‬‬
‫‪ B‬ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻔﺸﻠﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺟﻤﺎ‪ Q‬ﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻟﻘﺮ>ﻧﻲ‪ ,‬ﻫﻢ ﻫﺆﻻ‪ c‬ﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﻹﺳﻼ‪ S‬ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻘﻀﻮ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺠﺮ‪ /‬ﺧﻠﻒ ‪A‬ﻫﺪ‪ +‬ﺗﺎﻓﻬﺔ‪,‬‬
‫ﻫﻢ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻮ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻴﻮ‪ S‬ﻵﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﻫﺆﻻ‪ c‬ﻣﻌﺮﺿﻮ ﻟﻮﺳﺎ` ﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺰﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ّ B‬ﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎ ﻳﻄﺮ{ ﻟﻀﻌﻒ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺲ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﻀﻠﻠﺔ‬
‫؛ ﻓﻴﺪﻋﻮ‪ F‬ﻟﻠﺘﻤﺮ‪ 8‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻘﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺜﻼ‪ ,‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺠﺪ ‪A‬ﺣﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺻﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺬﻛﻴﺮ ﺟﺎ‪ F‬ﻟﺬ‪A /‬ﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎ‪ x8‬ﺳﻴﺮ ﺑﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ‪ ّ A‬ﻟﻚ ﻳﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺟﺰ‪ c‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺪ‪ .F‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻌﺠﺰ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻨﻈﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻤﻮﻗﻒ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻨﻈﺮ
‬
‫ﻟﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﻻﻣﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ‪A A‬ﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﺳﺮﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ‪ Q‬ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﺠﺪ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺴﻬﻞ ﺗﺒﻨﻲ ﺳﻠﻮ‪ k‬ﻣﺘﻤﺮ‪ .8‬ﻫﺬ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺪ{ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ‪ A‬ﻳﻜﺎﻓﺢ ﻟﻴﺮ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻷﺣﺪ‪,x‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺎ ‪ّ A‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪ‪B /‬ﻋﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﻀﻊ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺛﻘﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪A .‬ﻣﺎ ﻟﻔﺸﻞ ﻓﻲ ‪B‬ﻗﻨﺎ‪u‬‬
‫ﻟﻀﻤﻴﺮ ﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻘﻮ‪B 8‬ﻟﻰ ﺗﺒﺎ‪ u‬ﺳﻠﻮ‪ k‬ﻣﻨﺤﺮ‪ +‬ﺗﺎﺋﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪60‬‬
‫‪ ّ B‬ﺟﻬﻮ‪ 8‬ﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎ ﻹﻋﺎﻗﺔ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻳﺔ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﺘﻌﺮ‪+‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻟﻈﺮ‪ +‬ﺑﺄﺷﻜﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﺳﻮﺳﺘﻪ ‪A‬ﻳﻀﺎ ﺗﻤﻨﻊ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻳﺔ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻣﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﻋﻤﺎ‪ .Q‬ﻓﺎﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻳﺴﻌﻰ ﺟﻬﺪ‪F‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻐﺮ` ﻓﻲ ﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﻟﺨﻮ‪ +‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﺰﻣﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻹﻧﻔﺎ‪ s‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻟﺸ ْﻴ َﻄ ُ‬
‫ﺎ‪C‬‬ ‫‪A‬ﻣﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻗﺎ‪ Q‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻤﻮﻗﻒ‪ ﴿ :‬ﱠ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ْﺮ َ‪ 1‬ﻳَْﺄ ُﻣ ُﺮ ُﻛ ْﻢ ﺑِﺎﻟﻔ ْ‬
‫ﻼ َ‪ 1‬ﷲ‬ ‫َﺤ َﺸﺎ ِ َ‪ 1‬ﷲ ﻳَ ِﻌ ُﺪ ُﻛ ْﻢ َﻣ ْﻐﻔ َ‬
‫ِﺮ ً‪ِ b‬ﻣ ْﻨ ُﻪ َ‪َ 1‬ﻓ ْﻀ ً‬ ‫ﻳَ ِﻌ ُﺪ ُﻛ ْﻢ ﻟ َﻔﻘ َ‬
‫ِﻴﻢ ﴾ )ﺳﻮ
ﻟﺒﻘﺮ
‪.(268:‬‬ ‫ﺳ ٌﻊ َﻋﻠ ٌ‬ ‫َ‪ِ 1‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻊ ﻷﻣﺮ ﻓﺈ ﻛﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﻤﺸﺎﻋﺮ ﻷﺣﺎﺳﻴﺲ ﻫﻲ ‪B‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻋﺮ ﻋﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻷ ﺧﻄﻂ ﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﻤﻠﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺪ ﻟﻦ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺑﺄ‪/‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻟﺼﺎ‪ ,s8‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ A‬ﻫﺪ‪ +‬ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻹﻧﻔﺎ‪s‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻤﻨﻔﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻻ ﻹﺿﺎ‪ c‬ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ,‬ﺑﻞ ‪ B‬ﻫﺪﻓﻪ ﻷﺳﻤﻰ ﻫﻮ ﻛﺴﺐ‬
‫ﺿﻰ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﻤﺘﻪ ﻟﻔﻮ‪ d‬ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻬﺬ ﻟﺴﺒﺐ‪ ,‬ﻓﺎﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ‪ A‬ﻳﻀﻠﻞ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺘﻄﻠﻌﺎ‪ L‬ﻋﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺑﻼ ﻓﺎﺋﺪ
‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺟﺎ‪ c‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ‪ A‬ﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻓﺮ^ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ‪ F‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪1َ ﴿ :‬‬
‫ِ‪ C‬ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬
‫ِﻳﻦ‬ ‫ِﻴﻢ * ﱠ‬‫ِﺬ ﺑِﺎﷲِ ِﻧﱠ ُﻪ َﺳﻤِﻴ ٌﻊ َﻋﻠ ٌ‬ ‫ﺎﺳﺘَﻌ ْ‬ ‫ﻟﺸ ْﻴ َﻄ ِ‬
‫ﺎ‪ C‬ﻧَ ْﺰ ٌ َﻓ ْ‬ ‫ِﻦ ﱠ‬ ‫ِ ﱠﻣﺎ ﻳَْﻨ َﺰ َﻏﻨﱠ َﻚ ﻣ َ‬
‫‪) ﴾ C1‬ﺳﻮ
‬ ‫ﺎ‪ C‬ﺗَ َﺬ ﱠﻛ ُﺮ‪َ 1‬ﻓﺈِ‪ُ َv‬ﻫ ْﻢ ُﻣ ْﺒ ِﺼ ُﺮ َ‬ ‫ﻟﺸ ْﻴ َﻄ ِ‬
‫ِﻦ ﱠ‬ ‫ِﻒ ﻣ َ‬ ‫ﺗﱠ َﻘ ْﻮ ِ‪َ َv‬ﻣ ﱠﺴ ُﻬ ْﻢ َﻃﺎﺋ ٌ‬
‫ﻷﻋﺮ‪.(201-200: +‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ‪ A‬ﻧﻔﻬﻢ ‪ A‬ﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪ‪A S‬ﺳﻠﻮﺑﻴﻦ ﻹﻋﺎﻗﺔ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻹﻗﺒﺎ‪ Q‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪A‬ﻋﻤﺎ‪ Q‬ﻟﺨﻴﺮ‪A .‬ﻟﻬﻤﺎ‪A ,‬ﻧﻪ ﻳﻨﺎﺿﻞ ﻟﻴﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻤﻼ ﻃﻴﺒﺎ ﻧﺎﻓﻌﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺼﻮ ﻟﺠﺮ‪ c /‬ﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﻟﺪﻧﻴﻮﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪A‬ﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﻬﺪ‪ +‬ﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
‪.‬‬
‫‪A‬ﻣﺎ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻬﻤﺎ ‪ ,‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﺠﺘﻬﺪ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ‪A‬ﺗﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮ
ﻟﻴﻌﻴﻖ ﻟﻨﺎ` ﻋﻦ ‪k8B‬‬
‫‪61‬‬
‫ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻟﻜﺎﻣﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻷﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﺎ{ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﺑﻤﺤﻨﺔ‪ ,‬ﻓﻬﻮ‬
‫ﻳﺼﻮﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪A‬ﻧﻬﺎ "ﺷﺮ"‪ ,‬ﻳﻐﻮﻳﻪ ﻟﻴﺘﺨﺬ ﺳﻠﻮﻛﺎ ﻣﺘﻤﺮ‪ 8‬ﺗﺠﺎ‪ F‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ B‬ﻧﻌﻢ ﷲ ﻟﺘﻲ ‪A‬ﺳﺒﻐﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺼﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻨﺬ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ ﻻ‪8‬ﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻣﺤﺎ( ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﷲ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺧﻔﻲ‪ .‬ﻟﻬﺬ ﻓﺈ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺘﺨﺬ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﻘﻬﻢ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺎ ﻳﺘﻮﻛﻠﻮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻳﻀﻌﻮ‬
‫ﺷﺮ ﻳﺼﺒﺮ ﻷﻧﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺛﻘﺘﻬﻢ ﺑﻪ‪ ,‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﺎﺑﻮ ﺑﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‪ّ F‬‬
‫ﻳﺪﻛﻮ ‪ Fc A‬ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ B‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮ ‪ A‬ﻳﺘﺒﻴﻨﻮ ﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﺎ‪ .Q‬ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ‪A‬ﺻﺎﺑﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﻓﻬﻢ ‪A‬ﺑﺪ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﺬﻣﺮ ‪ A‬ﻳﻌﺼﻮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻢ ﻳﺜﻘﻮ ﺟﻴﺪ ‪ A‬ﻟﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﺒﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‪ F‬ﺳﻴﺌﺎ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﺘﻤﺨﺾ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪ ّ A‬ﺗﻠﻚ ﻷﺣﺪ‪x‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﺎﺷﻮﻫﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﺤﻮ‪ Q‬ﻛﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﺗﻨﺠﻴﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﷲ ﻓﻲ ﻵﺧﺮ
‪.‬‬
‫‪62‬‬
‫‪R‬ﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺎ‪ b‬ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ ‪ 1‬ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫‪ B‬ﻟﻜﻔﺎ‪ p‬ﺿﺪ ﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻟﺸﺮ‪ k‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﺟﺰ‪ c‬ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﻮ‪ 8‬ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪c‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻟﻤﺨﻠﺼﻴﻦ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺟﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﻢ‪ .‬ﻋﺒﺎ‪ 8‬ﷲ ﻫﺆﻻ‪ c‬ﺟﻬﺘﻬﻢ‬
‫‪A‬ﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﺟﻤﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻫﺎ ﺳﻠﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪8‬ﺧﻠﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻤﺎﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺿﻮ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻻﺑﺘﻼ‪ Lc‬ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﺻﺪ‪ s‬ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻬﻢ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ‪B‬ﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﻢ؛ ﻓﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺷﺪ
ﻟﺒﻼ‪ c‬ﻛﺎﻧﻮ ﻳﺤﺴﻮ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﻦ ﻟﻄﻤﺄﻧﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎ ﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎ‪ 8‬ﻟﺮﺳﺦ‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﻻﺷﻲ‪ c‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻜﻮ ﻳﺴﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺘﻘﻼ‪ Q‬ﻋﻦ ﻣﺸﻴﺌﺔ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﻫﺬ‪F‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻟﺘﻲ ‪A‬ﻋﺎﻧﺘﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺒﻨﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﻒ ‪B‬ﻳﺠﺎﺑﻲ ‪...‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻋﺎ‪ z‬ﺳﻞ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪A‬ﺗﺒﺎﻋﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﺛﻘﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ A‬ﷲ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻜﻮ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﻳﺸﺪ ‪dA‬ﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ‪A‬ﻗﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﺸﺪ
‪ A ,‬ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺷﻲ‪ c‬ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﺴﻔﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻟﻬﻢ‪ ,‬ﻓﺒﻨﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ‪A‬ﻋﻤﺎﻟﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻄﻠﻌﺎﺗﻬﻢ ‪ B .‬ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﻤﻴﺰ
ﻟﺴﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺪ
ﻣﻦ ‪B‬ﻳﻤﺎ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‪ ,‬ﺗﻀﻊ‬
‫ﻟﻨﻤﻮ§ ﻷﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺘﺪ‪ r‬ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺄﻟﺴﻨﺘﻬﻢ‬

‫‪d‬ﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻗﺼﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ‪ A‬ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﻮ ً‬
‫‪63‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﻘﻴﻦ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻋﺘﻤﺪ ﻛﻞ ﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﻴﻤﻨﻌﻮﻫﻢ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻀﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻬﻢ ﻟﻌﺪ‪ Q‬ﻋﻦ ‪8‬ﻋﻮﺗﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻳﻨﻘﻞ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺻﻮ
‬
‫ﺿﺤﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻟﻤﻬﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﻮ ﻳﺘﻌﺎﻣﻠﻮ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺒﺎ‪ 8‬ﷲ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪﴿ :‬‬
‫ِﻦ‬
‫ﺎ ﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﻟﻜﺘَ َ‬‫ِﻳﻦ ‪1ُR‬ﺗُﻮ ِ‬ ‫ِﻦ ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬ ‫ُﺴ ُﻜ ْﻢ َ‪ 1‬ﻟَﺘَ ْﺴ َﻤ ُﻌ ﱠﻦ ﻣ َ‬
‫ِﻜﻢ َ‪َR1‬ﻧْﻔ ِ‬ ‫ﻟَﺘُْﺒ َﻠ ُﻮ ﱠ‪ C‬ﻓِﻲ ‪ْ َR‬ﻣ َﻮﻟ ُ‬
‫ِﻚ‬‫ِ‪vَ C‬ﻟ َ‬‫ِﻴﺮ َ‪ Cِْ 1‬ﺗَ ْﺼﺒ ُِﺮ‪1َ 1‬ﺗَﺘﱠﻘُﻮ َﻓﺈ ﱠ‬ ‫ِﻳﻦ ‪ْ َR‬ﺷ َﺮ ُﻛﻮ ‪َ ًvَR‬ﻛﺜ ً‬ ‫ِﻦ ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬ ‫َﻗ ْﺒﻠ ُ‬
‫ِﻜ ْﻢ َ‪ 1‬ﻣ َ‬
‫ِﻦ َﻋ ْﺰ ِ
ُﻷ ُﻣﻮ ِ( ﴾ )ﺳﻮ
>ﻟﻌﻤﺮ‪.(186 :‬‬ ‫ﻣْ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻵﻳﺔ ﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪ A‬ﻟﻜﺬ{ ﻟﺒﻬﺘﺎ ﻟﻮﺷﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺪ‪ L‬ﺳﻴﺌﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪ ,‬ﻫﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ,‬ﺧﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ >ﻳﺔ ‪A‬ﺧﺮ ﻳﻮ‪ 8‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ‪ Q‬ﻧﻤﻮ§ >ﺧﺮ‬
‫ِﻳﻦ‬
‫ِ‪ C‬ﻟﺬ َ‬ ‫ﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻠﻢ‪ ,‬ﻗﺎ‪ Q‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ﴿ :‬ﱠ‬
‫َﺟﺎُ‪ 1‬ﺑِﺎ ِﻹ ْﻓ ِﻚ ُﻋ ْﺼﺒَ ٌﺔ ِﻣ ْﻨ ُﻜ ْﻢ َﻻ ﺗَ ْﺤ َﺴﺒُﻮ ُ َﺷ ָדﺮ ﻟَ ُﻜ ْﻢ ﺑَ ْﻞ ُﻫ َﻮ َﺧ ْﻴ ٌﺮ ﻟَ ُﻜ ْﻢ ﻟ ُ‬
‫ِﻜ ﱢﻞ‬
‫‬‫ِﻦ ِﻹﺛْ ِﻢ َ‪ 1‬ﻟﱠﺬِ‪ Q‬ﺗَ َﻮﻟﱠﻰ ِﻛ ْﺒ َﺮ ُ ِﻣ ْﻨ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﻟَ ُﻪ َﻋ َﺬ ٌ‬ ‫ﻛﺘَ َﺴ َﺐ ﻣ َ‬ ‫ِ ْﻣ ِﺮ ٍ ِﻣ ْﻨ ُﻬ ْﻢ َﻣﺎ ْ‬
ﻟﻨﻮ‪. (11:‬‬ ‫َﻋ ِﻈ ٌ‬
‫‪ ّ B‬ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﻈﺮ‪ +‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺟﻬﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ ﺑﺤﺮ| ﻟﻴﺼﺮﻓﻮ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻳﺼﺪﻫﻢ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻹﺳﻼ‪ .S‬ﻣﻊ ﻟﻚ ﻓﺈ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻇﻠﻮ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﻴﻦ‪ ,‬ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ‪ A‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻤﺤﺎﻻ‪ L‬ﻟﺴﺎﻓﻠﺔ َﺳﺘ ُﺆ‪ Q‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﻬﻢ‪A ,‬‬
‫ﻗﻀﻴﺘﻬﻢ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﺗﻨﺘﺼﺮ‪ .‬ﻟﻬﺬ ﻓﻬﻢ ‪ 8‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﻮﺷﺎﻳﺎ‪ L‬ﻻﻋﺘﺪ‪Lc‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻔﻈﻴﺔ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻋﺘﺪ‪ Q‬ﺣﻜﻤﺔ؛ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﺴﻮ ﻟﻮ ﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ‪ A‬ﻟﺼﺒﺮ ﻟﺜﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﷲ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻲ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺻﻠﻬﻢ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻔﻮ‪ d‬ﻟﻨﺠﺎ‪.p‬‬
‫ﻗﺘﺪ‪ c‬ﺑﺘﻠﻚ ﻟﻨﻤﺎ§ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻟﻴﻮ‪ A S‬ﻳﺨﻀﻌﻮ‬
‫‪64‬‬
‫‪A‬ﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻟﻘﺪ ﷲ‪ A ,‬ﻳﻮﻗﻨﻮ ﺑﺤﻖ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻲ‪ c‬ﻳﺤﺪ‪B x‬ﻻ ﻓﻖ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫‪B‬ﻟﻬﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﺤﻴﻰ ﺑﻬﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻤﺒﺎ‪ 8‬ﺳﻴﻨﺎ‪A Q‬ﻳﻀﺎ ‪A‬ﻋﻈﻢ ﻟﺠﺰ‪c‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻷ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻌﺪ ﻋﺒﺎ‪ F8‬ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺘﻮﻛﻠﻮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺪ‪ 8‬ﻟﻌﻮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﻄﻤﺌﻨﻬﻢ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﻢ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻘﻌﻮ ﺑﺤﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ "ﻣﺄ‪A "sd‬ﺑﺪ‪ ,‬ﻗﺎ‪ Q‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪Cِْ ﴿ :‬‬
‫ِﺐ ﻟَ ُﻜ ْﻢ َ‪ Cِْ 1‬ﻳَ ْﺨ ُﺬﻟْ ُﻜ ْﻢ َﻓ َﻤ ْﻦ ‪ َv‬ﻟﱠﺬِ‪ Q‬ﻳَْﻨ ُﺼ ُﺮ ُﻛ ْﻢ ﻣ ْ‬
‫ِﻦ‬ ‫ﻼ ﻏَﺎﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻳَْﻨ ُﺼ ْﺮ ُﻛ ْﻢ ﷲُ َﻓ َ‬
‫ﻮ‪) ﴾ C‬ﺳﻮ
>‪ Q‬ﻋﻤﺮ‪.(160:‬‬ ‫ﺑَ ْﻌ ِﺪ ِ َ‪َ 1‬ﻋ َﻠﻰ ﷲ َﻓ ْﻠﻴَﺘَ َﻮ ﱠﻛﻞ ﻟْ ُﻤ ْﺆ ِﻣﻨُ َ‬
‫ﻋﺘﺪ‪ r‬ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮ ﻟﺘﺎﻳﺦ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﻀﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ
ﺗﻌﺘﻘﺪ ‪ A‬ﻟﺘﺰ‪S‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﷲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﻢ ﻟﻤﺒﺎ‪8‬ﺋﻪ ﻧﺸﺮﻫﻢ ﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﺗﻬﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻟﻬﺬ‪ ,‬ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﺟﻞ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﻂ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ‪B‬ﺿﻌﺎ‪ +‬ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺎﺗﻬﻢ‪ ,‬ﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮ‬
‫ﻷﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ ﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮ
ﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﻘﺪ‪ p‬ﻟﺨﺪ‪ .u‬ﻓﻲ ‪A‬ﺣﻴﺎ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ
‪A‬ﺧﺮ‪ ,‬ﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺮ‪ 88‬ﻓﻲ ﺳﺘﺨﺪ‪A S‬ﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ ‪A‬ﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﺪ
ﻗﺴﻮ
‪ ,‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﺘﻬﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﺘﻌﺬﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻷﺳﺮ ‪B A‬ﺧﺮ§ ﻫﺆﻻ‪ c‬ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻮﺗﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ّ B‬ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﺮ^ ﻟﻪ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮ‪ c‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻀﻢ ﺻﺮﻋﻬﻢ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﻫﻮ ‪8‬ﻟﻴﻞ ﺿﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻄﺮﺳﺔ ﻫﺆﻻ‪ c‬ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﻮ ﻳﺪﻛﻮ ‪8‬ﺋﻤﺎ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻚ ﻹﻳﺬ‪ ,c‬ﻣﻮﻗﻨﻴﻦ ‪ A‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻛﺘﺐ‬
‫ﻟﻬﻢ ﻟﻚ ﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺗﺎ‪ ّ A S‬ﻟﺒﺮ ﻫﻮ ﻟﺼﺒﺮ ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻮﻛﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﺼﻒ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺷﻴﻤﺘﻬﻢ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻨﺤﻮ‬
‫ﺲ ﻟﺒ ﱠِﺮ ‪ Cْ َR‬ﺗُ َﻮﻟﱡﻮ ُ‪ُ 1‬ﺟﻮ َﻫ ُﻜ ْﻢ ﻗِﺒَ َﻞ ﻟْ َﻤ ْﺸ ِﺮ ِ‪1َ i‬ﻟْ َﻤ ْﻐ ِﺮ ِ َ‪1‬ﻟَ ِﻜ ﱠﻦ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ ﴿ :‬ﻟَْﻴ َ‬
‫ﻴﻦ َ‪1‬‬ ‫ﺎ َ‪ 1‬ﻟﻨﱠﺒِﻴﱢ َ‬ ‫ِﻜ ِﺔ َ‪ِ 1‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﺘَ ِ‬ ‫ﻼﺋ َ‬‫ﻵﺧ ِﺮ َ‪ 1‬ﻟْ َﻤ َ‬‫ﻟﺒ ﱠِﺮ َﻣ ْﻦ ‪َ G‬ﻣ َﻦ ﺑِﺎﷲِ َ‪1‬ﻟﻴَ ْﻮ ِ
ِ‬
‫‪65‬‬
‫ِﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻟﺴﺒ ِ‬
‫ﻴﻦ َ‪1‬ﺑْ َﻦ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎﻛ َ‬‫ﻟﻤ َﺴ ِ‬
‫ُﺮﺑَﻰ َ‪1‬ﻟﻴَﺘَﺎ َﻣﻰ َ‪َ 1‬‬ ‫ﺎ َﻋ َﻠﻰ ُﺣﺒﱢ ِﻪ َ‪ Qِ1v‬ﻟﻘ ْ‬ ‫‪G‬ﺗَﻰ ﻟْ َﻤ َ‬
‫ﻮ‪ C‬ﺑِ َﻌ ْﻬ ِﺪﻫ ْ‬
‫ِﻢ‬ ‫ﻼ َ‪G 1َ b‬ﺗَﻰ ﻟ ﱠﺰ َﻛﺎ َ‪ُ 1َ b‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﻮ ُﻓ َ‬ ‫ﺎ َ‪ََR 1‬ﻗﺎ َ
ﱠ‬
‫ﻟﺼ َ‬ ‫ﻟﺮ َﻗ ِ‬
‫ِﻴﻦ َ‪ 1‬ﻓِﻲ ﱢ‬‫ﻟﺴﺎﺋِﻠ َ‬
‫َ‪ 1‬ﱠ‬
‫ِﻳﻦ‬
‫ِﻚ ﻟﺬ َ‬ ‫ﻴﻦ ﻟﺒَْﺄ ِ ‪1ُR‬ﻟَﺌ َ‬ ‫ﻳﻦ ﻓِﻲ ﻟْﺒَْﺄ َﺳﺎ ِ َ‪ 1‬ﱠ‬
‫ﻟﻀ ﱠﺮ ِ َ‪ِ 1‬ﺣ َ‬ ‫ﻟﺼﺎﺑِ ِﺮ َ‬
‫ِ‪َ َv‬ﻋﺎ َﻫ ُﺪ‪ 1َ 1‬ﱠ‬
‫ُﻮ‪) ﴾ C‬ﺳﻮ
ﻟﺒﻘﺮ
‪(177:‬‬ ‫َﺻ َﺪ ُﻗﻮ َ‪1ُR1‬ﻟَﺌ َ‬
‫ِﻚ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﻟْ ُﻤﺘﱠﻘ َ‬
‫‪ ِB‬ﱠ ﺑَﻌﺾ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺴﻤﺎ‪ L‬ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﺔ ﻗﺪ ﻛﺮ‪ L‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼ‪ Q‬ﻗﺼﺔ ‪ L8‬ﻓﻲ ﺳﻮ
ﻷﺣﺰ{‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻘﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺣﺎ‪8‬ﺛﺔ ﻗﻌﺖ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﻛﺔ ﻷﺣﺰ{ ﺑﺘﻠﻲ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻼ‪ c‬ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺟﺘﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻟﻜﻔﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻇﺮ‪+‬‬
‫ﺻﻌﺒﺔ ﻛﺘﻠﻚ‪ ,‬ﺑﺘﺪ‪ u‬ﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﻘﻮ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻬﻢ ﻣﺮ^ ﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻷﻋﺬ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻫﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﺸﻔﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻷﻗﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﻌﺴﻴﺮ
ﻋﺮ‪+‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﻘﻮ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ A‬ﻇﻠﻮ ﻟﻔﺘﺮ
‪ ,‬ﻣﻨﺪﺳﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﺗﻘﻬﻘﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﻘﻮ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﻮ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﺴﺮﻃﺎ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﻨﺨﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺠﺴﻢ‪ ,‬ﺗﺨﻠﺺ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮ ﻟﺼﺎ‪8‬ﻗﻮ‪ ,‬ﻣﻊ ﻟﻚ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻞ ‪8‬ﻋﻢ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ‪F‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺒﺎ‪.F8‬‬
‫ﻓﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺼﺮ‪ +‬ﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﻘﻮ ﺑﻤﻬﺎﻧﺔ‪ ,‬ﻛﺎ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﺑﺈ‪k8‬‬
‫ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺟﻬﻮ‪ F‬ﻣﻦ ﺻﻌﺎ{‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺪ ‪8A‬ﻛﻮ ‪A‬ﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ‪A‬ﺧﺒﺮﺗﻬﻢ ﺑﻪ >ﻳﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪B 88d ,‬ﻳﻤﺎﻧﺎ ‪B‬ﺧﻼﺻﺎ‬
‫ َﻗﺎﻟُﻮ َﻫ َﺬ َﻣﺎ َ‪َ 1‬ﻋ َﺪﻧَﺎ ﷲ‬ ‫ﻮ‪َ C‬ﻷ ْﺣ َﺰ َ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ 1َ ﴿ :‬ﻟَ ﱠﻤﺎ َ(‪ُ َR‬‬
‫ﻟﻤ ْﺆ ِﻣﻨُ َ‬
‫ِﻴﻤﺎ ﴾ )ﺳﻮ
‬ ‫َ‪ُ (َ 1‬ﺳﻮﻟُ ُﻪ َ‪َ 1‬ﺻ َﺪ َ‪ i‬ﷲ َ‪ُ (َ 1‬ﺳﻮﻟُ ُﻪ َ‪َ 1‬ﻣﺎ َ~ َ‪ُ 6‬ﻫ ْﻢ ِﻻﱠ َ‬
‫ِﻳﻤﺎﻧًﺎ َ‪ 1‬ﺗَ ْﺴﻠ ً‬
‫ﻷﺣﺰ{‪.(22 :‬‬
‫‪ ّ B‬ﻫﺬ ﻟﻨﻤﻮ§ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ‪A‬ﻳﻀﺎ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ‪A‬ﻣﺮ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻫﻮ ‪ A‬ﻟﻈﺮ‪ +‬ﻟﻘﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫‪66‬‬
‫ﻟﺼﻌﺐ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﻠﺺ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ‪ A‬ﻳﻜﻮ ﻧﻌﻤﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮ‪ 8‬ﻟﻀﺎﻟّﻴﻦ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻓﺸﻠﻮ ﻓﻲ ‪ k8B‬ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺠﺤﻮ‪ .8‬ﻫﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺈ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻷﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﻗﺪ ﺳﺎﻫﻤﺖ ﻓﻲ ‪B‬ﺣﺒﺎ( ﺟﻬﻮ‪ 8‬ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ‪B ,‬ﺿﺎﻓﺔ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﻟﺨﺒﻴﺚ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻄﻴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻓﺴﻮ
ﻷﺣﺰ{ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﻛﻴﻒ ‪ّ A‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﺸﻠﻮ ﻓﻲ ‪B‬ﺣﺮ‪ d‬ﻟﻨﺼﺮ ﻋﺎ‪8A 8‬ﺟﻬﻢ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﻤﻠﻮ‪ F‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ِﻢ ﻟَ ْﻢ‬ ‫ِﻳﻦ َﻛﻔ ُ‬
‫َﺮ‪ 1‬ﺑِ َﻐ ْﻴ ِﻈﻬ ْ‬ ‫ﺣﻨﻖ ﻛﺮ‪ F‬ﺑﻐﻴﺾ‪ ,‬ﻗﺎ‪ Q‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ (َ 1َ ﴿ :‬ﱠ‪ 6‬ﷲ ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬
‫ﺎ‪ C‬ﷲ َﻗ ِﻮﻳָדﺎ َﻋ ِﺰﻳ ًﺰ ﴾ )ﺳﻮ
‬ ‫ِﻨﻴﻦ ﻟ ِﻘﺘَ َ‬
‫ﺎ َ‪َ 1‬ﻛ َ‬ ‫ﻳَﻨَﺎﻟُﻮ َﺧ ْﻴ ًﺮ َ‪َ 1‬ﻛﻔَﻰ ﷲُ ُ‬
‫ﻟﻤ ْﺆﻣ َ‬
‫ﻷﺣﺰ{‪(25 :‬‬
‫ﻫﺠﺮ‪ b‬ﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫‪ ّ B‬ﻟﺘﺨﻠّﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻤﺎ‪ Q‬ﻟﻤﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎ‪ B L‬ﻟﺰ‪ S‬ﻷﻣﺮ‪ ,‬ﻟﻬﺠﺮ
‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎ‬
‫>ﺧﺮ ﻫﻲ ﻧﻮ‪ u‬ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﻧﻮ‪ u‬ﻟﻌﺒﺎ‪
8‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻟﻬﺬ‪,‬‬
‫ﻓﺈ ﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻬﺎﺟﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﷲ ﻳﺮ ‪8‬ﺋﻤﺎ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻹﺧﺮ§ ﻟﻘﻤﻌﻲ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻮﺗﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻬﺎﺟﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﷲ ﻗﺪ ﻛﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺆﻻ‪ c‬ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﻢ ‪ A‬ﻳﺮﺟﻮ ﺣﻤﺔ ﺑﻬﻢ‪,‬‬
‫ِﻴﻞ ﷲِ‬
‫ﺎﺟ ُﺮ‪َ 1َ 1‬ﺟﺎ َﻫ ُﺪ‪ 1‬ﻓِﻲ َﺳﺒ ِ‬ ‫ِﻳﻦ ‪َ G‬ﻣﻨُﻮ َ‪1‬ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬
‫ِﻳﻦ َﻫ َ‬ ‫ِ‪ C‬ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬ ‫ﻗﺎ‪ Q‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ﴿ :‬ﱠ‬
ﻟﺒﻘﺮ
‪.(218:‬‬ ‫ﻮ‪ْ (َ C‬ﺣ َﻤ َﺔ ﷲِ َ‪ 1‬ﷲُ َﻏﻔَﻮ ٌ( َ( ِﺣ ٌ‬ ‫‪1ُR‬ﻟَﺌ َ‬
‫ِﻚ ﻳَ ْﺮ ُﺟ َ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻟﺠﻬﻞ ﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎ‪ 8‬ﺑﺄ ﻟﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﻮﻃﻦ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻈﻠﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻻﻏﺘﺮ{ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻠﺪ >ﺧﺮ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻟﻘﻬﺮ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺑﻠﻴّﺔ ﻣﺼﻴﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﺬ ﻟﻈﻦ ﻳﻘﻮ‪8‬‬
‫‪A‬ﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻮﻗﻮ‪ u‬ﻓﻲ ﻹﺣﺒﺎ(‪A .‬ﻣﺎ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﻠﻘﻮ ﻟﻘﺒﻮ‪ Q‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﻘﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺜﻞ ﻫﺬ ﻻﺿﻄﻬﺎ‪8‬‬
‫‪67‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻞ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ >ﻳﺎ‪ L‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻓﺈ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ّ‬
‫ﻳﻬﺎﺟﺮ ‪ A‬ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻠﻘﻰ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﻋﻦ ‪A‬ﻃﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﻮﺟﻬﻮ ‪8‬ﻣﺎ ﻇﺮﻓﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺘﻠﻚ ﺑﺤﻤﺎ` ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ّ B‬ﻷﺧﻼ‪ s‬ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺮﻓﻴﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﺻﺮ ﻧﺒﻲ ﷲ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﺳﻠﻢ‪B ,‬ﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﻟﺮﺳﺦ ﻫﻮ ‪A‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﻧﻤﻮ§ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻬﻤﻬﻢ ﻛﺴﺐ ﺿﻰ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ‪ Q‬ﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻨﺒﻲ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻌﺼﺮ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻠﻢ‪ ,‬ﻫﺬ ﻣﺎ ﺟﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺘﻌﺪ‪ 8‬ﻟﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ‪A‬ﺷﻜﺎ‪Q‬‬
‫ﻟﺼﻌﺎ{ ﻋﻦ ﻃﻴﺐ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﺮ‪ 88‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮ‪A k‬ﻃﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﻠﻜﻮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻗﺘﻀﺖ ﻣﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻚ‪ ,‬ﻋﺪﻫﻢ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ ﻟﺮﺿﻮ‬
‫ﻟﻚ ﺟﺰ‪ c‬ﺗﻤﺴﻜﻬﻢ ﺑﺄﺧﻼ‪ s‬ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ ..‬ﻻﺷﻚ ‪ A‬ﷲ ﺳﻮ‪+‬‬
‫ﺎ ﻟَ ُﻬ ْﻢ َ(ﺑﱡ ُﻬ ْﻢ ‪َR‬ﻧﱢﻲ َﻻ ‪ِ ُR‬ﺿﻴ َﻊ‬ ‫ﺎﺳﺘَ َﺠ َ‬ ‫ﻳﺼﺪ‪ s‬ﻋﺪ‪ F‬ﻟﻌﺒﺎ‪ !F8‬ﻗﺎ‪ Q‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪َ ﴿ :‬ﻓ ْ‬
‫ﺎﺟ ُﺮ‪1‬‬ ‫ِﻳﻦ َﻫ َ‬‫ﺾ َﻓﺎﻟﱠﺬ َ‬ ‫ِﻦ ﺑَ ْﻌ ٍ‬ ‫َﻛ ٍﺮ ‪ُR 1ْ َR‬ﻧْﺜَﻰ ﺑَ ْﻌ ُﻀ ُﻜ ْﻢ ﻣ ْ‬ ‫ِﻞ ِﻣ ْﻨ ُﻜ ْﻢ ﻣ ْ‬
‫ِﻦ ‪َ v‬‬ ‫َﻋ َﻤ َﻞ َﻋﺎﻣ ٍ‬
‫ِﻢ َ‪ 1ُv1ُR1‬ﻓِﻲ َﺳﺒِﻴﻠِﻲ َ‪َ 1‬ﻗﺎﺗَُﻠﻮ َ‪ُ 1‬ﻗﺘُِﻠﻮ ُﻷ َﻛ ﱠﻔ َ‬
‫ِﺮ ﱠ‪َ C‬ﻋ ْﻨ ُﻬ ْﻢ‬ ‫ِﻦ ِ‪6‬ﻳَﺎ ِ(ﻫ ْ‬ ‫َ‪ْ ُR1‬ﺧ ِﺮ ُﺟﻮ ﻣ ْ‬
‫ِﻦ ِﻋ ْﻨ ِﺪ ﷲِ‬ ‫ِﻦ ﺗَ ْﺤﺘِ َﻬﺎ َﻷﻧْ َﻬﺎ ِ( ﺛَ َﻮﺑًﺎ ﻣ ْ‬
‫ﺎ‪ r‬ﺗَ ْﺠ ِﺮ‪ Q‬ﻣ ْ‬ ‫ِﻢ َ‪َ 1‬ﻷ ُ‪ْ 6‬ﺧ ِﻠﻨﱠ ُﻬ ْﻢ َﺟﻨﱠ ٍ‬‫َﺳﻴﱢﺌَﺎﺗِﻬ ْ‬
‫ ﴾ )ﺳﻮ
>‪ Q‬ﻋﻤﺮ‪(195 :‬‬ ‫َ‪ 1‬ﷲُ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ُ ُﺣ ْﺴ ُﻦ ﻟﺜﱠ َﻮ ِ‬
‫‪B‬ﺿﺎﻓﺔ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﺛﻮ{ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻵﺧﺮ
‪ ,‬ﻓﺈ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﺒﺸﺮﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺮ‪ sd‬ﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻛﺮ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻨﺴﺎ‪ c‬ﻓﻘﺎ‪:Q‬‬
‫ِﻴﺮ َ‪َ 1‬ﺳ َﻌ ًﺔ َ‪َ 1‬ﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫َﻤﺎ َﻛﺜ ً‬ ‫‪ُ q‬ﻣ َﺮﻏ ً‬ ‫ِﻴﻞ ﷲِ ﻳَ ِﺠ ْﺪ ﻓِﻲ َﻷ ْ( ِ‬ ‫ﺎﺟ ْﺮ ﻓِﻲ َﺳﺒ ِ‬ ‫﴿ َ‪َ 1‬ﻣ ْﻦ ﻳُ َﻬ ِ‬
‫َﺪ َ‪َ 1‬ﻗ َﻊ‬ ‫ِﻛ ُﻪ ﻟْ َﻤ ْﻮ ُ‪َ r‬ﻓﻘ ْ‬‫ُﻢ ﻳُ ْﺪ( ُ‬ ‫ﺎﺟ ًﺮ ِﻟَﻰ ﷲِ َ‪ُ (َ 1‬ﺳﻮﻟِ ِﻪ ﺛ ﱠ‬ ‫ِﻦ ﺑَْﻴﺘِ ِﻪ ُﻣ َﻬ ِ‬‫ﻳَ ْﺨ ُﺮ ْ ﻣ ْ‬
‫ﻴﻤﺎ ﴾ )ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻨﺴﺎ‪.(100:c‬‬ ‫ﺎ‪ C‬ﷲُ َﻏﻔُﻮ ً( َ( ِﺣ ً‬ ‫‪ْ َR‬ﺟ ُﺮ ُ َﻋ َﻠﻰ ﷲِ َ‪َ 1‬ﻛ َ‬
‫‪68‬‬
‫ِﻦ ﺑَ ْﻌ ِﺪ َﻣﺎ ُﻇﻠ ُ‬
‫ِﻤﻮ ﻟَﻨُﺒَ ﱢﻮﺋَﻨﱠ ُﻬ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺎﺟ ُﺮ‪ 1‬ﻓِﻲ ﷲ ﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﻗﺎ‪ Q‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ 1َ ﴿ :‬ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬
‫ِﻳﻦ َﻫ َ‬
‫ِﻳﻦ َﺻﺒَ ُﺮ‪1‬‬ ‫ﻮ‪ C‬ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬ ‫ﻓِﻲ ﻟ ﱡﺪﻧْﻴَﺎ َﺣ َﺴﻨَ ًﺔ َ‪َ 1‬ﻷ ْﺟ ُﺮ ِ‬
‫ﻵﺧ َﺮ ِ‪ْ َR b‬ﻛﺒَ ُﺮ ﻟَ ْﻮ َﻛﺎﻧُﻮ ﻳَ ْﻌ َﻠ ُﻤ َ‬
‫ﻮ‪) ﴾ C‬ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻨﺤﻞ ‪.(42-41:‬‬ ‫ِﻢ ﻳَﺘَ َﻮ ﱠﻛ ُﻠ َ‬
‫َ‪َ 1‬ﻋ َﻠﻰ َ(ﺑﱢﻬ ْ‬
‫ﻟﺮﺳﻮ ّ‬
‫‪1‬ﺗﻮﻛﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺟﻪ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻠﻢ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﺷﺄ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪c‬‬
‫ﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ ,‬ﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺼﻌﺎ{ ﻃﻮ‪ Q‬ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ‪ ,‬ﻓﻜﺎ ﻟﻨﻤﻮ§ ﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ‪ Q‬ﺻﺒﺮ‪B F‬ﻳﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﺎ‪ k‬ﻣﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ
ﺗﺒﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺳﻤﻮ ‪A‬ﺧﻼﻗﻪ ﻋﻠﻮ ﻫﻤﺘﻪ ﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻏﺎ‪ 8‬ﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻠﻢ ﻣﻜﺔ‪ ,‬ﺗﺒﻌﻪ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ ﺑﻐﺮ^‬
‫ﻗﺘﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﺠﺄ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻐﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻪ ‪A‬ﺑﻲ ﺑﻜﺮ ﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ‪A .‬ﺛﻨﺎ‪ c‬ﺗﻘﺼﻴﻬﻢ ﺗﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻔﺎ ‪A‬ﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺻﻮ‪B Q‬ﻟﻰ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻐﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ﻟﻌﺼﻴﺒﺔ‪,‬‬
‫ﻧﺼﺢ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺼﻼ
ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﺑﺄ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺰ ﻛﺮ‪F‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﻛﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﷲ‪.‬‬
‫َﺮ‪1‬‬‫ِﻳﻦ َﻛﻔ ُ‬ ‫َﺪ ﻧَ َﺼ َﺮ ُ ﷲُ ِ ْ‪ْ َR v‬ﺧ َﺮ َﺟ ُﻪ ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬
‫ﻗﺎ‪ Q‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ِ ﴿ :‬ﻻﱠ ﺗَْﻨ ُﺼ ُﺮ‪َ ُ 1‬ﻓﻘ ْ‬
‫ِ‪ C‬ﷲَ َﻣ َﻌﻨَﺎ َﻓ ْﺄﻧَ َﺰ َ‬
‫ﺎﺣﺒِ ِﻪ َﻻ ﺗَ ْﺤ َﺰ ْ‪ C‬ﱠ‬
‫ِﺼ ِ‬ ‫ِﻲ ﺛْﻨَْﻴ ِﻦ ِ ْ‪ُ v‬ﻫ َﻤﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﻟْ َﻐﺎ ِ( ِ ْ‪ v‬ﻳَﻘ ُ‬
‫ُﻮ ﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺛَﺎﻧ َ‬
‫َﺮ‪1‬‬‫ِﻳﻦ َﻛﻔ ُ‬ ‫ِﻤ َﺔ ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬‫ِﺠﻨُﻮ ٍ‪ 6‬ﻟَ ْﻢ ﺗَ َﺮ ْ‪َ 1‬ﻫﺎ َ‪َ 1‬ﺟ َﻌ َﻞ َﻛﻠ َ‬ ‫ﷲُ َﺳ ِﻜﻴﻨَﺘَ ُﻪ َﻋ َﻠ ْﻴ ِﻪ َ‪َR1‬ﻳﱠ َﺪ ُ ﺑ ُ‬
ﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫ِﻤ ُﺔ ﷲِ ﻫِﻲ ﻟ ُﻌ ْﻠﻴَﺎ َ‪ 1‬ﷲ َﻋ ِﺰﻳ ٌﺰ َﺣ ِﻜ ٌ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﻔﻠﻰ َ‪َ 1‬ﻛﻠ َ‬ ‫ﱡ‬
‫‪.(40‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﺟﻌﻞ ﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻠﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺸﻌﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻮ‪ A +‬ﻟﻘﻠﻖ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‪B,‬ﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺗﻮﻛﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﷲ ﺛﻘﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪69‬‬
‫‪8B‬ﻛﻪ ‪ A‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻀﻰ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺪ ‪A‬ﺣﺪ ‪B‬ﻻ ﻟﻬﺪ‪ +‬ﻏﺎﻳﺔ‪A .‬ﺧﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺻﻞ ﺳﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﻟﻐﺎﻳﺘﻪ ‪ /A‬ﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﻮ
‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺑﺪ‪ LA‬ﻟﻬﺠﺮ
ﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫‪A‬ﻋﻈﻢ ﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎﻳﺦ ﻹﺳﻼ‪.S‬‬
‫ﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻟﺴﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﻤﻮﺳﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ

‬
‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺑﺒﻴﺎ ﻣﻔﺼﻞ ﺻﺮ‪ u‬ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻣﻊ ﻓﺮﻋﻮ‪ ,‬ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﺗﺠﺒﺮ ﻓﻜﺎ ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﻛﺜﺮ ﻟﺤﻜﺎ‪ S‬ﻃﻐﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺘﺎﻳﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ‪ 8‬ﻓﺮﻋﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﷲ ﻟﺘﻲ ‪A‬ﺻﻠﻬﺎ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪S‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻬﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻮﻋﻴﺪ ‪ ّ B .‬ﺳﻤﻮ ‪A‬ﺧﻼ‪ s‬ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﺛﻘﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺗﻮﻛﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻛﺎ ﺟﻬﺎ ﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻓﺮﻋﻮ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻟﺠﺄ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻴﺒﻌﺪ‪F‬‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﷲ‪ ,‬ﻟﻬﻮ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﺜﺎ‪ Q‬ﻳﺤﺘﺬ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﻔﺘﺮ
ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺜﺔ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪، S‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﺮﻋﻮ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﺣﻜﻢ ﻣﺼﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻚ ﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻣﺎ` ﻗﻬﺮ ﺳﺘﺒﺪ‪8‬ﻳﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻨﻲ‬
‫‪B‬ﺳﺮﺋﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ‪A‬ﺧﺮ‪ ,‬ﻛﺎ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻗﻮﻣﻪ ‪A‬ﻗﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻟﺒﻼ‪ .8‬ﻫﻜﺬ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻟﺠﺎﻫﻞ‪ ,‬ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻷﺷﻴﺎ‪c‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻫﺎ ﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎ‪ F8‬ﺑﺄ ﻟﻐﻠﺒﺔ ‪8‬ﺋﻤﺎ ﻟﻸﻗﻮ‪ ,‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻊ ‪ ّ A‬ﻟﻔﻮ‪d‬‬
‫ﻟﻔﺮﻋﻮ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ‪ ,‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻷﻣﺮ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ ,‬ﺑﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻋﺪ ﺑﻪ ﷲ‬
‫ِ‪ C‬ﷲَ َﻗﻮ ﱞ‬
‫ِ‪َ Q‬ﻋ ِﺰﻳ ٌﺰ ﴾ )ﺳﻮ
‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪َ ﴿ :‬ﻛﺘَ َﺐ ﷲُ َﻷ ْﻏﻠِﺒَ ﱠﻦ ‪َR‬ﻧَﺎ َ‪ُ (ُ 1‬ﺳﻠِﻲ ﱠ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺠﺎ‪8‬ﻟﺔ ‪.(21:‬‬
‫ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﻘﻖ ﻋﺪ‪ F‬ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻋﺪ‪ F‬ﻟﺮﺳﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﺢ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻟﻨﺼﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﻋﻮ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪A‬ﻳﺪ‪ F‬ﺑﻨﺼﺮ‪ F‬ﺷﺪ ‪ FdA‬ﺑﺄﺧﻴﻪ‬
‫‪70‬‬
‫ﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻚ ﻫﺐ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪S‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺠﺰ‪ L‬ﻛﺜﻴﺮ
‪ ,‬ﻣﻴﺰ‪ F‬ﻋﻦ ﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ‪ A‬ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﷲ ﺗﻜﻠﻴﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ‪ A‬ﻧﺴﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻟﻌﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻀﺎ‪ Q‬ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ .S‬ﻓﻬﻮ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺸﻒ ﺑﻮﺿﻮ‪ p‬ﻛﻴﻒ ‪ A‬ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺒﺪ ﺳﻠﺒﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪ ,‬ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ‬
‫‪ A‬ﻳﻨﻘﻠﺐ ﻟﻤﺼﻠﺤﺘﻬﻢ ﺑﺈ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺤﺎ‪8‬ﺛﺔ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﺖ ﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻧﻄﻠﻖ ﻓﺮﻋﻮ ﺟﻨﻮ‪F8‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻤﺴﻜﻮ ﺑﻤﻮﺳﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻓﺎﻗﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﻓﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺮ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ‪ B‬ﺻﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻮ ‪B‬ﺳﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ‪A‬ﺷﻚ ﻓﺮﻋﻮ ﺟﻨﻮ‪ F8‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻹﻣﺴﺎ‪ k‬ﺑﻤﻮﺳﻰ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ‪ ,‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ‪ L‬ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻣﺆﺛﺮ
؛‬
‫ﻣﻊ ‪ A‬ﻓﺮﻋﻮ ﺟﻨﻮ‪ F8‬ﻛﺎﻧﻮ ﻗﺪ ‪A‬ﺻﺒﺤﻮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺎﺟﺰﻳﻦ ﻋﻦ ﻹﻣﺴﺎ‪ k‬ﺑﻬﻢ‪,‬‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺒﻖ ‪A‬ﻣﺎﻣﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻔﺮ‪ ,‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻴﺌﺲ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺼﺮ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻬﻢ‪ ,‬ﻓﺎﺣﺘﻔﻆ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺑﺎﻃﺔ ﺟﺄ‪ z‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺣﻘﺎ ﻣﺜﺎﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﺬ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻗﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‬
‫ﺎ‪َ C‬ﻗ َ‬
‫ﺎ‬ ‫ِﻴﻦ َﻓ َﻠ ﱠﻤﺎ ﺗَ َﺮ َ َ‬
‫ﻟﺠ ْﻤ َﻌ ِ‬ ‫ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻘﺼﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪َ ﴿ :‬ﻓﺄَﺗْﺒَ ُﻌﻮ ُﻫ ْﻢ ُﻣ ْﺸ ِﺮﻗ َ‬
‫ِﻳﻦ َﻓﺄَ ْ‪َ 1‬ﺣ ْﻴﻨَﺎ‬
‫ِ‪َ C‬ﻣﻌِﻲ َ(ﺑﱢﻲ َﺳﻴَ ْﻬﺪ ِ‬ ‫ﻼ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎ َﻛ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻮ‪َ C‬ﻗ َ‬ ‫ﻮﺳﻰ ِﻧﱠﺎ ﻟَ ُﻤ ْﺪ َ( ُﻛ َ‬‫ﺎ ُﻣ َ‬ ‫‪ْ َR‬ﺻ َﺤ ُ‬
‫ﺎ‪ُ C‬ﻛ ﱡﻞ ﻓ ِْﺮ ٍ‪َ i‬ﻛ ﱠ‬
‫ﺎﻟﻄ ْﻮ ِ‪6‬‬ ‫ﺎ‪ 5‬ﻟﺒَ ْﺤ َﺮ َﻓﺎﻧْ َﻔ َﻠ َﻖ َﻓ َﻜ َ‬‫ِﺿ ِﺮ ْ ﺑِ َﻌ َﺼ َ‬ ‫ﻮﺳﻰ ‪ْ Cْ َR‬‬ ‫ِﻟَﻰ ُﻣ َ‬
‫ِﻴﻦ ﺛ ﱠُﻢ ‪َR‬ﻏ َ‬
‫ْﺮ ْﻗﻨَﺎ‬ ‫ﻮﺳﻰ َ‪َ 1‬ﻣ ْﻦ َﻣ َﻌ ُﻪ ‪ْ َR‬ﺟ َﻤﻌ َ‬ ‫ﻳﻦ َ‪َR1‬ﻧْ َﺠ ْﻴﻨَﺎ ُﻣ َ‬ ‫ﻟ َﻌ ِﻈﻴ ِﻢ َ‪~ْ َR1‬ﻟَ ْﻔﻨَﺎ ﺛ ﱠَﻢ َ‬
‫ﻵﺧ ِﺮ َ‬
‫ِ‪(َ C‬ﺑﱠ َﻚ ﻟَﻬ َﻮ‬ ‫ﺎ‪ْ َR C‬ﻛﺜُ ُﺮ ُﻫ ْﻢ ُﻣ ْﺆﻣ َ‬
‫ِﻨﻴﻦ َ‪ 1‬ﱠ‬ ‫ِﻚ ﻵﻳَ ًﺔ َ‪َ 1‬ﻣﺎ َﻛ َ‬ ‫ِ‪ C‬ﻓِﻲ َ‪v‬ﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻳﻦ ﱠ‬‫ﻵﺧ ِﺮ َ‬
‫َ‬
ﻟﺸﻌﺮ‪(68-60: c‬‬ ‫ﻟﺮ ِﺣ ُ‬
‫ﻟ َﻌ ِﺰﻳ ُﺰ ﱠ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻟﻔﺖ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺮﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻘﺼﺔ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ‪A‬ﺧﻼ‪ s‬ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰ
ﻃﻮ‪ Q‬ﻧﻀﺎﻟﻪ ﻟﺸﺎ‪ .s‬ﻓﻘﺪ ‪A‬ﺑﻘﻰ ﻋﻘﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺪ‪S‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺸﻐﻼ ﺑﺬﻛﺮ ﻧﺼﺮ ﷲ ﻟﻪ‪ A ,‬ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻟﻪ‪ ,‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪71‬‬
‫‪A‬ﺣﻠﻚ ﻟﻈﺮ‪ +‬ﻷﻗﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﺮ‪ L‬ﺑﻪ‪ ,‬ﺗﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻏﺮ` ﺛﻘﺘﻪ ﺑﺨﺎﻟﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺮ| ﻋﻠﻰ ‪B‬ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻟﻪ ﺣﺪ‪.F‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ

‪1‬ﺛﻘﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ ّ B‬ﻣﻦ ‪ uA‬ﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗُﻀﺮ{ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﻮ‪Q‬‬
‫ﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‪ F‬ﺳﻠﺒﻲ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻫﻲ ﻗﺼﺔ ﺣﻴﺎ
ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻼ‪.S‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ ,S‬ﻣﻨﺬ ﺻﺒﺎ‪ F‬ﻃﻮ‪ Q‬ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ‪ ,‬ﻋﺮ‪ +‬ﺑﺴﻠﻮﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺎﺿﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺤﻦ ‪B‬ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻟﻘﻮ‪ /‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﺳﻠﻮﻛﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻈﺮ‪+‬‬
‫ﻟﺼﻌﺒﺔ ﻛﺎ ‪A‬ﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ ،S‬ﻛﺎ ﷲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﺮﻋﺎ‪ ،F‬ﻛﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻳﻠﺘﻤﺲ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ‪A‬ﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪k8B‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻘﺎ‪ F‬ﻣﻦ َﻋﻨَ ٍﺖ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻦ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ ,‬ﻃﻮ‪ Q‬ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ‪ ,‬ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪A‬ﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﺘﺒﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻘﻲ ‪8‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﺼﺎ ﻣﺘﻴﻘﻈﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ QA B‬ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﺮ^ ﻟﻪ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻫﻮ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﻈﺎﻟﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ‪A‬ﺧﻮﺗﻪ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺷﻌﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﻴﺮ
ﻣﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺪ ‪A‬ﻟﻘﻮ‪ F‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﺌﺮ ‪A‬ﺑﻌﺪ‪ F‬ﻋﻦ‬
‫‪A‬ﺑﻴﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﻔﻈﻪ ﺑﻤﺮ ﻛﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﻧﻘﺬ ﻫﺬ‬
‫ﻟﺸﺎ{ ﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺒﺌﺮ ﺑﺎﻋﻮ‪ F‬ﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﺳﻴﺎ‪ 8‬ﻣﺼﺮ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﺛﺮ‪d L‬ﺟﺔ ﻫﺬ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺑﺠﻤﺎ‪ Q‬ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪" ,S‬ﻓﺤﺎﻟﺖ ‪B‬ﻏﻮ‪ "Fc‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻫﻜﺬ‪ ,‬ﻋﻮﻣﻞ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻣﺠﺪ‪ 8‬ﺑﺠﻮ ﻇﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻤﺮ
ﺗﻬﻢ ﻇﻠﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻤﺮ‪ .
A‬ﻣﻊ ‪ A‬ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺼﺎ‪ c‬ﻟﺬ‪/‬‬
‫‪A‬ﺟﺮ‪ /‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮ‪A u‬ﻇﻬﺮ ﺑﺮ‪c‬ﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪B S‬ﻻ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﺳﺠﻦ‪ ﴿ :‬ﺛ ﱠُﻢ ﺑَ َﺪ ﻟَ ُﻬ ْﻢ‬
‫‪72‬‬
‫ﻴﻦ ﴾ )ﺳﻮ
ﻳﻮﺳﻒ‪.(35:‬‬ ‫ﺎ‪ r‬ﻟَﻴَ ْﺴ ُﺠﻨُﻨﱠ ُﻪ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ ِﺣ ٍ‬ ‫ِﻦ ﺑَ ْﻌ ِﺪ َﻣﺎ َ(‪ 1ْ َR‬ﻵﻳَ ِ‬
‫ﻣْ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻮﺳﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻗﺪ ‪A‬ﻗﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻋﻔﻴﻒ ﻟﺨﻠﻖ‪ .‬ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺬ ﻻﺗﻬﺎ‪A ,S‬ﻣﻀﻰ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﺴﺠﻦ ﻣﺪ
ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﺻﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺟﻪ ﻛﻞ ﺻﻌﻮﺑﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﺤﺒﺲ‪ ,‬ﺿﻌﺎ ﺛﻘﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺺ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ ,‬ﻓﺒﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺎ‪ 8‬ﺑﻬﺎ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ‪B‬ﻋﺎﻧﻪ ﻷﻣﺜﻞ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ ,‬ﻛﺎ ﺣﻘָדﺎ َﻣﺜﻼ ﻳﺤﺘﺬ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺪ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻈﻲ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ ,S‬ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺰ‪ c‬ﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ‪ ,‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻵﺧﺮ
‪ ,‬ﺟﺰ‪ c‬ﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺒﺮ‪ F‬ﺛﻘﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﷲ‪8B ,‬ﻛﻪ ﻟﻠﺨﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻣﻴﺰ‪ F‬ﷲ ﺑﺴﻠﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺰﻳﻨﺔ ﻟﺪﻟﺔ ﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﺣﺎﻛﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬ‪F‬‬
‫ﻟﺒﻼ‪8B .8‬ﻛﻪ ﻟﻠﺨﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﻟﻪ ‪8‬ﻋﺎ‪ F‬ﷲ ‪A‬ﺧﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﻪ ﷲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺎ ﻳَﺎ ‪َR‬ﺑَ ِﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻪ‪َ (َ 1َ ﴿ :‬ﻓ َﻊ ‪َR‬ﺑَ ْﻮﻳ ِﻪ َﻋ َﻠﻰ ﻟ َﻌ ْﺮ ِ َ‪َ 1‬ﺧ ﱡﺮ‪ 1‬ﻟَ ُﻪ ُﺳ ﱠﺠ ًﺪ َ‪َ 1‬ﻗ َ‬
‫ِﻦ َﻗ ْﺒ ُﻞ َﻗ ْﺪ َﺟ َﻌ َﻠ َﻬﺎ َ(ﺑﱢﻲ َﺣﻘָדﺎ َ‪َ 1‬ﻗ ْﺪ ‪ْ َR‬ﺣ َﺴ َﻦ ﺑِﻲ ِ ْ‪ْ َR v‬ﺧ َﺮ َﺟﻨِﻲ‬
‫ﺎ‪ Q‬ﻣ ْ‬ ‫َﻫ َﺬ ﺗَْﺄ‪ُ 1‬‬
‫ِﻳﻞ ُ( ْﻳَ َ‬
‫ﺎ‪ C‬ﺑَْﻴﻨِﻲ َ‪ 1‬ﺑَْﻴ َﻦ‬‫ﻟﺸ ْﻴ َﻄ ُ‬
‫ِﻦ ﺑَ ْﻌ ِﺪ َﻣﺎ ﻧَ َﺰ َ ﱠ‬ ‫ِﻦ ﻟﺒَ ْﺪ ِ‪ 1‬ﻣ ْ‬ ‫ِﻜ ْﻢ ﻣ َ‬ ‫ﻟﺴ ْﺠ ِﻦ َ‪َ 1‬ﺟﺎ َ ﺑ ُ‬
‫ِﻦ ﱢ‬ ‫ﻣَ‬
‫ﻴﻢ َ( ﱢ َﻗ ْﺪ ‪G‬ﺗَْﻴﺘَﻨِﻲ‬ ‫ﻟﺤ ِﻜ ُ‬
‫ِﻴﻢ َ‬ ‫ﻴﻒ ﻟ َِﻤﺎ ﻳَ َﺸﺎ ُ ِﻧﱠ ُﻪ ُﻫ َﻮ ﻟ َﻌﻠ ُ‬ ‫ِ‪(َ C‬ﺑﱢﻲ ﻟَ ِﻄ ٌ‬ ‫ِﺧ َﻮﺗِﻲ َﱠ‬
‫ْ‬
‫‪R q‬ﻧَْ َﺖ‬ ‫‪َ 1َ r‬ﻷ ْ( ِ‬ ‫ﻟﺴ َﻤﺎ َ‪ِ 1‬‬
‫ِﺮ ﱠ‬ ‫ِﻳﻞ َﻷ َﺣﺎ‪ِ 6‬‬
‫ِﻳﺚ ﻓﺎَﻃ َ‬ ‫ِﻦ ﺗَْﺄ‪ِ 1‬‬‫ﻟﻤ ْﻠ ِﻚ َ‪َ 1‬ﻋ ﱠﻠ ْﻤﺘَﻨِﻲ ﻣ ْ‬
‫ِﻦ ُ‬ ‫ﻣَ‬
‫ﻴﻦ ﴾ )ﺳﻮ
‬ ‫ِﺤ َ‬ ‫ِﻤﺎ َ‪َR 1‬ﻟْ ِﺤ ْﻘﻨِﻲ ﺑ ﱠ‬
‫ِﺎﻟﺼﺎﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﻵﺧ َﺮ ِ‪ b‬ﺗَ َﻮﻓﱠﻨِﻲ ُﻣ ْﺴﻠ ً‬ ‫َ‪1‬ﻟِﻴﱢﻲ ﻓِﻲ ﻟ ﱡﺪﻧﻴَﺎ َ‪ِ 1‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺳﻒ‪(101-100:‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻛﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻘﺼﺔ ‪A‬ﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﻠﺠﺰ‪ c‬ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﻨﺎﻟﻪ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ‪B‬ﺧﻼﺻﻬﻢ ﺗﻮﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻟﺼﺎ‪s8‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﻣﺮ‪ ,‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪ A‬ﻳﻨﺎﺿﻞ ﻟﻴﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ‪ c‬ﺗﻠﻚ ﻷﺣﺪ‪ .x‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪A‬‬
‫ﻳﻠﺠﺄ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﷲ ‪ 1‬ﻳﺪﻋﻮ‪B F‬ﻟﻰ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺒﺼﻴﺮ
‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ ‪ A‬ﻻ ﻳﻨﺴﻰ‬
‫‪73‬‬
‫‪A‬ﺑﺪ ‪ /A A‬ﺣﺪ‪ ,x‬ﺻﻐﻴﺮ ‪ A‬ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‪ ,‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻘﻠﻘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ‪ ,‬ﻻﺑ ّﺪ‬
‫‪ A‬ﺗﻜﻮ ‪ Fc‬ﺣﻜﻤﺔ‪ ,‬ﻓﺎﻟﻘﻀﺎ‪ c‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺳﻨﺔ ﷲ ﻓﻲ ﻷﺷﻴﺎ‪ c‬ﻻ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪B‬ﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﻀﻊ ﺣﻜﻤﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ‪ c‬ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﺸﻒ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ,‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺒﻘﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻳﻮﻗﻦ ﺑﻮﺟﻮ‪8‬ﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ‪ A‬ﻳﺼﺒﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺎ‪ Q‬ﻳﻜﻮ ﻟﺴﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﻪ ﻳﻘﻮ‪" Q‬ﻟﻌﻠﻪ ﺧﻴﺮ"‪.‬‬
‫‪74‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﺎ(‪ b‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪1‬ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺎ َﻻ‬ ‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻗﺎ‪ Q‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ 1َ ﴿ :‬ﻟَ ِﻜ ﱠﻦ ‪ْ َR‬ﻛﺜَ َﺮ ﻟﻨﱠ ِ‬
‫ﻮ‪) ﴾ C‬ﺳﻮ
ﻟﺮﻋﺪ‪ A /A ,(1:‬ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﻳﺸﻜﻠﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻐﺎﻟﺐ ﻟﺴﻮ‪8‬‬ ‫ﻳُ ْﺆ ِﻣﻨُ َ‬
‫ﻷﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻷ^‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻢ ‪8‬ﺋﻤﺎ ﻳﻔﻮﻗﻮ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻋﺪ‪.8‬‬
‫ﻟﻬﺬ ﻟﺴﺒﺐ‪ ,‬ﻓﻬﺆﻻ‪ c‬ﻟﺠﺎﻫﻠﻮ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ‪A‬ﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻤﻨﻬﺞ ﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ّ B .‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪ ﻟﺜﺮ
ﻟﻤﺎ‪8‬ﻳﺔ ﺗﺨﺪﻋﻬﻢ ﺑﺸﻌﻮ ‪d‬ﺋﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻷﻣﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﻳﺪﻛﻮ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻷﻣﻮ‪ ,‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﻳﺨﻄﺌﻮ ﻟﻈﻦ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﻢ ﻟﻐﺎﻟﺒﻮ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ‪ ,‬ﺗﺒﻘﻰ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎ‪ k‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺪﻛﻮﻫﺎ؛ ‪A‬ﻻ ﻫﻲ ﺑﺸﺎ
ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ‪ F‬ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫ﻼ ﴾ )ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻨﺴﺎ‪: c‬‬ ‫ِﻨﻴﻦ َﺳﺒِﻴ ً‬
‫ﻟﻤ ْﺆﻣ َ‬ ‫ﻳﻦ َﻋ َﻠﻰ ُ‬ ‫﴿ َ‪1‬ﻟَ ْﻦ ﻳَ ْﺠ َﻌ َﻞ ﷲ ﻟِ ْﻠ َﻜﺎ ِﻓ ِﺮ َ‬
‫‪.(141‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺒﻴّﻦ ﻵﻳﺔ ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ‪ ,‬ﻓﺈ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻀﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ‪ c‬ﻟﻤﺼﻠﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﺑﻄﺮ‪ s‬ﺷﺘﻰ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺳﻮ
ﻟﺸﺮ‪ ,p‬ﻳﺨﺒﺮ ﷲ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻢ‪ ,‬ﻫﻮ ‪A A‬ﻣﺮ ﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ ‪8‬ﺋﻤﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺄﻣﺮ ّ‬
‫ﺟﻌﻞ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺴﺮ ﻳﺴﺮ‪ .‬ﷲ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ ,c8 c8‬ﻳﻨﺰ‪ Q‬ﻟﻴﺴﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻟﻌﺴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎ‪ Q‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪َ ﴿ :‬ﻓﺈ ﱠِ‪َ C‬ﻣ َﻊ ﻟ ُﻌ ْﺴ ِﺮ ﻳُ ْﺴ ًﺮ ﱠِ‪َ C‬ﻣ َﻊ ﻟ ُﻌ ْﺴ ِﺮ ﻳُ ْﺴ ًﺮ ﴾‬
‫)ﺳﻮ
ﻟﺸﺮ‪.(6-5:p‬‬
‫‪75‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﻮ ﻫﺬ ﻟﺘﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻟﻌﻮ ﻟﻤﻤﻨﻮ‪ p‬ﻣﻦ ﷲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻠﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﻣﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ‪ ,‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﻳﻨﻌﻤﻮ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﻤﺄﻧﻴﻨﺔ ﺣﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺒﺎ‪ Q‬ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺪ
ﻣﻦ ‪8B‬ﻛﻬﻢ ﺑﺄ ﷲ ﻳﻌﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﻳﺤﻤﻴﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﺪ‬
‫ِﻜ ْﻢ َ‪َ 1‬ﻛﻔَﻰ ﺑِﺎﷲِ َ‪1‬ﻟِﻴָדﺎ َ‪َ 1‬ﻛﻔَﻰ ﺑِﺎﷲِ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎ‪ F8‬ﻓﻘﺎ‪ 1َ ﴿ :Q‬ﷲ ‪ْ َR‬ﻋ َﻠ ُﻢ ﺑِﺄَ ْﻋ َﺪﺋ ُ‬
‫ﻧَ ِﺼ ًﻴﺮ﴾ )ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻨﺴﺎ‪.(45:c‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻓﺈ ﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﻘﻴﻦ ﻳﺴﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻟﻔﺰ‪ u‬ﻟﺨﻮ‪ +‬ﻟﺮﻋﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻢ ﻳﺸﻌﺮ ﺑﻘﻠﻖ ‪8‬ﺋﻢ ﻟﻐﻴﺎ{ ‪B‬ﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ A ,‬ﻹﺷﺮﻛﻬﻢ ﺑﻪ‪,‬‬
‫ﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎ‪8‬ﻫﻢ ﺑﺄ ﻷﺣﺪ‪B x‬ﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺼﺎ‪8‬ﻓﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﺬ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﻗﻊ ﻫﻮ ﻟﺨﻮ‪+‬‬
‫ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﺒﺜﻪ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﻮ{ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺤﺎﺑﻮ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪ ,‬ﻗﺎ‪ Q‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪vْ ِ﴿ :‬‬
‫ﻮ‬‫ِﻳﻦ ‪َ G‬ﻣﻨُﻮ َﺳﺄٌﻟﻘِﻲ ﻓِﻲ ُﻗ ُﻠ ِ‬ ‫ِﻜ ِﺔ ‪َR‬ﻧﱢﻲ َﻣ َﻌ ُﻜ ْﻢ َﻓﺜَﺒﱢﺘُﻮ ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬ ‫ﻼﺋ َ‬ ‫ﻮﺣﻲ َ(ﺑﱡ َﻚ ِﻟَﻰ َ‬
‫ﻟﻤ َ‬ ‫ﻳُ ِ‬
‫ﺎ‪﴾C‬‬ ‫ﺿ ِﺮﺑُﻮ ِﻣ ْﻨ ُﻬ ْﻢ ُﻛ ﱠﻞ ﺑَﻨَ ٍ‬
‫ﺎ‪ْ 1َ i‬‬ ‫ﺎﺿ ِﺮﺑُﻮ َﻓ ْﻮ َ‪َ i‬ﻷ ْﻋﻨَ ِ‬ ‫ﻟﺮ ْﻋ َﺐ َﻓ ْ‬ ‫َﺮ‪ 1‬ﱡ‬ ‫ِﻳﻦ َﻛﻔ ُ‬
‫ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬
‫)ﺳﻮ
ﻷﻧﻔﺎ‪.(12:Q‬‬
‫‪ ّ B‬ﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﻟﺘﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﺤﻈﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﻘﻬﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﻃﻮ‪ Q‬ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮ ﻟﻌﺼﻮ ﻷ‪d‬ﻣﺎ‪ ,‬ﻣﺪ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻄﺮ‪ s‬ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻟﺤﺎﻻ‪ ,L‬ﻣﻨﺢ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪A‬ﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ Fc‬ﻟﻤﻌﺠﺰ‪,L‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻵﺧﺮ‪A ,‬ﻳﺪ ﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﺠﻨﻮ‪ 8‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺮﻫﺎ‪ ,‬ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ‪ A ,‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼ‪ Q‬ﻋﻮﻣﻞ ﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻷﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﺣﺘﻰ ‪B‬ﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻷﺣﻴﺎ ﻗﻌﺖ ‪A‬ﻣﻮ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﺪﺛﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻫﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮ
ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ْﻛ ُﺮ‪ 1‬ﻧِ ْﻌ َﻤ َﺔ ﷲ َﻋ َﻠ ْﻴ ُﻜ ْﻢ ِ ْ‪v‬‬‫ِﻳﻦ ‪َ G‬ﻣﻨُﻮ ‪ُ v‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎ‪ Q‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ﴿ :‬ﻳَﺎ ‪َR‬ﻳﱡ َﻬﺎ ﻟﺬ َ‬
‫ﺎ‪ C‬ﷲ ﺑ َِﻤﺎ‬ ‫ِﻳﺤﺎ َ‪ُ 1‬ﺟﻨُﻮ ً‪ 6‬ﻟَ ْﻢ ﺗَ َﺮ ْ‪َ 1‬ﻫﺎ َ‪َ 1‬ﻛ َ‬ ‫ِﻢ ( ً‬ ‫َﺟﺎ َﺗْ ُﻜ ْﻢ ُﺟﻨُﻮ ٌ‪َ 6‬ﻓﺄَ ْ( َﺳ ْﻠﻨَﺎ َﻋ َﻠ ْﻴﻬ ْ‬
‫‪76‬‬
‫ﻮ‪ C‬ﺑَ ِﺼ ًﻴﺮ ﴾ )ﺳﻮ
ﻷﺣﺰ{ ‪.(9:‬‬ ‫ﺗَ ْﻌ َﻤ ُﻠ َ‬
‫ﺎ ﻟَ ُﻜ ْﻢ ‪َR‬ﻧﱢﻲ ُﻣ ِﻤ ﱡﺪ ُﻛ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺎﺳﺘَ َﺠ َ‬ ‫ﻮ‪(َ C‬ﺑﱠ ُﻜ ْﻢ َﻓ ْ‬ ‫ﻗﺎ‪ Q‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪ vْ ِ ﴿ :‬ﺗَ ْﺴﺘَﻐِﻴﺜُ َ‬
ﻷﻧﻔﺎ‪.(9:Q‬‬ ‫ِﻜ ِﺔ ُﻣ ْﺮ ِ‪6‬ﻓ َ‬ ‫ﻼﺋ َ‬‫ﻟﻤ َ‬
‫ِﻦ َ‬‫ﺑِﺄَﻟْ ٍﻒ ﻣ َ‬
‫ِﻴﻞ‬
‫ِﻞ ﻓِﻲ َﺳﺒ ِ‬ ‫ﺎ‪ C‬ﻟَ ُﻜ ْﻢ ‪G‬ﻳٌَﺔ ﻓِﻲ ِﻓﺌَﺘَْﻴ ِﻦ ﻟْﺘَ َﻘﺘَﺎ ِﻓﺌَ ٌﺔ ﺗُﻘَﺎﺗ ُ‬ ‫ﻗﺎ‪ Q‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪َ ﴿ :‬ﻗ ْﺪ َﻛ َ‬
‫ِﻢ َ(‪ Qَ ْR‬ﻟ َﻌ ْﻴ ِﻦ َ‪ 1‬ﷲُ ﻳُ َﺆﻳﱢ ُﺪ ﺑِﻨَ ْﺼ ِﺮ ِ َﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﷲِ َ‪ْ ُR 1‬ﺧ َﺮ َﻛﺎﻓ َِﺮ ٌ‪ b‬ﻳَ َﺮ ْ‪1‬ﻧَ ُﻬ ْﻢ ِﻣ ْﺜ َﻠ ْﻴﻬ ْ‬
‫ِﻚ ﻟَﻌ ِْﺒ َﺮ ً‪ُ b‬ﻷ‪1‬ﻟِﻲ ﻷﺑْ َﺼﺎ ِ( ﴾ )ﺳﻮ
>‪ Q‬ﻋﻤﺮ‪.(13:‬‬ ‫ِ‪ C‬ﻓِﻲ َ‪v‬ﻟ َ‬
‫ﻳَ َﺸﺎ ُ ﱠ‬
‫ﻓﺸﻞ ﻟﻤﻜﺎﺋﺪ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺎ‪ 5‬ﺿﺪ ﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ‬

‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻟﺠﺄ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻷﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ ﻟﻤﻨﺤﺮﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺮﻋﻬﻢ ﺿﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻟﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﻛﺜﺮ ﻷﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻟﺘﻀﻴﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺎﻟﻒ ﺿﺪﻫﻢ ‪ .‬ﺑﻬﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ ‪A‬ﻧﻬﻢ ‪A‬ﻗﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻨﺼﺮ ﻟﻜﺜﺮ
‬
‫ﻋﺪ‪8‬ﻫﻢ‪A .‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﺆﻻ‪ c‬ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻧﺼﺒﻮ ﻟﻤﻜﺎﺋﺪ ﺳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻓﺸﻠﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ‪A‬‬
‫ﷲ ﻳﺮﻫﻢ ﻫﻮ ﻳﺘﺂﻣﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻴﻦ ﻋﻦ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻛﻮ ﷲ ﻗﺮ{‬
‫‪B‬ﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺒﻞ ﻟﻮﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮ‪ c‬ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺸﻔﻮ‪ F‬ﻣﺎ‬
‫ُﻮﺑﻬﻢ "‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻮ`‬
‫‪A‬ﺳﺮ‪ F‬ﻓﺎﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ " َﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗُﻠ ْ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ‪A‬ﻓﻜﺎﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﻜﻴﺪ
ﺧﻄﺔ ﻳﺪﺑﺮﻧﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﷲ ﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪A‬ﺣﺒﻂ ﻛﻴﺪ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ‪A‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﻔﺬ‪ .F‬ﻓﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﺨﻄﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺪ‪ u‬ﺳﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﺿﺪ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﺋﺪ ﻗﺪ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﺬ ﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ﻷﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﴾ )ﺳﻮ
‬
‫ﻟﻜ َ‬ ‫َﻟﻜ ْﻢ َ‪ CَR 1‬ﷲَ ُﻣ ُ‬
‫ﻮﻫﻦ َﻛ ْﻴﺪ َ‬ ‫ﻗﺎ‪ Q‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪ُ v ﴿ :‬‬
‫ﻷﻧﻔﺎ‪. (18: Q‬‬
‫‪77‬‬
‫ﻗﺎ‪ Q‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪َ 1َ ﴿ :‬ﻗ ْﺪ َﻣ َﻜ ُﺮ‪َ 1‬ﻣ ْﻜ َﺮ ُﻫ ْﻢ َ‪ 1‬ﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ﷲ َﻣ ْﻜ ُﺮ ُﻫ ْﻢ َ‪ْ 1‬‬
‫‪َ C‬ﻛ َ‬
‫ﺎ‪C‬‬
‫ﺎ ﴾ )ﺳﻮ
‪B‬ﺑﺮﻫﻴﻢ ‪.(46:‬‬ ‫َﻣ ْﻜ ُﺮ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﻟﺘَ َﺰ َ‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻣ ْﻨ ُﻪ ﻟﺠﺒَ ُ‬
‫ﷲ ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ‪ A‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﻤﻜﺎﺋﺪ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻀﺮ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻞ ‪B‬ﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺘﻜﺒَﺎ ً( ﻓﻲ َﻷ ْ(‪q‬‬ ‫ﺳ ْ‬
‫ﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺳﺘﻨﻘﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻫﻢ ‪A‬ﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎ‪ Q‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪ْ ﴿ :‬‬
‫ﻟﺴﻴﺊ ﻻ ﺑﺄَ ْﻫﻠﻪ َﻓ َﻬ ْﻞ ﻳَْﻨ ُﻈ ُﺮ َ‬
‫‪ C1‬ﻻ ُﺳﻨ َﺔ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﻟﻤ ْﻜ ُﺮ‬
‫ﺤﻴﻖ َ‬ ‫َ‪َ 1‬ﻣ ْﻜ َﺮ ﻟﺴﻴﺊ َ‪َ 1‬ﻻ ﻳَ ُ‬
‫ﻼ ﴾ )ﺳﻮ
‬ ‫ﻟﺴﻨ َﺔ ﷲ ﺗَ ْﺤﻮﻳ ً‬ ‫ﻼ َ‪ 1‬ﻟَ ْﻦ ﺗَﺠ َﺪ ُ‬‫ﻟﺴﻨ َﺔ ﷲ ﺗَﺒﺪﻳ ً‬ ‫ َﻷ َ‬
‫‪1‬ﻟﻴﻦ َﻓ َﻠﻦ ﺗَﺠ َﺪ ُ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻃﺮ‪.(43:‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮ ﻳﻀﻌﻮ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺛﻘﺘﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺒﺸﺎ
ﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ )‪ CَR‬ﷲَ‬
‫ﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ (‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﻛﻴﻦ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ‪ A‬ﻋﻮ ﷲ ﻣﻼ‪d‬ﻣﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‬ ‫ﻟﻜ َ‬ ‫ﻮﻫﻦ َﻛ ْﻴﺪ َ‬ ‫ُﻣ ُ‬
‫ﻓﻬﻢ ﻳﻌﻴﺸﻮ ﺣﻴﺎ
ﻣﻠﺆﻫﺎ ﻟﻄﻤﺄﻧﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﺮﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﺒﻔﻀﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﻟﺪﺋﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﷲ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻳﺪﻛﻮ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻟﻬﺪ‪ +‬ﻹﻟﻬﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻤﺮ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻮ‪x8‬؛ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﻮ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻨﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮ ﺑﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺛﻘﺔ ‪ A‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪ‪B x‬ﻻ ﺳﻴﺨﻠﺺ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﻴﻜﻮ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ C‬ﺣ ْﺰ َ ﷲ ُﻫﻢ ﻟ َﻐﺎﻟﺒُ َ‬

‫ﻮ‪! C‬‬ ‫ّ‬
‫‪ B‬ﺟﺰ‪ c‬ﺗﻮﺳﻢ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺒﺪ ﺳﻠﺒﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻮﻛﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﷲ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺎ َﻗ ْﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺎ ‪َ C‬‬ ‫ﺎ ﻟَ ُﻬ ْﻢ ُ‬ ‫ﻟﺬﻳﻦ َﻗ َ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﺟﺰ‪ c‬ﻋﻈﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎ‪ Q‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪َ ﴿ :‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﺎﻧًﺎ َ‪َ 1‬ﻗﺎﻟُﻮ َﺣ ْﺴﺒُﻨَﺎ ﷲ َ‪ 1‬ﻧ ْﻌ َﻢ ﻟ َﻮ ُ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻞ‬ ‫َﺟ َﻤ ُﻌﻮ ﻟَ ُﻜ ْﻢ َﻓ ْ‬
‫ﺎﺧ َﺸ ْﻮ ُﻫ ْﻢ َﻓ َﺰ َ‪ُ 6‬ﻫ ْﻢ َ‬
‫ﻮ‪ C‬ﷲ‬‫(ﺿ َ‬‫ﻣﻦ ﷲ َ‪َ 1‬ﻓ ْﻀﻞ ﻟَ ْﻢ ﻳَ ْﻤ َﺴ ْﺴ ُﻬ ْﻢ ُﺳﻮ ٌ َ‪ 1‬ﺗﺒَ ُﻌﻮ ْ‬ ‫َﻓﺎﻧْ َﻘ َﻠﺒُﻮ ﺑﻨ ْﻌ َﻤﺔ َ‬
‫َ‪ 1‬ﷲُ ‪َ 1ُv‬ﻓ ْﻀﻞ َﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﴾ )ﺳﻮ
>‪ Q‬ﻋﻤﺮ‪.(174-173:‬‬
‫‪78‬‬
‫ﻵ ﻟﻨﺬﻛﺮ ‪A‬ﻧﻔﺴﻨﺎ ‪ A‬ﻟﻐﻠﺒﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﻦ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ >ﺧﺮ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬ ﻣﺠﺮ‪ 8‬ﻣﺘﺤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮ ﻏﻠﺒﺘﻬﻢ ﺟﺰ‪ c‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﺔ ﺳﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻟﺼﺎ‪8‬ﻗﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﻲ ﻹﻳﻤﺎ‪ B .‬ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺘﻮﻛﻠﻮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻳﺼﺒﺮ ﻳﺮ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻳﺜﺒﺘﻮ ﺑﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺿﻮ‪B ،p‬ﺧﻼﺻﻬﻢ ﺛﻘﺘﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﻟﻬﺬ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺠﻨﻮ‬
‫ﺿﻰ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻵﺧﺮ
‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﻨﺘﺼﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎ‪ Q‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪َ 1َ ﴿ :‬ﻣ ْﻦ ﻳﺘَ َﻮ ﷲ َ‪ُ (َ 1‬ﺳﻮﻟَ ُﻪ َ‪َ 1‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ‪َ G‬ﻣﻨُﻮ َﻓﺈ‪ C‬ﺣ ْﺰ َ‬
‫ﻮ‪) ﴾ C‬ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻤﺎﺋﺪ
‪.(56:‬‬ ‫ﷲ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﻟ َﻐﺎﻟﺒُ َ‬
‫‪79‬‬
‫ﻟﺨﺎﺗﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮ ﻫﻢ ﻫﺆﻻ‪ c‬ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺤﻴﻮ ﺑﺈﻋﺎ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪,‬‬

‫ﻣﺪﻛﻴﻦ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻲ‪ ,c‬ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎ ‪8‬ﻗﻴﻘﺎ ‪B‬ﻻ ﻗﺪ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻗ ّﺪ‪ F‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﺧﻄﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﻊ ‪ A‬ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺿﻮ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ ‪A‬ﺷﻜﺎ‪Q‬‬
‫ﻟﺼﻌﺎ{ ﻟﻤﺤﻦ ﺧﻼ‪ Q‬ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ‪B ,‬ﻻ ‪A‬ﻧﻬﻢ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺸﻌﺮ ‪A‬ﺑﺪ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻒ ‪A‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮ "ﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺬ ﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺪ‪ ،".… x‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ‪A‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ k‬ﺧﻴﺮ ﻫﺪﻓﺎ ﺳﻤﺎﻳﺎ ‪ c‬ﻛﻞ ﺣﺪ‪ .x‬ﻟﻬﺬ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻳﺤﻴﻮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺔ ﻃﻤﺄﻧﻴﻨﺔ‪ ,‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ‪A‬ﺣﻠﻚ ﻟﻈﺮ‪ .+‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ ﻟﻐﺎﻓﻠﻮ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ,‬ﻳﺸﻌﺮ ﺑﻘﻠﻖ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﻬﻢ ﻣﻮﻗﻒ ﺳﻴﺌﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺮﻋﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﺘﺎﺣﻬﻢ ﻟﻴﺄ` ﻟﻘﻨﻮ(‪ .‬ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻫﻲ ‪ A‬ﻹﻧﺴﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺒﻌﻪ ﻳﺒﺤﺚ ‪8‬ﻣﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻌﻮ ﻷﻣﻦ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﺛﻪ ﻟﻪ ﻟﻤﺼﺎﻋﺐ ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺤﻦ ﻟﻤﺘﺎﻋﺐ ﻣﻦ >ﻻ‪ S‬ﺟﺴﺪﻳﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻤﺼﺎﻋﺐ ﻟﻤﺤﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺘﺎﻋﺐ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻌﺮ^ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻌﺖ ﺻﻠﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻛﻮ‪x‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺳﻮ ﻟﺸﺮ ﻟﻮﺑﺎ‪ ،Q‬ﻫﻮ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻨﺠﺢ ‪A‬ﺑﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺨﻮ‪ +‬ﺳﻮ‪ c‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ‪ A‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﻮ‪ A L‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﺮ^ ‪A‬‬
‫ﻟﻔﻘﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪80‬‬
‫‪ B‬ﻟﺨﻼ| ﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ‪ A‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻗﺪ ﺧﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﻟﻬﺪ‪ +‬ﺳﺎ‪ S‬ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻣﺆﻛﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﻮﻛﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﷲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﻖ ﺗﻮﻛﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻣﺪﻛﺎ ﻟﻬﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﻠﻚ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻣﺴﻠﻚ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺎﺑﺪ ﻟﻤﺨﻠﺺ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ‪ A‬ﻳﻜﻮ ﺻﺎﻣﺪ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ ﺧﻼ‪ Q‬ﻫﺬ‪F‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺤﻦ ﺑﻞ ﻳﺼﺒﺮ ﻳﺤﺘﺴﺐ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻷﺧﺮ ‪S8‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻘﺮ{ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻼ
ﺣﺴﻦ ﻟﺘﻮﻛﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ,‬ﻟﻴﻘﻴﻦ ﺑﺄ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻊ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ‪ F‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺘﻠﻰ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺄﻧﻮ‪ u‬ﻋﺪﻳﺪ
ﻣﻦ ﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻧﺎ‪L‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻳﺴﻴﺮ ﻧﺤﻮ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﻔﻮ‪ d‬ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﺧﻼ‪ Q‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻧﺎ‪,L‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻌﻰ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺨﻄﻰ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻋﺰ‪ S‬ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻟﻜﺴﺐ ﻣﺮﺿﺎ
ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺟﻨﺘﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﺺ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺬ{ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ‪A‬ﺛﻨﺎ‪ c‬ﻟﻚ ﻳﺮ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻣﻊ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺪ‪ k‬ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ‪B‬ﻻ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﺬﻛﺮ ‪8‬ﻣﺎ‬
‫‪ A‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻫﻮ ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ‪ .c‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﺟﺎ‪B c‬ﻟﻰ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻌﻤﺮﻫﺎ ﺣﻴﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ,‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺤﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻪ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻵﺧﺮ
ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻪ ﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﺤﺘﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﻘﻊ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﺒﺎ‪F8‬‬
‫ِﻳﻦ ﺗﱠ َﻘ ْﻮ َ(ﺑﱠ ُﻬ ْﻢ ِﻟَﻰ‬
‫ﻴﻖ ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺘﻘﻴﻦ ﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ﻟﻌﺎﺑﺪﻳﻦ‪ ,‬ﻗﺎ‪ Q‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ِ 1َ ﴿ :‬ﺳ َ‬
‫ﻼ ٌ
‬ ‫ِﺤ ْﺖ ‪َR‬ﺑْ َﻮﺑُ َﻬﺎ َ‪َ 1‬ﻗ َ‬
‫ﺎ ﻟَ ُﻬ ْﻢ َﺧ َﺰﻧَﺘُ َﻬﺎ َﺳ َ‬ ‫ﻟﺠﻨﱠ ِﺔ ُ~ َﻣ ًﺮ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ ِ‪َ َv‬ﺟﺎ ُ‪َ 1‬ﻫﺎ َ‪ُ 1‬ﻓﺘ َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﻟﺤ ْﻤ ُﺪ ﷲِ ﻟﱠﺬِ‪َ Q‬ﺻ َﺪﻗﻨَﺎ َ‪ْ 1‬ﻋ َﺪ ُ‬ ‫ِﻳﻦ * َ‪َ 1‬ﻗﺎﻟُﻮ َ‬ ‫َﻋ َﻠ ْﻴ ُﻜ ْﻢ ﻃ ِْﺒﺘُ ْﻢ َﻓﺎ ْ‪ُ 6‬ﺧ ُﻠﻮ َﻫﺎ َﺧﺎﻟِﺪ َ‬
‫ِﻴﻦ* َ‪ 1‬ﺗَ َﺮ‬ ‫ﻟﺠﻨﱠ ِﺔ َﺣ ْﻴ ُﺚ ﻧَ َﺸﺎ َﻓﻨِ ْﻌ َﻢ ‪ْ َR‬ﺟ ُﺮ ﻟ َﻌﺎ ِﻣﻠ َ‬
‫ِﻦ َ‬ ‫‪ q‬ﻧَﺘَﺒَ ﱠﻮ‪ ُR‬ﻣ َ‬‫َ‪(َ 1ْ َR 1‬ﺛَﻨَﺎ َﻷ ْ( َ‬
‫ِﻢ َ‪ُ 1‬ﻗ ِﻀ َﻲ ﺑَْﻴﻨَ ُﻬ ْﻢ‬
‫ِﺤ ْﻤ ِﺪ َ(ﺑﱢﻬ ْ‬‫ﻮ‪ C‬ﺑ َ‬ ‫ِﻦ َﺣ ْﻮ ِ ﻟ َﻌ ْﺮ ِ ﻳُ َﺴﺒﱢ ُﺤ َ‬‫ﻴﻦ ﻣ ْ‬ ‫ِﻜ َﺔ َﺣﺎﻓﱢ َ‬‫ﻟﻤﻼﺋ َ‬ ‫َ‬
ﻟﺰﻣﺮ‪(74-73:‬‬ ‫ﻟﺤ ْﻤ ُﺪ ﷲِ َ( ﱢ ﻟ َﻌﺎﻟَﻤ َ‬ ‫ِﻴﻞ َ‬‫ﺑِﺎﻟْ َﺤ ﱢﻖ َ‪ 1‬ﻗ َ‬
‫‪81‬‬
‫ﻧﻬﻴﺎ ﻟ ّﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻇﻬﺮ
ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ
ﻟ ّﺪ
ﻳﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ
ﻟﺘﻄﻮ ﺑﻬﺪ ﻓﺾ ﻓﻜﺮ
ﻟﺨﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺪ‬
‫=ﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻨﺠﺢ ﻓﻲ ‪:‬ﻟﻚ‪ُ
،‬ﻋﺘﺒﺮ ﻣﺠﺮ‪ 1‬ﺳﻔﺴﻄﺔ ﺧﺎﺟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻄﺎ'
ﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﻫﺬ‪
#‬ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗ ّﺪﻋﻲ =‪
D‬ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ
ﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﻟﺪ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻖ
ﻟﻤﺼﺎ‪1‬ﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ
ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ
ﻟﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ‬
‫‪1‬ﻫﺎ ﻧﻘﻀﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ = ّ‪= D‬ﺛﺒﺖ
ﻟﻌﻠﻢ = ّ‪
D‬ﻟﻜﻮ‪
D‬ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ
ﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﺗﺤﺘﻮ‪ F‬ﻋﻠﻰ =ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ
ﻹﻋﺠﺎ‪ .L‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬ

ﻟﻨﺤﻮ =ﺛﺒﺖ
ﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ =‪
D‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻫﻮ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ
ﻟﻜﻮ‪ D‬ﺧﺎﻟﻖ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ
ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ
ﻟﺤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬ‪
#‬ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻮ‪ R‬ﺳﻮ‪ Q‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﻀﺔ
ﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ
ﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ
ﻷﻛﺎ‪:‬ﻳﺐ
ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﺗﺪ‪F‬‬
‫ﻟﺒﺎ‪
U‬ﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ
ﻟﺘﺰﻳﻴﻔﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ
ﻟﻘﻴﺎ‪ R‬ﺑﺤﻤﻠﺔ
ﺳﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻄﺎ'
ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ‬
‫ﻫﺬ‪
#‬ﻟﻨّﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ =ﻗﺪ
ﻣﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻏﻴﺮ =‪ D‬ﻫﺬ‪
#‬ﻟﺤﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ‪W‬ﺧﻔﺎ‪
V‬ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﺖ
ﻷﺻﻮ
ﺧﻼ\
ﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ
ﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪1‬ﻧﻴﺎ
ﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺗﺒﻴّﻦ ﺑﺄ‪ D‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ
ﻟﺘﻄﻮ‬
‫
ﻋﺘﺒﺎ
‬
‫ﺗﻤﺜﻞ =ﻛﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﻳﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎﻳﺦ
ﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ =ﺛﺒﺘﺖ
ﻷﺑﺤﺎ‪
b‬ﻟﺘﻲ =ﺟﺮﻳﺖ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﺎ_ ً‬
‫
ﻟﺼﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ
ﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎ‪ 1980 R‬ﺑﺄ ّ‪
D‬ﻹ‪1‬ﻋﺎ‪

V‬ﻟ ّﺪ
ﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ
ﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺒﺎ ﺟﺎ\
ﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ
ﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎ
ﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﺎ_‪ ،‬ﺻﺮ‪
g‬ﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ‪
V‬ﻟﺒﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ
ﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎ‪
V‬ﻟﺤﻴﻮﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻢ
ﻟﺤﻔﺮﻳﺎ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ
ﻟﻌﻠﻮ‪
R‬ﻷﺧﺮ‪ Q‬ﺑﺄ‪D‬‬
‫
ﻟﺪ
ﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﺻﻠﺖ ‪W‬ﻟﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺴﺪ‪= Dّ = 1‬ﺻﻞ
ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ
ﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﻫﻮ
ﻟﺨﻠﻖ‪
.‬ﻟﻴﻮ‪ R‬ﺗﺆﻛﺪ‬
‫
ﻟﺘﻄﻮ

ﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﺄ‪
D‬ﻟﻜﻮ‪ D‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ
ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ
ﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ُﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ
ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺗﻨﺎﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ
ﻧﻬﻴﺎ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ
ﻟﺘﻄﻮ ‪1‬ﻻﺋﻞ
ﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮ
ﺿﻊ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ =ﻋﻤﺎﻟﻨﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﻮ ﻧُﻮ
ﺻﻞ ‪:‬ﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ =ﻋﻤﺎ\ =ﺧﺮ‪ .Q‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ‪W‬ﻟﻰ
ﻷﻫﻤﻴﺔ
ﻟﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ
ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻜﺘﺴﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻫﺬ

ﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮ‪= m‬ﻳﻨﺎ =ﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ
ﻟﻔﺎﺋﺪ ‪W‬ﻳﺮ
‪ 1‬ﻣﻠﺨﺺ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ

ﻟﻤﻮﺿﻊ =ﻳﻀﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪82‬‬
‫ﻻﻧﻬﻴﺎ ﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺗﻌﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺬﻫﺎ ﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺎﻳﺦ ﻹﻏﺮﻳﻘﻲ ﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻧﻬﺎ ﺷﻬﺪ‪ %‬ﺳﻊ ﻧﺘﺸﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ ﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﻋﺸﺮ ‪ .‬ﻛﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺗﻄﻮ ﺷﻬﺪﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺻﺪ ﻛﺘﺎ; ﺗﺸﺎﻟﺰ ﻳﻦ "ﺻﻞ ﻷﻧﻮ‪"5‬‬
‫ﻟﺬ‪ A‬ﺻﺪ ﻋﺎ@ ‪ .1859‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻜﺘﺎ; ﻳﻨﻜﺮ ﻳﻦ‬
‫ ﻷﻧﻮ‪ 5‬ﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻷ‪ G‬ﻗﺪ ﺧﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﷲ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻮ‪B‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﻟﺰ ﻳﻦ‬
‫ ﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ‪ %‬ﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺟﺪ ﻣﺸﺘﺮ‪ K‬ﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻨﻮﻋﺖ ﺧﺘﻠﻔﺖ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎ‪ %‬ﻃﺎﺋﺔ ﻣﺘﺪﺟﺔ ﺗﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺮ ﻷ‪U‬ﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﺮ ﻳﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺘﻪ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻮ@ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ A‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺮ "ﻓﺘﺮ‪ ."G‬ﻋﻼ] ﻋﻠﻰ \ﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﺘﺮ‪ Z‬ﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﻄﻮ‪ B‬ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎ; ﺑﻌﻨﻮ‬
‫"ﻟﻤﺼﺎﻋﺐ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﻬﺎ ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ" ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺗﺘﻬﺎ` ﻣﺎ@ ﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻟﺤﺮﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻘﺪ ﻳﻦ ‪a‬ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻻﻛﺘﺸﺎﻓﺎ‪ %‬ﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎ ﻳﻈﻦ ﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﺰﻳﻞ ﻟﻌﻘﺒﺎ‪ %‬ﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻬﻬﺎ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻣﺎ ﺛﺒﺘﺘﻪ ﻫﺬ ﻻﻛﺘﺸﺎﻓﺎ‪ %‬ﺟﺎ‪ c‬ﻋﻜﺲ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻤﻨﺎ ﻟﺮﺟﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺰﻳﻤﺔ ﻳﻦ ﻣﺎ@ ﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ‪ B‬ﺛﻼ‪ f‬ﻧﻘﺎ‪ e‬ﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪-1‬ﻟﻢ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﺄ‪ A‬ﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﻔﺴﺮ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻧﺸﺄ‪ %‬ﻟﺤﻴﺎ] ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺟﻪ ﻷ‪.G‬‬
‫‪-2‬ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ‪ A‬ﻛﺘﺸﺎ‪ Z‬ﻋﻠﻤﻲ ﻳﺪ‪ B‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪ] "ﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎ‪ %‬ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺔ" ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻔﺘﺮﺿﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ ﻓﻲ ‪ A‬ﺣﺎ‪ B‬ﻣﻦ ﻷﺣﻮ‪.B‬‬
‫‪83‬‬
‫‪-3‬ﻣﺎﻳﺜﺒﺘﻪ ﻟﺴﺠﻞ ﻹﺣﺎﺛﻲ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻜﺲ ﻻﻋﺎ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﻨﺎﻗﺶ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻫﺬ‪ /‬ﻟﻨﻘﺎ‪ +‬ﻟﺜﻼ) ﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﻘﺒﺔ ﻷﻟﻰ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺬﻟﻞ‪

:‬ﺻﻞ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮ‪ H‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ ‪ FG‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻄﻮ ﻋﻦ ﺧﻠﻴﺔ ?ﺣﻴﺪ= ﻇﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻷ‪ L‬ﻟﺒﺪﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺬ ‪ 3.8‬ﻣﻼﻳﻴﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ‪? .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﺨﻠﻴﺔ ?ﺣﻴﺪ= ‪FG‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﻼﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ?ﻷﻧﻮ‪ U‬ﻟﺤﻴﺔ؟ ?‪ RS‬ﻛﺎ‪ F‬ﻫﺬ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ ﻗﺪ ﺣﺪ) ﻓﻌ ً‬
‫ﻼ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤﺎ‪ R‬ﻟﻢ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻼﺋﻤﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺴﺠﻼ ﻹﺣﺎﺛﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬ ﺳﺆ‪ H‬ﻟﻢ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪S .‬ﻻ ‪ FG‬ﻟﺴﺆ‪ H‬ﻷ?‪ H‬ﻟﺬ\ ﺑﻘﻲ ﻳﻮﺟﻪ ﻫﺬ‪ /‬ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺠﺪ ﺟﻮﺑﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﻵ‪ ،F‬ﻫﻮ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻧﺸﺄ "ﻟﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻷ?ﻟﻰ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺴﺮ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺘﺮ` ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻠﻖ ?ﻻ ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺑﻮﺟﻮ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﻮ ﻟﺨﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻷ?ﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪G‬ﻧﻬﺎ ‪G‬ﺗﺖ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﺼﺪﻓﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﻧﻴﻦ ﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﻫﺬ‪ /‬ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮ‪ F‬ﻟﻤﺎ= ﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ﻧﺸﺄ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎ= ﻏﻴﺮ ﺣﻴﺔ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﺼﺎﻓﺎ‪? ،‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺆﻛﺪ ‪ FG‬ﻫﺬ ﻟﺰﻋﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ‪G‬ﺑﺴﻂ ﻗﻮﻋﺪ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻷﺣﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﻴﺎ ﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻜﺘﺎ‪ ،j‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻄﺮ‪? i‬ﻳﻦ ‪S‬ﻟﻰ ‪G‬ﺻﻞ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ=‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎ‪ F‬ﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻟﺒﺪﺋﻲ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻴﺎ= ﻓﻲ ﻋﺼﺮ‪ /‬ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻹﻓﺘﺮ‪ L‬ﺑﺄ‪ F‬ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﻟﺤﻴﺔ ‪ R‬ﺑﻨﻴﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﺟﺪً‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺪ‬
‫ﻻﻗﺖ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻨﺸﻮ ﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺘﺸﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ?‪ F‬ﻟﻮﺳﻄﻰ‪? ،‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮ‪ FG H‬ﻟﻤﻮ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﺗﺠﻤﻌﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻘﺎ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﺣﻲ‪? ،‬ﺟﺎً ?ﺳﻌﺎً ﻓﻲ ‪R‬ﻟﻚ ﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺘﺠﺖ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬ‪ /‬ﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻫﻲ ‪ FG‬ﻟﺤﺸﺮ ﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎ ﻟﻄﻌﺎ‪،‬‬
‫?‪ FG‬ﻟﺠﺮ‪ FR‬ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﻤﺢ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﺠﺪ ﺑﻨﺎ ‪ FG‬ﻧﺘﻌﺮ‪ L‬ﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﻣﻀﺤﻜﺔ ﻗﺎ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ‪،‬‬
‫‪84‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻢ ﺿﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻟﻘﻤﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺳﺨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎ ﻟﻤﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﻳﺨﺮ‬
‫ﺟﺮ‪ ً -‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺮﻫﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻠﻖ ‪ -‬ﺗﻪ ﻛﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﻟﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﺨﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻠﺤﻢ؛ ‪4‬ﻻ ﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻠﺒﺚ ﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺨﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻠﺤﻢ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪4 ،‬ﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﺬﺑﺎ= ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻳﺮﻗﺎﻧﺎ‪ H‬ﻻ ﺗﺮ‪ G‬ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﻟﻤﺠﺮ‪.DE‬‬
‫ﻛﺎ ﻫﺬ ﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎ‪ E‬ﺳﺎﺋﺪ ً ﻓﻲ ﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻟﺬ‪ Q‬ﻛﺘﺐ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪N E‬ﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎ= "ﺻﻞ ﻷﻧﻮ ‪"J‬‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﺄ ﻟﺒﻜﺘﺮﻳﺎ ﺟﺎ‪4 HS‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻮﺟﻮ‪ E‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎ‪ DE‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﺣﻴﺔ ﻛﺎ ﻫﺬ ﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎ‪E‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﻮ ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﻄﻞ ﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻋﻠﻦ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻮ‪ N‬ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ‪ NE‬ﺳﺎﺗﻪ ﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺑﺤﺎﺛﻪ ﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ‪ D‬ﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺣﺾ ﺳﺎ‪ Y‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ‪N E‬ﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻗﺎ‪ X‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻮ‪ N‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﺿﺮﺗﻪ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﻠﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺘﺼﺎ‪ N‬ﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻟﺴﻮ‪N‬ﺑﻮ ﻋﺎ^ ‪:1864‬‬
‫"ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺴﺘﻔﻴﻖ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻨﺸﻮ‪ S‬ﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻀﺮﺑﺔ ﻟﺼﺎﻋﻘﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺻﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻫﺬ`‬
‫ ﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ‪1 ".‬‬
‫ﻗﺎ^ ﻟﻤﺪ ﻓﻌﻮ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺪ ‪N‬ﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﻛﺘﺸﺎﻓﺎ‪ H‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻮ‪ N‬ﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ‪4 .‬ﻻ ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺟﺎ‪ S‬ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻮ‪ N‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ‪4‬ﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺸﻒ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻟﺘﻘﺪ^ ﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻌﻘﺪ‪ D‬ﻟﺨﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ ﻟﻤﺎ‪ DE‬ﻟﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻘﻴﺎ ﻓﻜﺮ‪ D‬ﺟﻮ‪ E‬ﻟﺤﻴﺎ‪ D‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻷ‪ hN‬ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﺼﺪﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺄ‪fg‬‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﻟﺨﺮ ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺤﺎﻻ ﻟﻌﺎﺟﺰ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ ﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫‪ X 4‬ﻣﻦ ﺗﺒﻨﻰ ﻣﻮﺿﻮ‪ J‬ﻣﻨﺸﺄ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ‪ D‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ ﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﺎ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ‪ QN‬ﻟﻤﺸﻬﻮ‪N‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﺴﻨﺪ‪ N‬ﺑﺎ‪N‬ﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﺗﻘﺪ^ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻵ‪ S N‬ﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﻨﻴﺎ‪ H‬ﻣﻦ ‪-‬ﻟﻚ‬
‫ ﻟﻘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎ‪ X‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ ‪4‬ﺛﺒﺎ‪4 H‬ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻄﻮ‪ N‬ﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﻟﺤﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﺼﺪﻓﺔ‪4 .‬ﻻ‬
‫ ‪ NE‬ﺳﺎﺗﻪ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻨﺘﻪ ‪4‬ﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺸﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﺣﺪ ﺑﺄﺑﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻻﻋﺘﺮ ‪ m‬ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻟﻸﺳﻒ‪ ،‬ﺑﻘﻴﺖ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻣﻨﺸﺄ ﻟﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻷﻟﻰ ﻛﺜﺮ ﻟﻨﻘﺎ‪ n‬ﻏﻤﻮﺿﺎً ﻓﻲ ‪ NE‬ﺳﺔ ﺗﻄﻮ‪N‬‬
‫‪85‬‬
‫ﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻟﺤﻴﺔ"‪2.‬‬
‫ﺣﻤﻞ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ(ﻳﻮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺆﻟﻴﺔ ﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻣﻨﺸﺄ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻛﺎ ﻛﺜﺮ ﻫﺬ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺠﺎ(= ﺷﻬﺮ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺎ‪ +‬ﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻲ ﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺳﺘﺎﻧﻠﻲ ﻣﻴﻠﻠﺮ ﻋﺎ‪ .1953 +‬ﻗﺎ‪+‬‬
‫ﻫﺬ ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺪﻣﺞ ﻋﺪ‪ B‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻐﺎ‪ GH‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻔﺘﺮ‪ E‬ﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﻮ‪ B‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﻨﺎ@ ﻟﺒﺪﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻸ(‪ ،E‬ﺿﺎ‪Q R‬ﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻘﺪ( ﻣﻦ ﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ‪ M‬ﻫﺬ ﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺗﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻴﻠﻠﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻋﺪ‪ B‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﺤﻤﻮ‪ E‬ﻷﻣﻴﻨﻴﺔ )ﻟﺠﺰﻳﺌﺎ‪ G‬ﻟﻌﻀﻮﻳﺔ( ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻟﺒﺮﺗﻴﻨﺎ‪.G‬‬
‫‪Q‬ﻻ ﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻤﺾ ﻋﺪ ﺳﻨﻮ‪ G‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺑﻄﻼ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺧﻄﻮ‬
‫(ﺋﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﺪ‪ +‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ(‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﻨﺎ@ ﻟﺬ‪ b‬ﺳﺘﺨﺪ‪ +‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ ﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﻛﺎ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺎً ﺟﺪً‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻟﻈﺮ‪ R‬ﻷ(ﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪3.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺼﻤﺖ ﻋﺘﺮ‪ R‬ﻣﻴﻠﻠﺮ ﻟﻤﻨﺎ@ ﻟﺬ‪ b‬ﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺘﻪ ﻛﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺎً‪4.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺑﺎ‪ Gf‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺤﺎﻻ‪ G‬ﻟﺘﻄﻮ(ﻳﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ‪Q‬ﺛﺒﺎ‪ G‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ ﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺸﻞ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺘﺮ‪ R‬ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻟﺠﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﺑﺎ‪ B‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻬﺪ ﺳﻜﺮﻳﺒﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺎﻧﺖ ﻳﺎﻏﻮ ﺑﻬﺬ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺸﺮﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﺠﻠﺔ "ﻷ(‪ "E‬ﻋﺎ‪:1998 +‬‬
‫"ﻫﺎ ﻧﺤﻦ ﻟﻴﻮ‪ +‬ﻧﻐﺎ‪ (B‬ﻟﻘﺮ ﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ ‪ B‬ﻧﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻞ ﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺪﻧﺎ ﻟﻘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﺑﺪ‪ G‬ﻟﺤﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻷ(‪E‬؟"‪5‬‬
‫ ﻟﻄﻔﺮ ﻟﻮﺛﻴﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﺄ ﺣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻷﺣﻮ ‬

‫ﺗﻈﻴﻒ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ& ﻟـ ‪ : DNA‬ﻓﺎﻷﺟﺰ! ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ ﻟﺠﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺰ‪ 1‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﻛﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺪ‪ -‬ﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺧﺮ? > ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻟﻰ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪6‬ﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻟـ ‪ ،DNA‬ﻓﺎﻟﻄﻔﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺛﻴﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﺪ ﺗﻜﺴﺐ ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﻟﺤﻲ ﻋﻀﻮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ >‬
‫ ﺗﻤﻨﺤﻪ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺪ‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﺮ! ﻟﻄﻔﺮ ﻟﻮﺛﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺎ‪L‬ﻳﺔ ﻛﺄ ﺗﺨﺮ‪ J‬ﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻈﻬﺮ > ﺗﺨﺮ‪ J‬ﻷ‪I‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻟﺒﻄﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪86‬‬
‫ﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻌﻘﺪ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﺬ‪# $‬ﻗﻊ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺄ "ﻛﻴﻒ ﺑﺪ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ" ﻫﻮ ‬
‫ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﻟﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻄﻮ‪ $‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻨﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﻘﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﻟﺤﻲ ﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻌﻘﻴﺪً ﻣﻦ ‪ $‬ﻣﻨﺘﺞ ﺗﻘﻨﻲ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻪ ﻳﺪ ﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﺤﺘﻰ ﻳﻮﻣﻨﺎ ﻫﺬ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻷ‪ $‬ﻣﺨﺘﺒﺮ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ ‪J‬ﺟﺔ ﺗﻄﻮ‪ H‬ﻳﻨﺠﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ‪C‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﺪ‪ J‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﻮ‪ J‬ﻟﻌﻀﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ S‬ﻟﻈﺮ‪ R#‬ﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮ‪ Q‬ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗُﻌﺮ‪.O‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺣﺪ ﻟﺒﺮ‪#‬ﺗﻴﻨﺎ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻷﺳﺎ‪ U‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺸﻮﺋﻲ ﻫﻲ‬
‫‪S 1‬ﻟﻰ ‪# 10950‬ﻫﺬ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺒﺮ‪#‬ﺗﻴﻦ ﻣﻜﻮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 500‬ﺣﻤﺾ ﻣﻴﻨﻲ؛ ‪#‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ‪ $‬ﺣﺘﻤﺎ‪ C‬ﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 150‬ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻴﻼً!‬
‫‪ S‬ﺟﺰ‪ f$‬ﻟـ ‪ DNA‬ﻟﺬ‪ $‬ﻳﺘﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻮ ﻟﺨﻠﻴﺔ ‪#‬ﻟﺬ‪ $‬ﻳﺨﺰ ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ ﻟﻮﺛﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪ ‪i‬ﺗﻪ ﺑﻨﻚ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﺠﺰ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻮ ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ ﻟﻤﺸﻔﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺰ‪DNA f$‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻓﺮﻏﺖ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﺸﻐﻞ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻋﻤﻼﻗﺔ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 900‬ﻣﺠﻠﺪً ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﻮﺳﻮﻋﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣﻦ ‪ 500‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪#‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﺗﻨﺸﺎ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺧﺮ‪ k‬ﻣﺜﻴﺮ‪ :‬ﻓﺠﺰ‪ f$‬ﻟـ ‪ DNA‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﻳﺘﻀﺎﻋﻒ ‪S‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ #$ %‬ﻣﻜﺴﺐ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻨﺸﻮ ﻹﺗﻘﺎ ﻣﻦ‬

‫ﻓﻜﺮ ﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎ ‪ $‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎ ﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪/ .‬ﻟﻚ ﻷ‪ ,‬ﻫﺬ* ﻵﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻳﻮ< ﻣﻦ ﻷﻳﺎ< ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ‪ 9‬ﻟﺠﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪$‬‬
‫?ﻏﻨﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻟﺪ@ ‪ #$‬ﻧﻮ= ﻣﻦ ﻷﻧﻮ=‪? .‬ﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻷ‪ #‬ﻧﻮ= ‪,$‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ?ﻟﻰ ﻧﻮ= ‪H‬ﺧﺮ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻨﻪ؛ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ‪ ,$‬ﻟﺘﻄﻮ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫‪ ,$‬ﻳﻐﻴﺮ ﻧﺠﻢ ﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﻓﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﺳﻤﻜﺔ‪ $ ،‬ﻳﻐﻴﺮ ﻷﺳﻤﺎ‪ %‬ﻓﺘﺼﺒﺢ‬
‫ﺿﻔﺎ‪ $ ،=M‬ﻳﻐﻴﺮ ﻟﻀﻔﺎ‪ =M‬ﻓﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻴﺢ ‪ $‬ﻳﻐﻴﺮ ﻟﺘﻤﺎﺳﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﻃﻴﻮ‪.‬‬
‫‪87‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ‪ $‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﻟﺒﺮﺗﻴﻨﺎ ﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﺔ )ﻷﻧﺰﻳﻤﺎ (‪ ،‬ﻫﺬ ﻷﻧﺰﻳﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺘﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺪ=ﻫﺎ <ﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ‪ 7‬ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ ﻟﻤﺸﻔﺮ‪ $‬ﻓﻲ ﺟﺰ‪ /0‬ﻟـ ‪ .DNA‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻵﺧﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﻟﻀﺮ=‪ 0‬ﻳﺘﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻀﺎﻋﻒ‪.‬ﻫﺬ‬
‫ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ‪ $‬ﻗﺪ ﻧﺸﺄ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻘﺎ‪ /‬ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ <ﻟﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺴﺪ‪ .H‬ﻗﺪ ﻋﺘﺮ‪G‬‬
‫ﻟﺒﺮﻓﺴﻮ= ﻟﻴﺴﻠﻲ =ﺟﻴﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﺗﻄﻮ=‪ 0‬ﻣﺸﻬﻮ= ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺳﺎﻧﺖ ﻳﺎﻏﻮ ﻛﺎﻟﻴﻔﻮ=ﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﻬﺬ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ‪ 7‬ﻣﻮﺿﻮ‪ Y‬ﻧﺸﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻠﺔ ﻟﻌﻠﻮ‪ W‬ﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﺎ‪:1994 W‬‬
‫"ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﺗﻜﻮ ﻟﺒﺮﺗﻴﻨﺎ ﻟﺤﻤﻮ\ ﻵﻣﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻼﻫﻤﺎ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎ ﻣﻌﻘﺪ‪،$‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻧﺸﺄ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻘﺎ‪ /‬ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻟﻤﻜﺎ‪ .‬ﺿﻒ <ﻟﻰ ﻋﺪ‪< W‬ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ ‪ H‬ﻵﺧﺮ ‪ .‬ﻫﻜﺬ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻨﻈﺮ‪ $‬ﻷﻟﻰ ﻳﺠﺪ ﺣﺪﻧﺎ ﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ‬
‫ ﺗﻜﻮ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ‪ $‬ﻗﺪ ﻧﺸﺄ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ‪ 7‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺤﺘﺔ"‪6‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺷﻚ ﻧﻪ <‪ a‬ﻛﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ‪ $‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﺒﺎ` ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺑﺪ ﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ‬
‫"ﺧﻠﻘﺖ" ﺑﻴﺪ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ‪ .‬ﻫﺬ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻠﻐﻲ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ= ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻬﺪ‪ G‬ﺑﺎﻟﺪ=ﺟﺔ ﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫<ﻟﻰ <ﻧﻜﺎ= ﻟﺨﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﺳﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻷﻓﻜﺎ ﻟﺨﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ‬

‫ﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﺣﺾ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ‪=H‬ﻳﻦ ﻫﻲ ﻛﻼ ﻟﻤﻔﻬﻮﻣﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﺿﻌﺘﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻛـ "ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎ ﺗﻄﻮ=ﻳﺔ" ﺛﺒﺖ ﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻤﻠﻚ ‪ 0‬ﻗﻮ‪ $‬ﺗﻄﻮ=ﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻋﺘﻤﺪ ‪=H‬ﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺪﻋﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ= ﻟﺘﻲ ﺧﺮ‪ i‬ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻜﺮ‪" $‬ﻹﺻﻄﻔﺎ‪ /‬ﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻔﻜﺮ‪ $‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ‪" :‬ﺻﻞ ﻷﻧﻮ‪ ، Y‬ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻻﺻﻄﻔﺎ‪ /‬ﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪"...‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮ‪ 7‬ﻗﺎﻧﻮ ﻻﺻﻄﻔﺎ‪ /‬ﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﻛﺔ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ‪ .$‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﺜﺎ‪ ،7‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻬﺎﺟﻢ ﻟﺤﻴﻮﻧﺎ ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺘﻮﺣﺸﺔ ﻗﻄﻴﻌﺎً ﻣﻦ ﻟﻐﺰﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﻟﻐﺰﻻ ﻷﻗﻮ‪ m‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﺾ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫‪88‬‬
‫‪ +‬ﻋﻠﻤﺎ‪ $‬ﻷﺣﻴﺎ‪ $‬ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺼﺎ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ ﻗﺪ ﺧﺬ ﻳﺒﺤﺜﻮ‬ ‫ّ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺿﻮ ﻟﺬﺑﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﻄﻔﺮ‪,‬‬‫ﻋﻦ ﻧﻤﻮ‪ 45‬ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﻟﻠﻄﻔﺮ‪ ,‬ﻷﺣﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﱠ‬
‫ﻷﺣﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺑﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻘﺮ‪+ ،‬ﻻ ﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮ‪,6‬‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻟﺤﺼﻮ‪+ H‬ﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪5‬ﺑﺎ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﻳﺾ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﺗﺎ‪ .C‬ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻴﺴﺎ ﺻﻮ‪ M‬ﻟﺬﺑﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﺎﻛﻬﺔ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ‪5‬ﺑﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﺎﻛﻬﺔ ﺧﺮ‪ P‬ﺗﻌﺮﺿﺖ ﻟﻠﻄﻔﺮ‪ ,‬ﻷﺣﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺧﺮﺟﺖ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻘﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻓﺘﻮﺟﺪ ‪5‬ﺑﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﺎﻛﻬﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺧﺮﺟﺖ‬
‫ﺟﻨﺤﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺸﻮ‪5 R‬ﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﺖ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻔﺮ‪,‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫'ﻛﺒﺮ ﻫﻲ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﻨﺠﻮ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﺪ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻫﻜﺬ ﻳﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﻗﻄﻴﻊ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻷﻗﻮﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺴﺮﻳﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻟﻨﻔﺘﺮ‪' 2‬ﻧﻨﺎ ﺳﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﻬﺬ ﺟﺪﻻً‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻬﺆﻻ ﻷﻗﻮﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻴﻊ ﻟﻐﺰﻻ‪ C' C‬ﻳﺘﻄﻮ‪ B‬ﺑﺄ@ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻷﺷﻜﺎ> ﻟﻴﺼﺒﺤﻮ ﺧﻴﻮﻻً ﻣﺜﻼً؟ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﻻ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﻘﻮ> '‪ C‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﻻ ﻗﻮ ﺗﻄﻮ‪B‬ﻳﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ‪BH .‬ﻳﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻛﺎ‪ C‬ﻗﻠﻘﺎً ﺑﺸﺄ‪ C‬ﻫﺬ‪F‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ 'ﺻﻞ ﻷﻧﻮ‪ N‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎ>‪:‬‬
‫"ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮ‪ C‬ﻻﺻﻄﻔﺎ ﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ '‪ C‬ﻳﺤﻘﻖ ﺷﻴﺌﺎً ﻣﺎﻟﻢ ﺗﺤﺪ‪ R‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‪ Q‬ﻓﺮ‪H‬ﻳﺔ‬
‫‪W‬ﻳﺠﺎﺑﻴﺔ"‪7.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻻﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﻴﻒ ﲢﺪ‪ R‬ﻫﺬ‪" F‬ﻟﺘﻐ‪ QZ‬ﻹ‪Y‬ﺎﺑﻴﺔ"؟ ﺣﺎ> ‪BH‬ﻳﻦ ﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬ ﻟﺴﺆ>‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ> ﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻟﺒﺪﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻮ‪b c d‬ﻟﻚ ﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ .‬ﻓﺤﺴﺐ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻻﻣﺎ‪ ^B‬ﻟﺬ@ ﻋﺎ] ﻗﺒﻞ ‪BH‬ﻳﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺈ‪ C‬ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ‪ Q‬ﳊﻴﺔ ﺗﻮ‪ RB‬ﺻﻔﺎִדﺎ ﻟ‪ h‬ﻛﺘﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺧﻼ> ﺣﻴﺎִדﺎ ‪ fW‬ﻷﺟﻴﺎ> ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬ‪F‬‬
‫ﻟﺼﻔﺎ‪ Q‬ﺗﺘﺮﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻴﻞ ‪k fW‬ﺧﺮ ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻞ 'ﻧﻮ‪ N‬ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ‪ Q‬ﳊﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺤﺴﺐ ﻻﻣﺎ‪،^B‬‬
‫ﻟﺰ‪B‬ﻓﺎ‪ Q‬ﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎ‪ Q‬ﺗﻄﻮ‪ QB‬ﻋﻦ ﻟﻈﺒﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﲡﺎﻫﺪ ﻣﻦ 'ﺟﻞ ﻟﻮﺻﻮ> ‪ fW‬ﻟﺜﻤﺎ‪ B‬ﻟ‪h‬‬
‫ﲢﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻷﺷﺠﺎ‪ B‬ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻄﺎﻟﺖ ‪B‬ﻗﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻴﻞ ‪k fW‬ﺧﺮ ﺣ‪ m‬ﺳﺘﻘﺮ‪ Q‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻄﻮ>‪.‬‬
‫‪89‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻗﺘﻔﺎ ﺛﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﻦ ﻣﺜﺎﻻً ﳑﺎﺛ ً‬
‫ﻼ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎ‪ + ,‬ﻟﺪﺑﺐ ﻏﻄﺴﺖ ﳌﺎ ﺛﻨﺎ ‪#‬ﺜﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻄﻌﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺤﻮﻟﺖ ;‪ :‬ﺣﻴﺘﺎ‪ +‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮ ﻷﺟﻴﺎ‪8.",‬‬
‫;ﻻ ﻧﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻟﺒﺜﺖ ‪ +‬ﻇﻬﺮ‪ A‬ﻗﻮﻧﲔ ﻟﻮﺛﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺎ‪ H‬ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﻟﻘﺮ‪ +‬ﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﺣﺒﻂ ﺳﻄﻮ‪ D‬ﻣﺘﺪ‬
‫ﻟﺼﻔﺎ‪ A‬ﻋ‪ N‬ﻷﺟﻴﺎ‪ .,‬ﻫﻜﺬ ﺳﻘﻂ ﻻﺻﻄﻔﺎ ﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺪﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﺎ‪ A‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻄﻔﺮ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺟﻞ ﻟﻮﺻﻮ‪ :; ,‬ﺣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﻮ‪ +‬ﺑﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ "ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ "D‬ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﺑـ "ﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﳉﺪﻳﺪ‪T "D‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﻨﻴﺎ‪ A‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺮ‪ +‬ﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﺿﺎﻓﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﳉﺪﻳﺪ‪ D‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ "ﻟﻄﻔﺮ‪"A‬ﻫﻲ ﺗﺸﻮﻫﺎ‪ A‬ﺟﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﻄﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﳊﻲ ﲢﺪ‪ Y‬ﺑﻔﻌﻞ ﺗﺄﺛ‪AW‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﺘﻌﺮ‪ :; e‬ﻹﺷﻌﺎﻋﺎ‪ A‬ﺧﻄﺎ ﺗﻀﺎﻋﻒ ﻟـ ‪ ،DNA‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ;‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻄﻔﺮ‪ A‬ﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻟﻨﻤﻮ‪ hi‬ﻟﺬ‪ g‬ﻳﻘﻒ ﻣﺪﻓﻌ‪ f‬ﻟﻴﻮ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ ﻫﻮ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﳉﺪﻳﺪ‪.D‬ﺗﻘﻮ‪,‬‬
‫ﻫﺬ ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﳉﺪﻳﺪ‪ D‬ـﺄ‪ +‬ﳌﻼﻳﲔ ﻣﻦ ﻷﺣﻴﺎ ﳌﺘﻮﺟﺪ‪ D‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻷ‪ e‬ﻗﺪ ﺟﺎ‪ A‬ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻄﻔﺮ‪ A‬ﻃﺮ‪ A‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻷﻋﻀﺎ ﳌﻌﻘﺪ‪n D‬ﺬ ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ‪ A‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻵ‪ +i‬ﻟﻌﻴﻮ‪ +‬ﻟﺮﺋﺎ‪ A‬ﻷﺟﻨﺤﺔ‪،‬‬
‫‪; g‬ﺿﻄﺮﺑﺎ‪ A‬ﺛﻴﺔ‪; .‬ﻻ ‪ +‬ﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺗﺄ‪ s‬ﻋﻜﺲ ﻻﲡﺎ ﳌﻄﻠﻮ‪ .p‬ﻓﺎﻟﻄﻔﺮ‪H A‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻦ ﻳﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻷﻳﺎ ;‪w‬ﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺗﺆ‪ :; g‬ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﻟﻘﺪ‪ D‬ﳊﻴﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﳊﻲ‪; ،‬ﳕﺎ ;‪:‬‬
‫;‪T‬ﺎﻛﻬﺎ ;ﺿﻌﺎﻓﻬﺎ‪..‬‬
‫‪90‬‬
‫ﻟﺴﺒﺐ " ﻫﺬ ﺑﺒﺴﺎﻃﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺟﺰ ‪ DNA‬ﻤﻞ ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻘﺪ ﺟﺪ ﺗﻐﻴ‬
‫ﻋﺸﻮﺋﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺳﻴﺆ‪ 6‬ﺿﺮ" ﻛﺒ ‪ .‬ﻳﺸﺮ‪ 0‬ﻋﺎ‪ .‬ﳉﻴﻨﺎ‪" ,‬ﻧﻐﺎﻧﺎﺗﺎ ﳌﻮﺿﻮ( ﻛﺎﻟﺘﺎ‪:%‬‬
‫"ﻻً‪ ،‬ﻟﻄﻔﺮ‪ ,‬ﳉﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻧﺎ‪ "6‬ﳊﺪ‪ .I‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴ‪ G‬ﻟﻄﻔﺮ‪ ? ,‬ﻣﻌﻈﻤﻬﺎ ﺿﺎ" ﻣﻬﻠﻜﺔ ?‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﻷﺣﻴﺎ ﻷ‪T‬ﺎ ﺗﻐ‪ ,‬ﻋﺸﻮﺋﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐ ﻏ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ‪ ،‬ﻋﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳌﻨﻈﻢ ‪ ? ،‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﺣﻲ "ﻗﻴﻴﺘﻨﺤﺪ" ﺑﻪ _ﻮ ﻷﺳﻮ ﻻ ﺗﺮﺗﻘﻲ ﺑﻪ ]\ ﻷﻓﻀﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﺎ‪Z‬ﺰ ﻷ"ﺿﻴﺔ ﻟ‪ Y‬ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻴﺐ ﺣﺪ ﻷﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﳌﺜﺎ‪ ،e‬ﺳﺘﺘﺴﺒﺐ ? ﺗﻐﻴ ? ﻹﻃﺎ" ﻟﻌﺎ‪Z c‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮ ﲢﺴﻴﻨ‪ ? G‬ﻟﺒﻨﺎ‪9".‬‬
‫‪Z‬ﺬ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻏﺮﻳﺒ‪ G‬ﻏﻴﺎ‪6 j‬ﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻮ‪ 6‬ﻃﻔﺮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﺴﺒﺐ ? ﺗﻐﻴ ﻟﺸﻔﺮ ﻟﻮ"ﺛﻴﺔ‬
‫_ﻮ ﻷﻓﻀﻞ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﻓﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻟﻄﻔﺮ‪ ,‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﺎﻛﺴﺔ ‪ .‬ﺻﺒﺢ ﺿﺤ‪ l] G‬ﻟﻄﻔﺮ ﻟ‪Y‬‬
‫ﻋﺘ‪ ,r‬ﻣﻦ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎ‪ ,‬ﻟﺘﻄﻮ" ﻻ ﲡﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﳊﻲ ]ﻻ ﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻀﻌﻒ ﲡﻌﻠﻪ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ‪.‬‬
‫) ﻣﻦ ﻟﺘﺄﺛﺮ‪ ,‬ﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﻔﺮ ? ﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺮ‪ t‬ﻟﺴﺮﻃﺎ(‪ .‬ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎ‪" ,‬ﻟﺘﻄﻮ""‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟـ "ﻻﺻﻄﻔﺎ ﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ " ﻳﻨﺠﺰ ﺷﻴﺌ‪ G‬ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬ ﻳﻌ} ﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎ‪ ,‬ﺗﻄﻮ" ? ﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻔﺎ ﺟﻮ‪ 6‬ﻫﺬ| ﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎ‪ ,‬ﺗﻨﺘﻔﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻄﻮ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳ‬
‫ﻟﺴﺠﻼ ﻹﺣﺎﺛﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻒ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻮ‬
‫ﺷﻜﺎ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫? ﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ‪6‬ﻟﻴﻞ ?‬
‫‪91‬‬
‫ﺳﺠﻞ ﳌﺴﺘﺤﺎﺛﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺜﺮ ﻻﻋﺎ ﺿﻮﺣ ﺳﻴﻨﺎﻳﻮ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ) ﻛﻞ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﺣﻲ ﻗﺪ ﻧﺸﺄ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ‪ ) * ،‬ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻗﺪ ﲢﻮﻟﺖ ‪ CD‬ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﺧﺮ‪ ،A‬ﻛﻞ ﻷﻧﻮ? ﻧﺸﺄ ֲדﺬ< ﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺈ) ﻫﺬ< ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻻ ﺳﺘﻐﺮﻗﺖ ﻣﻼﻳﲔ ﻟﺴﻨﲔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ RD‬ﻛﺎ) ﻫﺬ ﻻﻓﺘﺮ‪ Q‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﻟﻀﺮ* ﺟﻮ ﻋﺪ ﻛﺒ‪ M‬ﻣﻦ ﻷﻧﻮ? ﳌﺮﺣﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟ‪ Y‬ﻋﺎﺷﺖ ﻓﺘﺮ‪ W‬ﻟﺘﺤﻮ‪ V‬ﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﳌﺜﺎ‪ V‬ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻮ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﻧﺼﻔﻪ ‪U‬ﻜﺔ ﻧﺼﻔﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻠﺤﻔﺎ‪] W‬ﻤﻞ ﺻﻔﺎ ﻟﺴﻠﺤﻔﺎ‪ W‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ‪ CD‬ﺻﻔﺎ ﻷ‪U‬ﺎ^ ﻟ‪] Y‬ﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺻﻼً‪ .‬ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺼﻔﻬﺎ ﻃ‪ M‬ﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﻵﺧﺮ ‪c‬ﺣﻒ‪ * ،‬ﲢﻤﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺻﻔﺎ ﻟﻄﻴﻮ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ‪ CD‬ﺻﻔﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺰﺣﻒ ﻟ‪ Y‬ﲢﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺻﻼً‪ .‬ﲟﺎ ‪i‬ﺎ ﻟﻄﻮ ﳌﺮﺣﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ‪ W‬ﻏ‪ M‬ﻣﺆﻫﻠﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻗﺔ؛ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﻮ) ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬ< ﻷﺷﻜﺎ‪ V‬ﳋﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪D‬ﺳﻢ "ﻷﺷﻜﺎ‪ V‬ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻟﻴﺔ"‬
‫ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎ) ﻫﻨﺎ^ ﺣﻴﻮﻧﺎ ﻛﺘﻠﻚ ﺣﻘ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ) ﻳﻜﻮ) ﻫﻨﺎ^ ﳌﻼﻳﲔ ﺑﻞ ﻟﺒﻼﻳﲔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻨﻮ?‪ .‬ﻷﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ‪R‬ﻟﻚ ‪q‬ﺐ ) ﲢﻤﻞ ﺳﺠﻼ ﳌﺴﺘﺤﺎﺛﺎ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎ ﻫﺬ< ﻷﺣﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻐﺮﻳﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻮ‪ V‬ﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ "ﺻﻞ ﻷﻧﻮ?"‪:‬‬
‫"‪ RD‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﻈﺮﻳ‪ Y‬ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻮ ﻋﺪ‪ t‬ﻛﺒ‪ tM‬ﻣﻦ ﻷﻧﻮ? ﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟ‪Y‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻨﻒ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻓﺌﺔ ﺣﺪ‪ ،W‬ﻫﺬ ﻟﻮﺟﻮ ﺳﺘﺜﺒﺘﻪ ﻟﺴﺠﻼ ﻹﺣﺎﺛﻴﺔ"‪10 .‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ
ﻳﻦ ﺗﺘﺒﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺤﺎﻻ ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﻴﻦ ﻟﺠﺎ‪ W‬ﻓﻲ ‪D‬ﻳﺠﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﺎﺛﺎ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺗﺼﻮﺗﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺟﻮ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎ ﺗﺤﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﻟﻘﺮ) ﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻧﺤﺎ ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪D ،‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻧﻬﻢ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺠﺪ ﻳﺎً ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺛﺒﺘﺖ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﺎ‪ x‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺘﺸﻔﺖ ﺛﻨﺎ ﻟﺤﻔﺮﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺠﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﻋﻜﺲ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً‪ :‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻧﺸﺄ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ‪ W‬ﻓﺠﺄ‪ W‬ﺑﺘﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫‪92‬‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﻻ ﺟﻮ ﻷ
ﺷﻜﻞ ﺗﺤﻮﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬ﻗﺮ ‪1‬ﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ‪ +‬ﻟﺘﻄﻮ(‪ ،‬ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰ
ﻳﺮﻳﻚ ﻏﺮ ‪ Derek Ager‬ﺑﻬﺬ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻗﺎ‪:4‬‬
‫ﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻫﻲ ‪1‬ﻧﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺘﻘﺼﻲ ﻟﺴﺠﻞ ﻹﺣﺎﺛﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ‪ 8‬ﻷﻧﻮ‪7‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻟﺰﻣﻨﻲ ﻟﻤﺮ‪ E‬ﺗﻠﻮ ﻟﻤﺮ‪ ،E‬ﻟﻢ ﻧﺠﺪ ﺗﻄﻮ( ﺗﺪ(ﻳﺠﻲ ‪ 1‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪C ،‬ﻧﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻇﻬﻮ( ﻣﻔﺎﺟﺊ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ‪ I‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺎ‪1 H‬ﺧﺮ‪11.8‬‬
‫ﻫﺬ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ‪ P1‬ﻟﺴﺠﻞ ﻹﺣﺎﺛﻲ ﻳﺒﺮﻫﻦ ‪ P1‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ‪ I‬ﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ﻇﻬﺮ‪ I‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻷ(‪N‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻔﺎﺟﺊ ﺑﺄﺷﻜﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺎﻣﺔ‪
1 P ،‬ﻃﻮ( ﺗﺤﻮﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬ ﻋﻜﺲ ﻹﻋﺎ‪ +‬ﻟﺪ(ﻳﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ‪C‬ﺛﺒﺎ‪ I‬ﻗﻮ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﺨﻠﻖ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻟﻨﺸﻮ‪ +‬ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ‪ I‬ﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺎﺟﺊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻷ(‪ N‬ﺑﺸﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ‪ P‬ﺗﻄﻮ( ﻋﻦ ‪1‬ﺟﺪ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﻴﻦ‪C ،‬ﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ P1‬ﻫﺬ ﻷﻧﻮ‪ 7‬ﻗﺪ ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﺧﻠﻘﺎً‪ .‬ﻳﻘﺮ ﻫﺬ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻷﺣﻴﺎ‪ +‬ﻟﺘﻄﻮ(
ﻏﻼﺋﺲ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻮﺗﻮﻳﻤﺎ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ(‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ‪ I‬ﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ‪1‬ﺻﻞ ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ‪ I‬ﻟﺤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﻣﺎ ‪ P1‬ﺗﻜﻮ‪P‬‬
‫ﻷﻧﻮ‪ 7‬ﻗﺪ ﻇﻬﺮ‪ I‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻷ(‪ N‬ﺑﺘﻜﻮﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ 1 ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮ‪ `C .P‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻬﺬ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ‪1‬ﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻄﻮ(‪ I‬ﻋﻦ ‪1‬ﻧﻮ‪ 7‬ﺟﺪ‪ I‬ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ‪ 4‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎ‪I‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﻮ‪1 .4‬ﻣﺎ ‪ `C‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﺪ ﻇﻬﺮ‪ I‬ﺑﺸﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼﺑﺪ ‪1‬ﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﺧﻠﻘﺎً‪12.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﺎﺛﺎ‪ I‬ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ‪ P1‬ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ‪ I‬ﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ﻧﺸﺄ‪ I‬ﺑﺸﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻷ(‪،N‬‬
‫ﻫﺬ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ‪1" P1‬ﺻﻞ ﻷﻧﻮ‪ "7‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺪﻋﻲ (ﻳﻦ‪C ،‬ﻧﻪ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺗﻄﻮ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺼﺔ ﺗﻄﻮ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ‬

‫ﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮ‪ 7‬ﻟﺬ
ﻳﺤﺎ‪ 4‬ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ( ﻟﻜﻼ ﺑﻪ ﺋﻤﺎً ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﻮ‪1 7‬ﺻﻞ‬
‫‪93‬‬
‫ﻹﻧﺴﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﺪﻋﻲ ﻟﺪ!ﻳﻨﻴﻮ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻄﻮ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺒﺎ ﻟﻘﺮ‪.‬‬
‫!ﺧﻼ‪ 6‬ﻫﺬ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻤﺰﻋﻮﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻔﺘﺮ( ﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﻐﺮﻗﺖ ﻣﻦ ‪ 5-4‬ﻣﻼﻳﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻣﺎً‪ ،‬ﻇﻬﺮ‪" A‬ﺷﻜﺎ‪ 6‬ﺗﺤﻮﻟﻴﺔ" ﺗﻔﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ !ﺟﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺰﻋﻤﻮ‪.‬‬
‫!ﺣﺴﺐ ﻫﺬ ﻟﺼﻮ ﻟﺨﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﺤﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺻﻨﻔﺖ ﻫﺬ ﻷﺷﻜﺎ‪ 6‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﺌﺎ‪:A‬‬
‫‪!-1‬ﺳﺘﺮﻟﻮﺑﻴﺜﻴﻜﻮ‪L‬‬
‫‪-2‬ﻫﻮﻣﻮ ﻫﺎﺑﻴﻠﻴﺲ‪.‬‬
‫‪-3‬ﻫﻮﻣﻮ ﻳﻜﺘﻮ‪L‬‬
‫‪-4‬ﻫﻮﻣﻮ ﺳﺎﺑﻴﻨﺲ‬
‫ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺠﺪ ﻷ!‪ 6‬ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎ " !ﺳﺘﺮﻟﻮﺑﻴﺜﻴﻜﻮ‪! "L‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ "ﻗﺮ ﺟﻨﻮ‪R‬‬
‫‪Y‬ﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ"‪!.‬ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻫﻮ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮ‪ Z‬ﻟﻴﺲ ‪Y‬ﻻ ﻧﻮﻋﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺮ! ﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﻘﺮﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺒﺘﺖ ﻷﺑﺤﺎ^ ﻟﻮﺳﻌﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺟﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﺢ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﻮ ﺳﻮﻟﻲ [!ﻛﺮﻣﺎ !ﻟﺒﺮ!ﻓﺴﻮ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺎﻟﺰ !ﻛﺴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ‪Y‬ﻧﻜﻠﺘﺮ !ﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎ‪ A‬ﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﺎﺛﺎ‪! A‬ﺳﺘﺮﻟﻮﺑﻴﺜﻴﻜﻮ‪L‬‬
‫ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﺎﺛﺎ‪ A‬ﺗﻌﻮ ‪Y‬ﻟﻰ ﻧﻮ ﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺮ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﻘﺮﺿﺖ !ﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ‬
‫‪ b‬ﺷﺒﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ‪13.‬‬
‫!ﻟﻔﺌﺔ ﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺼﻨﻔﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﻮ ﻫﻲ "ﻫﻮﻣﻮ" !ﺗﻌﻨﻲ "ﻹﻧﺴﺎ" !ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻄﻮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﺳﻼﻟﺔ ﻟﻬﻮﻣﻮ ﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻄﻮً ﻣﻦ ﺳﻼﻟﺔ !ﺳﺘﺮﻟﻮﺑﻴﺜﻴﻜﻮ‪! .L‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﺧﺘﺮ ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺔ ﻣﺜﻴﺮ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﻢ ﻟﻬﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﺎﺛﺎ‪ A‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎ‪!! A‬ﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‪Y .‬ﻻ ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﺨﻄﺔ ﺧﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ !ﺟﻮ ‪ b‬ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻔﺌﺎ‪ A‬ﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻮ‪6‬‬
‫ﺣﺪ ﻫﻢ ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻘﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ ‪Y‬ﻳﺮﻧﺴﺖ ﻣﺎﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ "ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇﺮ‪ A‬ﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻷﺣﺠﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺎﻳﺨﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺻﻞ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ ! ﺻﻞ ﻟﻬﻮﻣﻮ ﺳﺎﺑﻴﻨﺲ ﺣﺠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻌﺒﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﻌﺎ( ﻣﻊ ﻻﻛﺘﺸﺎﻓﺎ‪ A‬ﻷﺧﻴﺮ‪14".‬‬
‫!ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ‪ 6‬ﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ !ﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﻮ ﻓﺈ ﻟﻔﺌﺎ‪ A‬ﻷﺑﻊ‪! :‬ﺳﺘﺮﻟﻮﺑﻴﺜﻴﻜﻮ‪،L‬‬
‫‪94‬‬
‫ﻫﻮﻣﻮ ﻫﺎﺑﻴﻠﻴﺲ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮﻣﻮ "ﻳﻜﺘﻮ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮﻣﻮ ﺳﺎﺑﻴﻨﻴﺲ ﻧﺎﺷﺌﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ
ﻟﺒﻌﺾ‪ .‬ﻻ ‬
‫
ﻻﻛﺘﺸﺎﻓﺎ*
ﻷﺧﻴﺮ‪
3‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﻇﻬﺮ* ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ‪
/‬ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﺎﺛﺎ*
ﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺛﺒﺘﺖ ‬
‫ﻫﺬ>
ﻟﻔﺌﺎ*
ﻷ"ﺑﻌﺄ;ﺳﺘﺮ
ﻟﻮﺑﻴﺜﻴﻜﻮ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮﻣﻮ ﻫﺎﺑﻴﻠﻴﺲ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮﻣﻮ "ﻳﻜﺘﻮ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮﻣﻮ ﺳﺎﺑﻴﻨﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻋﺎﺷﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻘﺎ‪ D‬ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ
ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ;ﻓﻲ ‪A‬ﻣﻦ ;
ﺣﺪ‪15.‬‬
‫ﻋﻼ;‪ 3‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬ
‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ
ﻷﺟﺰ
‪
/‬ﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ
ﻟﺘﻲ ﺻﻨﻔﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺌﺔ "ﻫﻮﻣﻮ "ﻳﻜﺘﻮ" ﻟﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻘﺮ‪ O‬ﺣﺘﻰ ;ﻗﺖ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﺟﺪ
ً‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ
ﻟﻨﻴﺎﻧﺪ"ﺗﺎﻟﻴﻴﻦ ;
ﻟﻬﻮﻣﻮﺳﺎﺑﻴﻨﻴﺲ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻌﺎﻳﺸﻮ
ﻓﻲ ‪A‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫;
ﺣﺪ ;ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ;
ﺣﺪ‪16.3‬‬
‫ﻫﺬ

ﻻﻛﺘﺸﺎ‪ S‬ﻳﺪﺣﺾ
ﻻ‪R‬ﻋﺎ‪ /‬ﺑﺄ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻳﻜﻮ ﺟﺪ
ً ﻟﻶﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﻳﻔﺴﺮ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ
ﻷﺣﻴﺎ‪
/‬ﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﺳﺘﻴﻔﻦ ﺟﺎ‪ X‬ﻏﻮﻟﺪ ‪ Stephen Jay Gould‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻫﺎ"ﻓﺎ"‪R‬‬
‫
ﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ
ﻟﻤﺴﺪ;‪
3R‬ﻟﺘﻲ ;ﺻﻠﺖ ﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ
ﻟﺘﻄﻮ"‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺗﻄﻮ"‪:X‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ^
ﺳﻴﻜﻮ ﻣﺼﻴﺮ ﻓﻜﺮﺗﻨﺎ ^
ﻛﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ] ﺗﺰ
ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻴﺸﻲ ﻟﺜﻼ\ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺌﺎ*
ﻟﻬﻮﻣﻮ‬
‫)
ﻹﻓﺮﻳﻘﻲ ;
ﻷ;ﺳﺘﺮ
ﻟﻮﺑﻴﺜﻴﻜﻮ
ﻟﻘﻮ‪
; X‬ﻟﻬﻮﻣﻮ ﻫﺎﺑﻴﻠﻴﺲ( ;ﺛﺒﺖ ﺣﺪ
ً ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﺸﺄ‬
‫ﻋﻦ
ﻵﺧﺮ؟ ﺿﻒ ﻟﻰ ﺣﺪ
ﻣﻦ ﻫﺆﻻ‪ /‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪ X‬ﺗﺤﻮ‪ f‬ﺗﻄﻮ"‪ X‬ﺧﻼ‪ f‬ﻓﺘﺮ‪3‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ
ﻷ"‪17.O‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻮ‪ f‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎ"‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻨﺎ"ﻳﻮ
ﻟﺘﻄﻮ"
ﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪
X‬ﻟﺬ‪ X‬ﻳﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ;ﺟﻮ‪ R‬ﻣﺨﻠﻮ‪ r‬ﻧﺼﻔﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺎ ;ﻧﺼﻔﻪ ﻗﺮ‪
; R‬ﻟﺬ‪ X‬ﻗﺎ‪ v‬ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
‪
v‬ﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ
ﻟﺼﻮ"
ﻟﺨﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ
ﻟﺘﻲ ﻇﻬﺮ* ﻓﻲ‬
‫
ﻟﻜﺘﺐ
ﻟﺪﻋﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ
ﻟﺘﻄﻮ"‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻻ ﻗﺼﺔ ﻻ ﺳﺎ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ
ﻟﺼﺤﺔ
ﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫;ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻮ
ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺳﻮﻟﻲ ‪;A‬ﻛﺮﻣﺎ‪
،‬ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﻬﺮ‪ 3‬ﻓﻲ
ﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ
ﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪ‪ ،3‬ﻋﺎﻟﻤﺎً‬
‫ﺗﻄﻮ"ﻳﺎً‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻧﻪ
ﻋﺘﺮ‪ S‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺤﺎﺛﻪ‪
،‬ﻟﺘﻲ
ﺳﺘﻐﺮﻗﺖ ﻋﺪ‪ 3‬ﺳﻨﻮ
* ;
ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺎ;ﻟﺖ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺧﺎ} ﻣﺴﺘﺤﺎﺛﺎ* ;ﺳﺘﺮ
ﻟﻮﺑﻴﺜﻴﻜﻮ ﻟﻤﺪ‪ 15 3‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎً‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺷﺠﺮ‪ 3‬ﺑﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺗﺘﻔﺮ‪D‬‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎ* ﺷﺒﻴﻬﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ;‪.R‬‬
‫ﺻﻨﻒ ‪;A‬ﻛﺮﻣﺎ
ﻟﻌﻠﻮ‪ v‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﻃﻴﻒ ﺳﻤﺎ> "ﻃﻴﻒ
ﻟﻌﻠﻮ‪ "v‬ﻳﺘﺪ"~ ﻣﻦ
ﻟﻌﻠﻮ‪
v‬ﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫‪95‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﻫﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪
.‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﻃﻴﻒ
ﻛﺮﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ‬
‫‪1‬ﻛﺜﺮ ﻟﻌﻠﻮ "ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺔ" – ‪ 01‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎ(
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ( ﻣﻠﻤﻮﺳﺔ‪ -‬ﻫﻲ ﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎ‪$‬‬
‫
ﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎ‪ ،$‬ﺗﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻟﺒﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ
ﻓﻲ ﻟﺪ<ﺟﺔ ﻷﺧﻴﺮ‪ 8‬ﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪
.‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻄﻴﻒ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻟﻌﻠﻮ "ﻏﻴﺮ ﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ"
ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺤﺘﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ "ﻹ‪ A<B‬ﻟﺤﺴﻲ ﻟﻤﻔﺮ?" –
ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﻟﺤﺎﺳﺔ ﻟﺴﺎ‪B‬ﺳﺔ
ﻟﺘﻴﻠﻴﺒﺎﺛﻲ )ﻟﺘﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ( –
ﻳﻠﻴﻬﺎ "ﻟﺘﻄﻮ< ﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪."0‬‬
‫
ﻳﺸﺮ‪ Q‬ﻟﻨﺎ
ﻛﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻫﺬ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﺤﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ‪ ًYU‬ﻧﺘﺤﻮ‪ X‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﻴﺎً ‪U‬ﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﻤﺠﺎﻻ( ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺸﻐﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻢ ﻷﺣﻴﺎ‪ $‬ﻻﻓﺘﺮﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻹ‪ A<B‬ﻟﺤﺴﻲ ﻟﻤﻔﺮ?‪
1 ،‬ﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻟﺘﺎ<ﻳﺨﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺤﺎﺛﺎ(‬
‫ﻹﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪
،‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺒﺪ
ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ‪ $‬ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﻮ<‪ ،0‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ<‪0‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪً ﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻷﻣﻮ< ﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻗﻀﺔ ﻓﻲ
ﻗﺖ
ﺣﺪ‪18.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻧﺤﺪ<( ﻗﺼﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ< ﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪ 0‬ﻟﺘﺼﻞ ‪U‬ﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ‪ c‬ﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ( ﻟﻤﺘﺤﻴﺰ‪ 8‬ﻟﺒﻌﺾ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﺎﺛﺎ( ﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﺨﺮﺟﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻷﺷﺨﺎ‪ f‬ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﻠﻘﻮ ﺑﻬﺬ‪ e‬ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫‪1‬ﻋﻤﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪U‬ﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺎ
ﻟﻨﺎ‪U e‬ﻟﻰ ﻵ ﻣﻦ ‪B1‬ﻟﺔ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮ‪ 1 B‬ﻧﻮﺟﺰ ـ ‪ U‬ﺷﺌﺘﻢ‬
‫ـ
ﺑﻤﺜﺎ‪
X‬ﺿﺢ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﻸﻃﻔﺎ‪ 1 X‬ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻮ‪ ، e‬ﻛﻴﻒ ‪ 1‬ﻟﺘﻄﻮ<ﻳﻴﻦ ‪
1‬ﻟﻮ‬
‫ﻋﻘﻴﺪ‪ 8‬ﺧﺮﻓﺎ‪ $‬ﻓﺎﺳﺪ‪. 8‬‬
‫ﺗﺰﻋﻢ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ< ‪ 1‬ﻟﺤﻴﺎ‪ 8‬ﺗﺸﻜﻠﺖ ﻣﺤﺾ ﺻﺪﻓﺔ؛
ﻋﻠﻴﻪ
ﻃﺒﻘﺎً ﻟﻬﺬ ﻟﺰﻋﻢ ﻓﺈ‬
‫ﻟﺬ<( ﻟﺠﺎﻣﺪ‪
8‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻟﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺟﺘﻤﻌﺖ
ﺷﻜﻠﺖ ‪
1‬ﻻً ﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺟﺎ‪ ($‬ﻟﺬ<( ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪
1‬ﺑﺄﺧﺮ‪ c‬ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ( ﻟﺤﻴﺔ
ﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪
.‬ﻟﻨﻔﻜﺮ ﻵ‪U :‬ﻧﻨﺎ ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻧﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮ
ﻟﻔﺴﻔﻮ<
ﻷ
(
ﻟﺒﻮﺗﺎﺳﻴﻮ
ﻫﻲ ﻟﻤﻔﺮ‪ (B‬ﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻴﺎ‬
‫‪96‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺗﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﻮﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﺮ ﻛﻮﻣﺔ ﻟﺬ ﻫﺬ ﺑﺄ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ‪ 68‬ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﺣﻴﺎ ﺣ ًﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﻨﺠﺮ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ ﻟﺼﺪ‪ ,- /‬ﻣﺎ ﺷﺌﺘﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻨﺘﻨﺎ'‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺼﺎ‪ ،A‬ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻨﻮ‪" 6‬ﻟﻤﻌﺎ‪/‬ﻟﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ"‪ ،‬ﻟﺰﻋﻢ ﻟﺬ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺎﻓﺤﻮ‪ 6‬ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻷﺻﻞ‪- ،‬ﻻ ‪8‬ﻧﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮ‪ 68 6‬ﻳﺠﻬﺮ ﺑﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻴﻀﻊ ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﻮ‪ 6‬ﻛﻤﻴﺎ ﻓﻴﺮ‪ L‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﻔﺴﻔﻮ ﻷ‪ I‬ﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮ‪6‬‬
‫ﻷﻛﺴﺠﻴﻦ ﻟﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻤﺎﻏﻨﺴﻴﻮ‪ O‬ﻫﻲ ﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﻟﺤﻲ‪،‬‬
‫‪/‬ﺧﻞ ‪8‬ﻋﺪ‪ /‬ﻫﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺒﺮﻣﻴﻞ ﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻴﻀﻴﻔﻮ ﺣﺘﻰ ‪-‬ﻟﻰ ﻫﺬ ﻟﺒﺮﻣﻴﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮ‪8 6‬ﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻀﺮ ﺟﻮ‪/ /‬ﺧﻞ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮ‪ /‬ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻈﺮ‪ T‬ﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻴﻔﻌﻤﻮ‬
‫ﻫﺬ ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺞ ﺑﻘﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﺎ‪ 6Y‬ﻣﻦ ﻷﺣﻤﺎ‪ X‬ﻷﻣﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﺮﺗﻴﻦ )ﺣﺘﻤﺎ' ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺪ‪L‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺪ‪ L‬ﻣﻨﻪ ﺗﺼﺎ‪/‬ﻓﻴﺎً ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ 10‬ﻗﻮ‪ .( 950 L‬ﻟﻴﻤ ّﺪ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺮ‪ L‬ﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺮﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺨﻔﻘﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺎ‪ Y‬ﻣﻦ ﻷﺟﻬﺰ‪ L‬ﻟﻤﺘﻄﻮ‪ ،L‬ﻟﻴﻘﻴّﻀﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪ c8‬ﻫﺬ ﻟﺒﺮﻣﻴﻞ ﺻﻔﻮ‪ L‬ﻋﻠﻤﺎ‪ A‬ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﻫﺆﻻ‪ A‬ﻟﺨﺒﺮ‪ A‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﻫﺬ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﻠﻴﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺗﺮﻳﻠﻴﻮﻧﺎ ﻟﺴﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎ‪ d‬ﻣﻦ ﻷ‪- d‬ﻟﻰ ﻻﺑﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﻴﻞ ‪-‬ﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ ﻟﺤﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪ 68‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ‪ 6‬ﻓﻲ ﺿﺮ‪ L‬ﺟﻮ‪/‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻟﻈﺮ‪ T‬ﻣﻦ ‪8‬ﺟﻞ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﻟﺤﻲ‪- .‬ﻧّﻬﻢ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻌﻠﻮ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻊ‬
‫‪ 68‬ﻳُﺨﺮﺟﻮ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﺣﻴّﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﺒﺮﻣﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﺄﺗﻰ ﻟﻬﻢ ‪ 68‬ﻳﺄﺗﻮ ﺑﻮﺣﺪ‪ L‬ﻣﻦ ﻟ ّﺰﻓﺎ ‪8‬‬
‫ﻷﺳﻮ‪ 8 /‬ﻟﻨﺤﻞ ‪ 8‬ﻋﺼﺎﻓﻴﺮ ﻟﻜﻨﺎﻳﺎ ‪ 8‬ﻟﺒﻼﺑﻞ ‪ 8‬ﻟﺒﺒﻐﺎ ‪ 8‬ﻟﺨﻴﻞ ‪ 8‬ﺣﻴﺘﺎ‪ 6‬ﻳﻮﻧﺲ‬
‫‪ 8‬ﻟﻮ‪I 8 /‬ﻫﻮ ﻷﻛﻴﺪ ‪ 8‬ﻟﺰﻧﺎﺑﻖ ‪I 8‬ﻫﻮ ﻟﻘﺮﻧﻔﻞ ‪ 8‬ﻟﻤﻮ‪ 8 I‬ﻟﺒﺮﺗﻘﺎ' ‪ 8‬ﻟﺘﻤﺮ‬
‫‪ 8‬ﻟﻄﻤﺎﻃﻢ ‪ 8‬ﻟﺸﻤﺎ‪ 8 O‬ﻟﺒﻄﻴﺦ ‪ 8‬ﻟﺘﻴﻦ ‪ 8‬ﻟﺰﻳﺘﻮ‪ 8 6‬ﻟﻌﻨﺐ ‪ 8‬ﻟﺨﻮ‪ 8 l‬ﻟﻄﻮﻳﺲ‬
‫‪ 8‬ﻃﻴﻮ ﻟ ﱡﺪ‪ 8 p‬ﻟﻔﺮﺷﺎ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻷﻟﻮ‪ 6‬ﻣﻼﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻷﻧﻮ‪ o‬ﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺆﻻ‪.A‬‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻮﺳﻌﻬﻢ ‪ 68‬ﻳﺄﺗﻮ ﻟﻮ ﺑﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ‪8‬ﺣﺼﻴﻨﺎ ﻋﺪ‪ ً/‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺑﻮﺣﺪ‪ L‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﺨﻠﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺒﻐﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﻮ ‪ 68‬ﻟﺬ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻟﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻮﺳﻌﻬﺎ ‪ 68‬ﺗﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻓﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫‪97‬‬
‫ﻗﺮ ﺟﺪﻳ ًﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﻘﺴﻢ ﻟﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻧﺼﻔﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﺘﺨﺬ ﻗﺮ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺔ‪& ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ "! ﺗﺘﺨﺬ ً‬
‫"ﺧﺮ‪ 6‬ﺗﺒﺎ ًﻋﺎ ﻓﺘﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻜﻴﺎ! ﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎ‪ 3‬ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺧﺘﺮﻋﻮ ﻟﻤﺠﻬﺮ ﻹﻟﻴﻜﺘﺮ&ﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﻦ ﻳﺮﻗﺒﻮ! ﺑﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺨﻠﻴﺔ ‪D‬ﺗﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻟﻤﺠﻬﺮ‪ !ّ A .‬ﻟﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺪ? ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ= ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻟﻤﻌﺠﺰ ﷲ‬
‫ﻋﺰ &ﺟﻞ‪" .‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺰﻋﻢ ﻋﻜﺲ ﻫﺬ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺳﻔﺴﻄﺔ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻓﻰ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻌﻘﻞ‬
‫&ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻖ‪A !A& .‬ﻋﻤﺎ‪ M‬ﻟﻔﻜﺮ &ﻟﻮ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺰﻋﻢ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻃﺮﺣﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﻮ!‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﺠﻼ‪3‬‬
‫ﻫﺬ‪ N‬ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻨﻤﻮ‪ PD‬ﻟﻮ‪" O‬ﻋﻼ‪.N‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﻷ‬

‫"ﻣﺎ ﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮ‪ W‬ﻵﺧﺮ ﻟﺬ‪ U‬ﻟﻢ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ "! ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺟﺎ‪ ،RS‬ﻓﻬﻮ‬
‫ﺟﻮ‪ =O‬ﻹ‪ [O‬ﻟﻔﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ‪ =O‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻌﻴﻦ &ﻷ‪.!D‬‬
‫&ﻗﺒﻞ ﻟﻮﻟﻮ‪A P‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮ‪ W‬ﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮ‪ !" O‬ﻧﺠﻴﺐ ﺑﺈﻳﺠﺎ‪ S‬ﻋﻦ ﺳﺆ‪ M‬ﻫﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﺒﺼﺮ ﻟﻌﻴﻦ ؟‬
‫‪ !A‬ﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﺒﻌﺜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﻘﻂ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻜﺴﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﻴﻦ‪& ،‬ﺗﻘﻮ‪R‬‬
‫ﻟﺨﻼﻳﺎ ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ‪ =O‬ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻫﺬ‪ N‬ﻷﺷﻌﺔ ‪A‬ﻟﻰ ‪A‬ﺷﺎ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺼﻞ ‪A‬ﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻹﺑﺼﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﻮ‪ =O‬ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺰ‪ 3‬ﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺦ‪& .‬ﻫﺬ‪ N‬ﻹﺷﺎ ﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﻛﺼﻮ= ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺦ‪& .‬ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻫﺬ‪ N‬ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ ﻓﻠﻨﻔﻜﺮ‪:‬‬
‫‪O‬ﻣﺴﺎ‪& ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﺄﺗﻰ ﻟﻠﻀﻮ‪3‬‬
‫‪ !A‬ﻟﻤﺦ ﻣﺤﺠﻮ? ﻋﻦ ﻟﻀﻮ‪ ،3‬ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ "! ‪O‬ﺧﻞ ﻟﻤﺦ ﻇﻼ ًﻣﺎ ً‬
‫"! ﻳﻨﻔﺬ ‪A‬ﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻟﻤﺦ‪& .‬ﻟﻤﻮﺿﻊ ﻟﺬ‪ U‬ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻹﺑﺼﺎ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺣﺎﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻟﻈﻠﻤﺔ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻀﻮ‪ 3‬ﺑﺒﺎﻟﻐﻪ "ﺻﻼ‪& ،‬ﻟﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﻈﻠﻢ ﺑﺪﺟﺔ ﻟﻢ ﻧﺼﺎ‪O‬ﻓﻬﺎ ﻗﻂ‪A .‬ﻻ "ﻧﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪N‬‬
‫ﻟﻈﻠﻤﺔ ﻟﺤﺎﻟﻜﺔ ﺗﺸﺎﻫﺪ&! ﻋﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﻣﻀﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﻫﺠﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪O‬ﺟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻨﻘﺎ‪& 3‬ﻟﺠﻮ‪ =O‬ﺗﻌﺠﺰ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻘﺮ! ﻟﺤﺎ‪UO‬‬
‫ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ً‬
‫&ﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ ـ ﻏﻢ ﻛﻞ ﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎ ـ "! ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻤﺜﻠﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻧﻈﺮ& ﻣﺜﻼ ‪A‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻜﺘﺎ? ﻟﺬ‪U‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ "ﻳﺪﻳﻜﻢ ﻵ!‪& ،‬ﻧﻈﺮ& ‪A‬ﻟﻰ "ﻳﺪﻳﻜﻢ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺴﻚ ﻟﻜﺘﺎ?‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻓﻌﻮ "ﺳﻜﻢ &ﻧﻈﺮ&‬
‫‪98‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﺑﻬﺬ ﻟﻨﻘﺎ ﻟﺠﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺧﺮ؟ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻛﺜﺮ ﺟﻬﺰ‬ ‫ﺣﻮﻟﻜﻢ‪) .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ً‬
‫ﺗﻄﻮ) ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺘﺠﻬﺎ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺟﻬﺰ ﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎ‪ 8‬ﻷﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ‪ 2‬ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎ‪ً 8‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﻨﺤﻜﻢ ﺻﻮ) ﺑﻬﺬ ﻟﻘﺪ) ﻣﻦ ﻟﻨﻘﺎ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﺬ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﻋﺎ‪ C‬ﻻ‪ B‬ﻟﻤﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﻦ ﻳﺴﻌﻮ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮ=‬
‫ﻟﻰ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻨﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﺗُﺸﻴﱠﺪ ﻟﻤﺼﺎﻧﻊ ﻟﻤﺆﺳﺴﺎ‪ J‬ﻟﻌﻤﻼﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗُﺠﺮ‪ 2‬ﻷﺑﺤﺎ‪ ،F‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻟﺨﻄﻂ ﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﺎ‪ .J‬ﻟﺘﻨﻈﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎ‪ ،8‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ‪R‬ﺗﻬﺎ ﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻜﺘﺎ‪ W‬ﻟﺬ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺪﻳﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻮ‪ B‬ﺗﺮ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ V‬ﻓﺮﻗﺎً ﺷﺎﺳﻌﺎً ﻓﻲ ﻟﻨﻘﺎ ﻟﺠﻮ‪ .‬ﻓﻀﻼ‬
‫ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎ‪ 8‬ﺗﺒﺪ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺻﻮ) ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻷﺑﻌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻧﻜﻢ ﺗﺘﺎﺑﻌﻮ ﻣﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻷﺑﻌﺎ ‪ JR‬ﻋﻤﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺬ ﺳﻨﻮ‪ J‬ﻃﻮ= ﻳﺴﻌﻰ ﻋﺸﺮ‪ J‬ﻵﻻ‪ B‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﺷﺎﺷﺎ‪ J‬ﺟﻬﺎ‪8‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻔﺎ‪ 8‬ﺗﻌﻄﻲ ﺻﻮ) ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﻷﺑﻌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﺻﻮ= ﻟﻰ ﺟﻮ )]ﻳﺔ ﻟﻌﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻧﻌﻢ ﻟﻘﺪ ﻣﻜﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻧﻈﺎ‪ C‬ﺗﻠﻔﺎ‪ 8‬ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﻷﺑﻌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻲ ﻹﻣﻜﺎ )]ﻳﺘﻪ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﻷﺑﻌﺎ )ﺗﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻨﻈﺎ)‪ .‬ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬ‪ c‬ﻷﺑﻌﺎ ﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺻﻄﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﻈﻞ ﻋﻜﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻟﺠﻬﺔ‬
‫ﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻓﺘﺒﺪ ﻛﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺻﻮ) ﻣﻦ )‪ .d‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻮ ﻧﻘﺎ ﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫ﻟﺬ ﺗﺮ‪ c‬ﻟﻌﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻳﺤﺪ‪ F‬ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﺗﻀﻴﻊ ﻟﺼﻮ) ﻓﻲ ﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎ‪.8‬‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ)ﻳﻮ ﻳﺰﻋﻤﻮ ﻟﻴﺔ ﻹﺑﺼﺎ) ﻓﻲ ﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﻟﺬ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺴﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻮ ﻟﻨﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﺸﻜﻠﺖ ﺑﻤﺤﺾ ﻟﻤﺼﺎﻓﺔ ‪ .‬ﻵ ‪ R‬ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎ= ﺣﺪ ﻟﻜﻢ ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎ‪ 8‬ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺠﺮﺗﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻣﺼﺎﻓﺎ‪ ،J‬ﻟﺬ)‪ J‬ﺗﺠﻤﻌﺖ‬
‫ﺟﺎ‪ J‬ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎ‪ 8‬ﻟﺬ ﻳﺸﻜﻞ ﻫﺬ‪ c‬ﻟﺼﻮ)‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ‪ R‬ﺗﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ؟! ﻛﻴﻒ ﻟﺬ)‪ J‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ ﺗﺼﻨﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﺄ‪ J‬ﻵﻻ‪ B‬ﻷﺷﺨﺎ‪ j‬ﻣﺠﺘﻤﻌﻴﻦ ﻳﺼﻨﻌﻮ‪ c‬؟!‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻫﻮ ﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺪﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺗﺮ‪ c‬ﻟﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮ ﻧﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺼﺎﻓﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ ّ ﻵﻟﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ً‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺿﺢ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﻟﺬ ﺗﺮ‪ c‬ﺑﺪ)ﻫﻤﺎ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﺸﻜﻼ ﻣﺤﺾ ﻣﺼﺎﻓﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﺎ= ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻸ‪ . R‬ﻓﺎﻷ‪ R‬ﻟﺨﺎ)ﺟﻴﺔ ﺗﺠﻤﻊ ﻷﺻﻮ‪ J‬ﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ ﺑﻮﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻮ ﻷ‪ ، R‬ﺗﻘﻮ‪ C‬ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻰ ﻷ‪ R‬ﻟﻮﺳﻄﻰ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻘﻮ‪ C‬ﻫﻲ ﻷﺧﺮ‪ 2‬ﺑﺘﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﺬﺑﺬﺑﺎ‪J‬‬
‫ﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻰ ﻷ‪ R‬ﻟﺪﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻘﻮ‪ C‬ﺑﺪ)ﻫﺎ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻫﺬ‪ c‬ﻟﺬﺑﺬﺑﺎ‪ J‬ﻟﻰ ﺷﺎ)‪J‬‬
‫‪99‬‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪" ،‬ﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ "ﻟﻰ
ﻟﻤﺦ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ
ﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﻳﻀﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ
ﻟﺸﺄ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ
ﻹﺑﺼﺎ ﺗﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ
ﻟﺴﻤﻊ
ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ' ﻓﻲ
ﻟﻤﺦ‪.‬‬
‫
ﻟﻮﺿﻊ
ﻟﺬ‪ 7‬ﻓﻲ
ﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﻳﺴﺮ‪ 7‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﻷ‪ .5‬ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ
ﻟﻤﺦ ﻣﺤﺠﻮ‪ -‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻋﻦ
ﻟﺼﻮ‪ A‬ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺤﺠﻮ‪ -‬ﻋﻦ
ﻟﻀﻮ‪ ،B‬ﻓﺎﻟﺼﻮ‪ A‬ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﺬ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ‬
‫ﺷﺪ‪
K‬ﻟﻀﺠﻴﺞ ﺧﺎ‪
I‬ﻟﻤﺦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ '
ﺧﻠﻪ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺗﻤﺎ‪
G‬ﻟﺴﻜﻮ‪ .‬ﻏﻢ ﻫﺬ
ﻓﺈ ﻧﻘﻰ‬
‫
ﻷﺻﻮ
‪ A‬ﺗُﻠﺘﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ
ﻟﻤﺦ‪ .‬ﻟﻮ ﻧﻜﻢ ﺗﺴﻤﻌﻮ ﺳﻴﻤﻔﻮﻧﻴﺎ‪ A‬ﻛﺴﺘﺮ
ﻓﻲ ﻣﺨﻜﻢ
ﻟﺬ‪ 7‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻨﻔِﺬ "ﻟﻴﻪ
ﻟﺼﻮ‪ ،A‬ﻓﺈﻧﻜﻢ ﺗﺸﻌﺮ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺻﺨﺐ ﺣﺪ
ﻷﺳﺎ‪
U‬ﻟﻤﺰ'ﺣﻤﺔ‪
5" .‬ﻣﺎ ﻗﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮ]
ﻟﺼﻮ‪
A‬ﻟﺬ‪ 7‬ﺑﺪ
ﺧﻞ
ﻟﻤﺦ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪ
‪ G‬ﺟﻬﺎ\ ﺣﺴﺎ[ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ
ﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻀﺢ‬
‫ﻧﻪ ﻳُﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ
ﻟﺴﻜﻮ
ﻟﺘﺎ‪.G‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﺎ
ﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺖ
ﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻼ ﻓﻲ
ﻟﺤﺼﻮ‪ a‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮ‪ K‬ﻧﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ
ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﻮ
ﺻﻞ ﻣﻨﺬ ﻋﺸﺮ
‪
A‬ﻟﺴﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﻠﺼﻮ‪ .A‬ﺗُﻌﺪ ﺟﻬﺰ‪ K‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫
ﻟﺼﻮ‪ A‬ﺷﺮﻃﺔ
ﻟﻜﺎﺳﻴﺖ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ
ﻷﺟﻬﺰ‪
K‬ﻹﻟﻴﻜﺘﺮﻧﻴﺔ‪
،‬ﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ
ﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ
ﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻠﺘﻘﻂ
ﻟﺼﻮ‪ ،A‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﺛﻤﺎ ﻫﺬ‪
f‬ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﻲ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ
ﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎ‪e ،A‬ﻻ‪d‬‬
‫
ﻟﻤﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﻦ
ﻟﺨﺒﺮ
‪
B‬ﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ﺑﺤﻘﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﺄ‪
A‬ﻟﻮﺻﻮ‪" a‬ﻟﻰ ﺻﻮ‪ A‬ﺑﻨﻘﺎ‪ B‬ﺟﻮ'‪
K‬ﻟﺼﻮ‪A‬‬
‫
ﻟﺬ‪ 7‬ﺗﻠﺘﻘﻄﻪ
ﻷ‪ .5‬ﺗﺄﻣﻠﻮ
ﺟﻮ' ﺷﺮﻃﺔ
ﻟﻜﺎﺳﻴﺖ
ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺘﺠﻬﺎ ﻛﺒﺮ] ﺷﺮﻛﺎ‪
A‬ﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ‬
‫
ﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﺠﻞ
ﻟﺼﻮ‪ ،A‬ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﻳﻀﻴﻊ ﺷﻄﺮ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺤﺪ‪ j‬ﺗﺸﻮ‪ i‬ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﻟﻮ‬
‫ﺻﺮﻳﺮ
‬
‫ﻗﻠﻴﻼ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻣﻮ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ
ﻟﻜﺎﺳﻴﺖ ﻓﺈﻧﻜﻢ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺗﺴﻤﻌﻮ
ﻟﻪ ً‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺒﺪ
ﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ
ﻷﺻﻮ
‪
A‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺘﺎ‪
I‬ﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ'‪ K‬ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺴﻢ‬
‫
ﻹﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﺘﺴﻢ ﺑﺄﻗﺼﻰ 'ﺟﺎ‪
A‬ﻟﻨﻘﺎ‪ ،B‬ﻻ ﺗﺸﻮﺑﻬﺎ ﺷﺎﺋﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻠﺘﻘﻂ ‪" 5‬ﻧﺴﺎ ﺑ ًﺪ
‬
‫
ﻟﺼﻮ‪ A‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺮﻳﺮ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﺶ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ
ﻟﺼﻮ‪ A‬ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻠﺘﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﻘﻲ‪ .‬ﻫﺬ

ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻻ ﻳﺰ
‪ a‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪
A
5‬ﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺬ ُﺧﻠﻖ
ﻹﻧﺴﺎ "ﻟﻰ ﻳﻮﻣﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻫﺬ
‪" .‬ﻟﻰ
ﻵ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺛﻤﺔ ﺟﻬﺎ\ ﺑﺼﺮ‪ 7‬ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻨﻊ ﺑﻨﻲ
ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻳﻠﺘﻘﻂ
ﻟﺼﻮ‪K‬‬
‫
ﻟﺼﻮ‪ A‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺣﺴﺎ[ ﻧﺎﺟﺢ ﻣﺜﻞ
ﻟﻌﻴﻦ
ﻷ‪.5‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻋﺪ ﻫﺬ ﻛﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺛﻤﺔ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻹﺑﺼﺎ ﻟﺴﻤﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﻦ ﺗﻌﻮ ﺣﺎﺳﺔ ﻹﺑﺼﺎ‬

‫ﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﺧﻞ ﻟﻤﺦ ؟‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ 3‬ﻟﺬ‪ 2‬ﺑﺪﺧﻞ ﻟﻤﺦ ﻳﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﻣﻀﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﻠﻮﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﻟﺴﻴﻤﻔﻮﻧﻴﺎ‪$ %‬ﻗﺰﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺼﺎﻓﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻨﺴﻢ ﻋﺒﻴﺮ ﻟﻮ?؟ =‪ 6‬ﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎ‪ %‬ﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻴﻨﻲ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ‪35 6‬ﻧﻴﻪ ‪5‬ﻧﻔﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻤﻀﻲ =ﻟﻰ ﻟﻤﺦ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻮ‪= D‬ﺷﺎ‪ D‬ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪= .‬ﻧﻜﻢ ﻟﺘﻄﺎﻟﻌﻮ‪ 6‬ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻼ‪ %‬ﻛﺜﻴﺮ‪ D‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺐ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻢ ﻷﺣﻴﺎ‪ O‬ﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎ‪ O‬ﻟﺤﻴﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺪ ‪5‬ﻧﻜﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ‪ 65‬ﺗﺼﺎ?ﻓﻮ ﻓﻲ ‪ 25‬ﻣﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﻗﻂ ‪5‬ﻫﻢ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻳﻨﻄﻮ‪ 2‬ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮ‪5 S‬ﻻ ﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ‪ 3‬ﻟﺬ‪ 2‬ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺦ ﻳﺘﻠﻘﻰ ﻫﺬ‪Q‬‬
‫ﻷﺷﺎ‪ %‬ﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻳﺪﻛﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪5‬ﻧﻬﺎ ﺻﻮ‪ D‬ﺻﻮ‪ %‬ﺋﺤﺔ =ﺣﺴﺎ‪ 6= .V‬ﺛﻤﺔ ﺣﺎﺳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺑﺪﺧﻞ ﻟﻤﺦ ﺗﻠﺘﻘﻂ ﻫﺬ ﻛﻠﻪ ?‪ 6‬ﺣﺎﺟﺔ =ﻟﻰ ﻋﻴﻦ ‪5 5 635 5‬ﻧﻒ‪ ،‬ﻟﻤﻦ ﺗﻌﻮ? ﻫﺬ‪Q‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﺎﺳﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻮ? ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﻜﻞ ﻟﻤﺦ ﻣﻦ ‪5‬ﻋﺼﺎ[ ﻃﺒﻘﺎ‪? %‬ﻫﻨﻴﺔ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﻋﺼﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻜﺬ ﻟﻬﺬ ﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻤﻘﺪ ﻟﻤﺎ?ﻳﻴﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻤﻦ ﻳﻈﻨﻮ‪ 65 6‬ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ‪ O‬ﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﺳﻮ` ﻣﺎ?‪ 65 ،D‬ﻳﺠﻴﺒﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬ‪ Q‬ﻟﺘﺴﺎ^ﻻ‪ ،%‬ﻷ‪ 6‬ﻫﺬ‪ Q‬ﻟﺤﺎﺳﺔ =ﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻟﺮ] ﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﻮﻟﻰ ﻋﺰ ﺟﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺘﺎ‪= a‬ﻟﻰ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺮ` ﻟﺼﻮ‪ ،D‬ﻻ ‪ 635‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺴﻤﻊ‬
‫ﻟﺼﻮ‪ .%‬ﻋﻼ‪ D‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬ ﻛﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﺤﺎﺟﺔ =ﻟﻰ ﻣﺦ ﻛﻴﻤﺎ ﺗﻔﻜﺮ‪ 6= .‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮ‪b‬‬
‫ﻳﻄﺎﻟﻊ ﻫﺬ‪ Q‬ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﺠﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪ 65‬ﻳﻔﻜﺮ ﻓﻲ ﷲ ﻋﺰ ﺟﻞ ﻟﺬ‪ 2‬ﺟﻤﻊ ﺑﻤﻜﺎ‪6‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﻌﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ‪ %‬ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﺼﻮ‪ D‬ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﻚ ﻟﻈﻠﻤﺔ ?ﺧﻞ ﻟﻤﺦ ﻳﻘ ﱠﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ D‬ﺳﻨﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‪ّ %‬‬
‫ﻷﺑﻌﺎ? ‪5 %3‬ﻟﻮ‪ 6‬ﻇﻼ‪ i‬ﺿﻴﺎ‪ ،O‬ﻳﺨﺸﺎ‪ Q‬ﻳﻠﻮ‪ 3‬ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻘﻴﺪ ﻣﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫=‪ 6‬ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺎﻟﻨﺎ‪= Q‬ﻟﻰ ﻵ‪ 6‬ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻟﺘﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ‪ 65‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ =ﻻ ‪$‬ﻋﻢ‬
‫‪101‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻌﺎ(' ﺑﻮﺿﻮ‪ $‬ﻣﻊ ﻻﻛﺘﺸﺎﻓﺎ ﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺎﻓﻲ ﻋﻢ ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ـ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺄﺻﻞ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻴﺎ; ـ ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻖ ﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻷﻳﺔ ‪8‬ﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﻄﻮ( ﻗﻂ ﻃﺮﺣﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ‪ )-‬ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺗﻄﻮ()‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﺸﻒ ﻟﺤﻔﺮﻳﺎ ‪ C-‬ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻤﺮ ﺑﻤﺮﺣﻞ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻮﺟﺒﻬﺎ ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ J‬ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﺘﻌﻴﻦ ﺗﻨﺤﻴﺔ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ( ﺟﺎﻧﺒﺎ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎ(ﻫﺎ ﻓﻜﺮ; ﻣﺠﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻷﻓﻜﺎ( ﻟﺘﻲ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪ( ﻟﺘﺎ(ﻳﺦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻓﻜﺮ; ‪ C-‬ﻷ(' ﻫﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬ ‫‪ً C-‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻮ‪ ،C‬ﻗﺪ ُﺣﺬﻓﺖ ﻣﻦ ‪-‬ﺟﻨﺪ; ﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ ‪ C-‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ( ﻳُﺘﺸﺒﺚ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﺈﺻﺮ( ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺬ‪ J‬ﻷﺟﻨﺪ;‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ‪X‬ﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ\ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺴﻌﻰ ﻹﻇﻬﺎ( ‪ )-‬ﻧﺘﻘﺎ‪ Y‬ﻣﻮﺟﻪ ‪X‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻛﺄﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺠﻮ‪ b‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻌﻠﻢ ! ﻟ َِﻢ ﻫﺬ ‪C_X‬؟!‬
‫‪ CX‬ﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪X‬ﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺗﻜﻮ‪ C‬ﻋﻘﻴﺪ; ﺟﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ( ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻨﻜﻮ‪c‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪X‬ﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻷﺳﺎ‪ .g‬ﺗﺨﻠﺺ ﻫﺬ‪ J‬ﻷﺳﺎ‪X g‬ﺧﻼﺻﺎً ‪-‬ﻋﻤﻰ ﻟﻠﻔﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ‪Y‬ﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﺒﻨﻰ ﻟﺪ(ﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻟﻤﺎ‪ )Y‬ﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻟﺬ) ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻹﺗﻴﺎ‪ C‬ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬ﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﺮﻓﻮ‪ C‬ﺻﺮﺣﺔ ﺑﻬﺬ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﺘﺮ‪( z‬ﻳﺘﺸﺎ(‪ Y‬ﻟﻮﻧﺘﻴﻦ )‪(Richard Lewontin‬‬
‫ـ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻟﻮ(ﺛﺔ ﻟﺸﻬﻴﺮ ﺑﺠﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻫﺎ(ﻓﺮ‪ Y‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﻗﺖ _ﺗﻪ ﺗﻄﻮ() ﺑﺎ(‪ ،‬ـ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ "ﻣﺎ‪)Y‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﻘﺎ‪ b‬ﻷ}‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﻘﺎ‪ b‬ﻟﺬ) ﻳﻠﻴﻪ"‪ _X ،‬ﻳﻘﻮ}‪:‬‬
‫"‪ CX‬ﻟﻨﺎ ‪X‬ﻳﻤﺎﻧﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎ‪Y‬ﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ‪X‬ﻳﻤﺎ‪ C‬ﺳﺘﺒﺎﻗﻲ )ﻋﺘُﻨﻖ ﺳﻠﻔﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺮﺿﺖ ﺻﺤﺘﻪ(‪ .‬ﻟﺸﻲ~‬
‫ﻟﺬ) ﻳﺪﻓﻌﻨﺎ ‪X‬ﻟﻰ ﻹﺗﻴﺎ‪ C‬ﺑﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻣﺎ‪ )Y‬ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻮ ‪-‬ﺻﻮ} ﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻗﻮﻋﺪ‪ ،J‬ﺑﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﻣﻦ _ﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ـ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻣﻦ ‪X‬ﺧﻼﺻﻨﺎ ﺳﻠﻔﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺎ‪Y‬ﻳﺔ ـ ﻧﺨﺘﻠﻖ ‪-‬ﺻﻮ} ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺜﻴﺔ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻣﺎ‪ )Y‬ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ .‬ﻧﻈﺮ ‪X‬ﻟﻰ ﻛﻮ‪ C‬ﻟﻤﺎ‪Y‬ﻳﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺻﺤﺔ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ‪ C-‬ﻧﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺪﺧﻮ} ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ‪X‬ﻟﻬﻲ ‪X‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﺣﺔ"‪19.‬‬
‫ﺗُﻌﺪ ﻫﺬ‪ J‬ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﻋﺘﺮﻓﺎ ﺻﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﺑﺄ‪ C‬ﻟﺪ(ﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻮﻟﻮ‪ Y‬ﻳﺤﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻹﺧﻼ‪c‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻔﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ‪Y‬ﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﺬ ﻟﻤﻮﻟﻮ‪ Y‬ﻳﻔﺘﺮ' ‪-‬ﻧﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻮ‪ Y‬ﻗﻂ ﺳﻮ ﻟﻤﺎ‪ .;Y‬ﻟﻬﺬ ﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ‪ C- C‬ﻟﻤﺎ‪ ;Y‬ﻟﺠﺎﻣﺪ; ﻋﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﻟﻮﻋﻲ ‪X‬ﻧﻤﺎ ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ;‪ .‬ﻳﺬﻫﺒﻮ‪X C‬ﻟﻰ ‪ C-‬ﻣﻼﻳﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻷﻧﻮ ﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﻄﻴﻮ( ﻷﺳﻤﺎ ﻟﺰ(ﻓﺎ ﻟﻨﻤﻮ( ﻟﺤﺸﺮ ﻷﺷﺠﺎ(‬
‫‪102‬‬
‫ﻷ(ﻫﺎ& ﺣﻴﺘﺎ‪ #‬ﻟﺒﺎ" ﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﺸﻜﻠﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻞ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻟﺠﺎﻣﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋﻼ ﻟﺤﺎﺛﺔ‬
‫ﺧﻞ ﻟﻤﺎ @ﺗﻬﺎ؛ ‪ =/‬ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻄﺮ ﻟﺴﺎﻗﻂ‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﺮ‪ 7‬ﻟﺨﺎﻃﻒ‪/ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻷﻣﺮ ﻓﺈ‪ #‬ﻫﺬ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻓﻰ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺴﻮ‪ .E‬ﺑﻴﺪ ‪ #/‬ﻟﺪ&ﻧﻴﻴﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮﺋﻮ‪ #‬ﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺤﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬ‬
‫ﻟﺮ‪ =/‬ﺑُﻐﻴﺔ "ﻋﺪ‪ L‬ﺧﻮ" ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻟﻬﻲ ﻟﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﺣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮﻫﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪/‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ‪ #‬ﻟﻰ ‪/‬ﺻﻞ ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪@/‬ﻫﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻣﺎ= ﻣﺴﺒﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻮ‪O‬‬
‫ﻳﺪ&ﻛﻮ‪ #‬ﻫﺬ‪ T‬ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﺠﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻨﻊ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ @= ﻗﻮ‬
‫ﻧﻈﻤﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻻ ﺗﺸﻮﺑﻪ‬‫ﻋﻠﻢ ﻋﻘﻞ ﻣﻌﺠﺰ‪ .‬ﻧﻪ ﷲ ﻟﺬ= ﺧﻠﻖ ﻟﻜﻮ‪ #‬ﻛﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻌﺪ‪ّ ،L‬‬
‫ﺻﻮ&ﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺋﺒﺔ ‪ /‬ﻗﺼﻮ&‪ ،‬ﺧﻠﻖ ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ّ‬
‫ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ ﻫﻲ ﺷﺪ‬

‫ﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮً ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎﻳﺦ ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻌﻴﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ‪ #/‬ﻧﻮﺿﺢ ‪/ #/‬ﻳﻤﺎ ﻧﺴﺎ‪ #‬ﻳُﻌﻤِﻞ ﻋﻘﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ‪/ #‬ﺣﻜﺎ‪ L‬ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺔ ‪#‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﻗﻮ‪ b‬ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ‪/ =/‬ﻳﺪﻳﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺪ&^ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻳﺴﺮ ‪ #/‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ& ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺬﻛﺮﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺨﺮﻓﺎ ﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺎ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﺎﺷﺖ ﺑﻤﻨﺄ‪ c‬ﻋﻦ ﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻟﺤﻀﺎ&‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺳﻮ‪( c‬ﻋﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﻘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪ‪ L‬ﺗﺒﻴﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ‪ #‬ﻣﻦ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮ‪ #‬ﺑﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ& ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ‪ #/ #‬ﻷﺳﺎﺗﺬ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻔﻜﺮ‪ #‬ﻳﻌﻘﻠﻮ‪ #‬ﻳﺨﺘﺮﻋﻮ‪ ،#‬ﻟﻄﻼ‪ h‬ﻟﺠﺎﻣﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎ‪ E‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻳﻨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﻫﻮﺑﻞ )‪Einstein‬‬
‫‪ ،(Hubble‬ﻟﻔﻨﺎﻧﻴﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻓﺮﻧﻚ ﺳﻴﻨﺎﺗﺮ )‪ (Frank Sinatra‬ﺗﺸﺎ&ﻟﺘﻮ‪ #‬ﻫﻴﺴﺘﻮ‪#‬‬
‫)‪ ،(Charlton Heston‬ﻳﻀﺎ‪ O‬ﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﻐﺰﻻ‪/ #‬ﺷﺠﺎ& ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻮ‪( #‬ﻫﻮ&‬
‫ﻟﻘﺮﻧﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮ‪ O‬ﻳﺨﺮﺟﻮ‪ #‬ﻣﻊ ﻣﺮ& ﻟﺰﻣﺎ‪ #‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﻳﺞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺬ& ﻟﺠﺰﺋﻴﺎ ‬
‫ﻟﺨ َﺮ‪ O‬ﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﻸ ﺑﺮﻣﻴﻼ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ‪ #/‬ﻣﻦ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮ‪ #‬ﺑﻬﺬ َ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎ‪/ E‬ﺳﺎﺗﺬ ‪/‬ﻧﺎ‪ p‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪ& ﻣﻦ ﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻟﻬﺬ ﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﺈ‪ #‬ﺳﺘﺨﺪ‪ L‬ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮً ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎ&ﻳﺦ ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ" ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ& ﺳﻴﻜﻮ‪ #‬ﺳﺘﺨﺪ ًﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫"‪/‬ﺷﺪ ﻟﺴﺤﺮ ً‬
‫‪103‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻠﻪ‪* +* .‬ﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎ"ﻳﺦ ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻋﺘﻘﺎ ﻋﻢ ﺧﺮ ﺳﻠﺐ ﻋﻘﻮ ﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﺑﻤﺜﻞ ﻫﺬ‬
‫ﺳﺘﺎ" ﻣﺎ‪ 6‬ﻋﻴﻨﻬﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ ﻟﺪ"ﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﻣﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﺻﺔ ﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻖ‪ ،‬ﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﺳﺪ ً‬
‫ﺣﺎ ‪ H H‬ﻳﺮ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺿﺤﺔ ﺑﺠﻼ‪ Hّ * .I‬ﻫﺬ ﻟﻐﻔﻠﺔ ﻋﺪ‪ 6‬ﺑﺼﻴﺮ‪D‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﺴﻴﻐﻬﺎ ﻋﻘﻞ ﻣﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺜﻞ ﻋﺒﺎ‪ D‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﻟﻘﺒﺎﺋﻞ ﻹﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﻮﻃﻢ ﻋﺒﺎ‪ D‬ﻫﻞ ﺳﺒﺄ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺸﻤﺲ ﻋﺒﺎ‪ D‬ﻗﻮ‪* 6‬ﺑﺮ ﻫﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ 6‬ﻟﻸﺛﺎ‪ ،H‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﻮ ﻳﺼﻨﻌﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﻳﺪﻳﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻋﺒﺎ‪D‬‬
‫ﻗﻮ‪ 6‬ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ 6‬ﻟﻠﻌﺠﻞ ﻟﺬ‪ X‬ﺻﻨﻌﻮ ﻣﻦ ‪+‬ﻫﺐ‪ .‬ﻫﺬ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﻪ *ﻧﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺣﻤﺎﻗﺔ ﺷﺎ" *ﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ‪ H‬ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻳﻨﺒﺌﻨﺎ ﻟﻤﻮﻟﻰ ﻋﺰ ﺟﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺗﻪ ﺑﺄ‪ H‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ_ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻐﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻳﺘﺮ‪* H‬ﻟﻰ ﺣﺎ ﻳﻌﺠﺰ‪ H‬ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻦ "^ﻳﺔ‬
‫ ﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺬ ﻵﻳﺎ‪ a‬ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ِﻢ ََﻧ َﺬ ْﺗَ ُﻬ ْﻢ َ ْ ﻟَ ْﻢ ﺗُﻨ ِﺬ ْ ُﻫ ْﻢ َﻻ ﻳُ ْﺆ ِﻣﻨُ َ‬
‫ﻮ‬ ‫ِﻳﻦ َﻛﻔ ُ‬
‫َﺮْ َﺳ َﻮ ٌ َﻋ َﻠ ْﻴﻬ ْ‬ ‫ِ ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬
‫﴿‪ %‬ﱠ‬
‫ِﺸﺎ َ ٌ' َﻟَ ُﻬ ْﻢ‬
‫ِﻢ ﻏ َ‬‫ِﻢ َ َﻋ َﻠﻰ َﺑْ َﺼﺎ ِﻫ ْ‬ ‫ِﻬﻢ َ َﻋ َﻠﻰ َﺳ ْﻤ ِﻌﻬ ْ‬ ‫َﺧﺘَ َﻢ ﷲﱡ َﻋ َﻠﻰ ُﻗ ُﻠﻮﺑ ْ‬
‫ﻴﻢ﴾ ]ﻟﺒﻘﺮ'‪[7-6 :‬‬ ‫ﻋﻈ ٌ‬ ‫= ِ‬ ‫َﻋ َﺬ ٌ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻳﻀﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻮ ﺑِ َﻬﺎ َﻟَ ُﻬ ْﻢ َ ْﻋﻴُ ٌﻦ ﻻﱠ ﻳُْﺒ ِﺼ ُﺮ َ‬
‫ ﺑِ َﻬﺎ َﻟَ ُﻬ ْﻢ ?>َ ٌ ﻻﱠ‬ ‫﴿ﻟَ ُﻬ ْﻢ ُﻗ ُﻠ ٌ‬
‫ﻮ= ﻻﱠ ﻳَ ْﻔ َﻘ ُﻬ َ‬
‫ﻮ﴾‬ ‫ِﻚ َﻛﺎ َﻷﻧْ َﻌﺎ ِ ﺑَ ْﻞ ُﻫ ْﻢ َ َﺿ ﱡﻞ ُ ْﻟَـﺌ َ‬
‫ِﻚ ُﻫ ُﻢ ﻟْ َﻐﺎ ِﻓ ُﻠ َ‬ ‫ﻮ ﺑِ َﻬﺎ ُ ْﻟَـﺌ َ‬
‫ﻳَ ْﺴ َﻤ ُﻌ َ‬
‫] ﻷﻋﺮ‪[179 :K‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻮ"‪ِ D‬‬
‫ ﻟﺤ ْﺠﺮ ﻓﻴﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﷲ ﻋﺰ ﺟﻞ ﺑﺄ‪ H‬ﻟﺌﻚ ﻟﻨﺎ_ ﻗﺪ ُﺳﺤﺮ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻦ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﻮ " ﻟﻤﻌﺠﺰ ‪ +* ،a‬ﻳﻘﻮ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﺴ َﻤﺎ ِ َﻓ َﻈﻠﱡﻮْ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ ﻳَ ْﻌ ُﺮ ُﺟ َ‬
‫ﻮ ﻟَﻘَﺎﻟُﻮْ ‪ِ%‬ﻧﱠ َﻤﺎ‬ ‫﴿ َﻟَ ْﻮ َﻓﺘَ ْﺤﻨَﺎ َﻋ َﻠ ْﻴﻬِﻢ ﺑَﺎﺑﺎً ﱢﻣ َﻦ ﱠ‬
‫﴾ ]ﻟﺤﺠﺮ‪[15-14 :‬‬ ‫ُﺳ ﱢﻜ َﺮ ْ‪َ T‬ﺑْ َﺼﺎ ُﻧَﺎ ﺑَ ْﻞ ﻧَ ْﺤ ُﻦ َﻗ ْﻮ ٌ ﱠﻣ ْﺴ ُﺤﻮ ُ َ‬
‫*‪ H‬ﻣﺘﺪ ﻫﺬ ﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎ‪ a‬ﻋﺮﻳﻀﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ_ ﺑﻬﺬ ﻟﻘﺪ"‪،‬‬
‫‪104‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻌﺎ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺑﻬﺬ ﻟﺪﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻘﺎ ﻫﺬ ﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﻣﻨﺬ ‪ 150‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻬﻮ ﺿﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻴﺮ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺮ‪ 6‬ﻟﺪﻫﺸﺔ ﺑﺪﺟﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺷﺮﺣﻬﺎ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺎ‪ ،-‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ '& ﻳﺴﺘﺴﻴﻎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺨ َﺮ‪8‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻋﺘﻘﺎ ﺷﺨﺺ ' ﻋﺪ‪' 6‬ﺷﺨﺎ> ﻟﺴﻴﻨﺎﻳﻮﻫﺎ‪ -‬ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﺰﻋﻢ ﺣﺎﻓﻠﺔ َ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺮ ﻷﻣﻮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﻴﺔ‪D ،‬ﻻ '& ﻋﺘﻘﺎ ﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ 'ﻧﺤﺎ ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺄ& ﻟﺬ‪ -‬ﻟﻼﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﺠﺎﻣﺪ‪ 6‬ﻗﺪ ﺟﺘﻤﻌﺖ ﺑﻘﺮ ﻓﺠﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺗﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻮ& ﻟﺬ‪ G‬ﻧﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻨﻈﺎ‪ N‬ﻻ ﺗﺸﻮﺑﻪ ﺷﺎﺋﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﺸﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺎ‪ G‬ﻧﻈﺎ‪ N‬ﻣﺘﻘﻦ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﻻﺗﻘﺎ&‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻜﻮﻛﺐ ﻷ‪ R‬ﻟﺬ‪ G‬ﻳﺨﺘﺺ ﺑﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﺴﻤﺎ‪ -‬ﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎ‪ ،6‬ﺑﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ‪ -‬ﺣﻴﺔ ﻣﺰ‪6‬‬
‫ﺑﺄﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﻘﺪ‪ 6‬ﺗﻔﻮ‪ Y‬ﻟﺤﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺳﻮ‪' U‬ﻧﻪ ﺳﺤﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ '& ﷲ ﻋﺰ ﺟﻞ ﻳﻨﺒﺌﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ] ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﺤﺎﺛﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻌﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻼ‪ N‬ﻓﺮﻋﻮ&‪ ،‬ﺑﺄ& ﺑﻌﺾ ﻷﺷﺨﺎ> ﻣﻤﻦ ﻳﻨﺎﻓﺤﻮ& ﻋﻦ ﻟﻔﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻹﻟﺤﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺛّﺮ&‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺼﻨﻌﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺴﺤﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﺤﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻗﺺ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ N‬ﻧﺒﺄ ﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﺤﻖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﻋﻮ&‪ ،‬ﻃﻠﺐ ﻓﺮﻋﻮ& ‪D‬ﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ '& ﻳﻠﺘﻘﻲ ﺑﺴﺤﺮﺗﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻳﺤﺘﺸﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻟﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻟﺘﻘﻰ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻟﺴﺤﺮ‪' 6‬ﻣﺮﻫﻢ '& ﻳﺒﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﺮ‪ R‬ﻣﻬﺎﺗﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻵﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺮ ﻫﺬ ﻟﺤﺎﺛﺔ ﺗﻘﻮ]‪:‬‬
‫ﺳﺘَ ْﺮ َﻫﺒُﻮ ُﻫ ْﻢ َ َﺟﺎ‬ ‫ﺎ َﻟْ ُﻘ ْﻮْ َﻓ َﻠ ﱠﻤﺎ َﻟْ َﻘ ْﻮْ َﺳ َﺤ ُﺮْ َ ْﻋﻴُ َﻦ ﻟﻨﱠ ِ‬
‫ﺎ َ ْ‬ ‫﴿ َﻗ َ‬
‫ِﺴ ْﺤ ٍﺮ َﻋ ِﻈﻴ ٍﻢ ﴾ ]ﻷﻋﺮ‪[116:#‬‬ ‫ﺑِ‬
‫‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺒﺪ‪ U‬ﺗﻤﻜﻦ ﺳﺤﺮ‪ 6‬ﻓﺮﻋﻮ& ﺑﻤﺎ ﺻﻨﻌﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺪ‪ &' h‬ﻳﺴﺤﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ‪j‬ﻣﻨﻮ ﺑﻪ‪D .‬ﻻ '& ﻟﺒﺮﻫﺎ& ﻟﺬ‪' G‬ﻟﻘﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﱠﻒ َﻣﺎ ﻳَْﺄﻓ ُ‬
‫ِﻜﻮ َ&"‪' G' ،‬ﻧّﻪ 'ﺑﻄﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ 'ﻟﻘﺎ ﻫﺆﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪ ﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻟﻮ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ‪ &j‬ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ "ﺗَﻠَﻘ َ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮ] ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﻮ*‬ ‫َﻒ َﻣﺎ ﻳَْﺄﻓ ُ‬
‫ِﻜ َ‬ ‫ِﻲ ﺗَ ْﻠﻘ ُ‬ ‫ﺎ‪َ 5‬ﻓﺈِ‪ َ3‬ﻫ َ‬ ‫ﻮﺳﻰ َ ْ* َﻟْ ِﻖ َﻋ َﺼ َ‬ ‫﴿ ََ ْ َﺣ ْﻴﻨَﺎ ;ِﻟَﻰ ُﻣ َ‬
‫ِﻚ َﻧ َﻘ َﻠﺒُﻮْ َﺻﺎ ِﻏ ِﺮ َ‬
‫ﻳﻦ﴾‬ ‫َﻓ َﻮ َﻗ َﻊ ﻟْ َﺤ ﱡﻖ َﺑَ َﻄ َﻞ َﻣﺎ َﻛﺎﻧُﻮْ ﻳَ ْﻌ َﻤ ُﻠ َ‬
‫ﻮ* َﻓ ُﻐﻠِﺒُﻮْ ُﻫﻨَﺎﻟ َ‬
‫‪105‬‬
‫]ﻷﻋﺮ‪[119-117 :‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻵﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﻫﺆﻻ ﻷﺷﺨﺎ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻀﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺌﻚ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺳﺤﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ= ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻚ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ‪ /‬ﺑﺎﻟﺬ‪,‬‬
‫ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮ ﺑﻤﺰﻋﻢ ﺧﺮﻗﺎ ﻟﻰ ﻗﺼﻰ ﺟﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻏﻼ‪ D‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺼﺮﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺮﻫﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺬ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﺪﻓﺎ‪ P‬ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻮ‪ D‬ﻳﺴﻘﻂ ﺷﺄﻧﻬﻢ ﻳُﺬﻟﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﺨﻠﻮ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬ‪L‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺰﻋﻢ‪X ،‬ﻟﻚ ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺑﺠﻼ ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ‪" ،‬ﻳﺒﻄﻞ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻟﺴﺤﺮ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﺮ‪ b‬ﻣﺎﻟﻜﻮ` ﻣﻮﺟﺮﻳﺪ_ )‪ (Malcolm Muggeridge‬ﻟﺬ[ ﻇﻞ ﻳﻨﺎﻓﺢ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﺎﻫﺰ ﻟﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ‪ ،L‬ﻛﺎ ﻓﻴﻠﺴﻮﻓﺎً ﻣﻠﺤﺪً‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻟﺬ[ ﺳﺘﺘﺮ‪ s‬ﻟﻴﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﻗﺎﺋﻼ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻧﻨﻲ ﻧﺎ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﺻﺮ ﻣﻘﺘﻨﻌﺎ ﺑﺄ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ ﺳﺘﻜﻮ ﺣﺪ‪ s‬ﻣﻮ ﻟﻤﺰ‪ b‬ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ‪v‬‬
‫ﺑﻜﺘﺐ ﺗﺎﻳﺦ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺠﺎﻻ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻃُﺒﻘﺖ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺘﻠﻘﻰ ﺟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻫﺸﺔ ﻟﺤﻴﺮ‪ v‬ﻋﺘﻨﺎ} ﻓﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻬﺮﺋﺔ ﻳﻜﺘﻨﻔﻬﺎ ﻟﻐﻤﻮ{ ﺑﺴﺬﺟﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺼﺪﻗﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻘﻞ" ‪20.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺒﻌﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﻣﻦ ‪X‬ﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺪﻛﻮ ﻟﻤﺼﺎﻓﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻟﻬﺎً ﺳﻮ‪ D‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻻﻋﺘﺮ‪ D‬ﺑﺄ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻛﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﻋﺔ ﺷﺪ ﻧﻮ‪ P‬ﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎﻳﺦ ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﻋﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺪ ﻫﺬ ﻟﺴﺤﺮ‬
‫ﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﻨﺤﺴﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ= ﻓﻲ ﺷﺘﻰ ﻧﺤﺎ ﻷ{‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻤﻦ ﻗﻔﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺮ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻋﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﺴﺎﻟﻮ ﺑﺪﻫﺸﺔ ﺣﻴﺮ‪ v‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻧﻄﻠﺖ ﻫﺬ‪ L‬ﻟﺨﺪﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪106‬‬
‫﴿ َﻗﺎﻟُﻮ ُﺳ ْﺒ َﺤﺎﻧَ َﻚ َﻻ ِﻋ ْﻠ َﻢ ﻟَﻨَﺎ ﱠﻻ َﻣﺎ َﻋ ﱠﻠ ْﻤﺘَﻨَﺎ‬
‫ ِﻧﱠ َﻚ ‪َ#‬ﻧْ َﺖ ﻟ َﻌﻠ ُ‬

‫ِﻴـﻢ َﳊ ِﻜ ُ‬
‫ﻴـﻢ ﴾‬
‫] ﻟﺒﻘﺮ‪[ ٣٢ :‬‬
‫‪107‬‬
‫ﳌﺮﺟﻊ‬
1. Sidney Fox, Klaus Dose, Molecular Evolution and The Origin of Life, New York:
Marcel Dekker, 1977. p. 2
2. Alexander I. Oparin, Origin of Life, (1936) New York, Dover Publications, 1953
(Reprint), p. 196
3. “New Evidence on Evolution of Early Atmosphere and Life”, Bulletin of the
American Meteorological Society, vol 63, November 1982, p. 1328.1330.
4. Stanley Miller, Molecular Evolution of Life: Current Status of the Prebiotic Synthesis
of Small Molecules, 1986, p. 7
5. Jeffrey Bada, Earth, February 1998, v. 40
6. Leslie E. Orgel, “The Origin of Life on Earth”, Scientific American, vol 271, October
1994, p. 78
7.Charles Darwin, : A Facsimile of the First Edition, Harvard University Press, 1964, p.
189
8. Charles Darwin,, p. 184.
9. B. G. Ranganathan, Origins?, Pennsylvania: The Banner Of Truth Trust, 1988.
10. Charles Darwin, The Origin of Species: A Facsimile of the First Edition, Harvard
University Press, 1964, 179.
11. Derek A. Ager, “The Nature of the Fossil Record”, Proceedings of the British
Geological Association, vol 87, 1976, p. 133
12. Douglas J. Futuyma, Science on Trial, New York: Pantheon Books, 1983. p. 197
13. Solly Zuckerman, Beyond The Ivory Tower, New York: Toplinger Publications,
1970, ss. 75.94; Charles E. Oxnard, “The Place of Australopithecines in Human
Evolution: Grounds for Doubt”, Nature, vol 258, p. 389
14. J. Rennie, “Darwin’s Current Bulldog: Ernst Mayr”, Scientific American, December
1992
15. Alan Walker, Science, vol. 207, 1980, p. 1103; A. J. Kelso, Physical Antropology, 1st
ed., New York: J. B. Lipincott Co., 1970, s. 221; M. D. Leakey, Olduvai Gorge, vol. 3,
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1971, p. 272
16. Time, November 1996
17. S. J. Gould, Natural History, vol. 85, 1976, p. 30
18.. Solly Zuckerman, Beyond The Ivory Tower, p. 19
19. Richard Lewontin, “Billions and billions of demons”, The New York Review of
Books, 9 January, 1997, p. 28.
20. Malcolm Muggeridge, The End of Christendom, Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 1980, p.
43
108

Seeing Good in All Ar

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Seeing Good in All Ar

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

‫* ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﻟﻘﻮ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻟﻘﻮ! ﻹ"!

ﻟﻤﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﻫـﻮ ﻟﺬ ﻗ ّﺪ ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺎ‬

‫‪A B‬ﻟﻘﻴﺖ ﻧﻈﺮ

‫ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﻗﻊ ‪ ّ B‬ﻋﺒﺎ

‫‪ CR 5(6‬ﷲ ﻫﻮ ﻟﺬ‪ Q‬ﻗﺪ( ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺗﻪ‪...‬‬

‫‪ 5(6‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ‪ CR‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﺨﻠﻮ‪ ,i‬ﺣﻴﺎ ﻛﺎ‪ 1R C‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﺣﻲ‪,‬‬

‫ﻟﺸﺮ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮ‪ C‬ﻓﻲ ‪R‬ﺣﺪ‪ 2‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻫﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﺎ ﻳﻤﺮ ﺑﺄﻗﺎ‪ L‬ﺻﻌﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺼﻌﺎ{‬

‫ﺑﺘﻼ ﷲ ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎ‪ C‬ﺑﻔﻘﺪ‪ C‬ﺛﺮ‪1‬ﺗﻪ‬

‫ﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ (1‬ﻷﻣﺮ‪q‬‬

‫ﻷﻣﺮ‪ q‬ﺗُﺸﻌﺮ ﻟﻔﺮ‪ 6‬ﺑﺄ‪ C‬ﻟﻌﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻧﻌﻤﺔ ‪ 1‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬

‫ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ‪ C‬ﺑﻌﺠﺰ ‪1‬ﺣﺎﺟﺘﻪ ﻟﻰ ﷲ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺮ‪ q‬ﻟﺨﻄﻴﺮ ّ‬

‫ﻷﻣﺮ‪ q‬ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻀﺮ? ﻹﻧﺴﺎ‪ C‬ﻟﻰ ﷲ ‪ 1‬ﻗﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻪ‬

‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮ‪ C‬ﻟﺠﻨّﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺟﺰ ﻟﺼﺒﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻤﺮ‪q‬‬

‫ﻟﻤﻮ‪ r‬ﻫﻮ ﻟﺒﺪﻳﺔ ‪1‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻨّﻬﺎﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻧﺴﻴﺎ‪ CR C‬ﻫﺬ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ‪ b‬ﻫﻲ ﻣﺠﺮ‪ 6‬ﻣﺘﺤﺎ‪C‬‬

‫‪R‬ﻳﻤﺎ ﻣﺼﻴﺒﺔ ﺗﺼﻴﺐ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ‪ C‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‬

‫ﺳﻮ ﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﻘﺪ(‬

‫ﻋﺘﺪ ‪ r‬ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺄﻟﺴﻨﺘﻬﻢ‬

‫ﻋﺘﺪ ‪ r‬ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻟﺴﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﻤﻮﺳﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ

‫ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ

‫ﻓﺸﻞ ﻟﻤﻜﺎﺋﺪ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺎ‪ 5‬ﺿﺪ ﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ‬

‫‪ C‬ﺣ ْﺰ َ ﷲ ُﻫﻢ ﻟ َﻐﺎﻟﺒُ َ‬

‫ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮ ﻫﻢ ﻫﺆﻻ‪ c‬ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺤﻴﻮ ﺑﺈﻋﺎ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪,‬‬

‫ﻟﻌﻘﺒﺔ ﻷﻟﻰ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺬﻟﻞ‪

‫ﻟﺤﻴﺎ ﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ‬

‫ ﻟﻄﻔﺮ ﻟﻮﺛﻴﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﺄ ﺣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻷﺣﻮ ‬

‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ #$ %‬ﻣﻜﺴﺐ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻨﺸﻮ  ﻹﺗﻘﺎ ﻣﻦ‬

‫ﻷﻓﻜﺎ ﻟﺨﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ‬

‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻄﻔﺮ‬

‫ﻗﺼﺔ ﺗﻄﻮ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ‬

‫ﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﻷ‬

‫ﻟﻤﻦ ﺗﻌﻮ ﺣﺎﺳﺔ ﻹﺑﺼﺎ‬

‫ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ ﻫﻲ ﺷﺪ‬

‫ ِﻧﱠ َﻚ ‪َ#‬ﻧْ َﺖ ﻟ َﻌﻠ ُ‬

You might also like

‫* ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﻟﻘﻮ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻟﻘﻮ! ﻹ"!

ﻟﻤﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﻫـﻮ ﻟﺬ ﻗ ّﺪ ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺎ‬

‫‪A B‬ﻟﻘﻴﺖ ﻧﻈﺮ

‫ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﻗﻊ ‪ ّ B‬ﻋﺒﺎ

‫‪ CR 5(6‬ﷲ ﻫﻮ ﻟﺬ‪ Q‬ﻗﺪ( ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺗﻪ‪...‬‬

‫‪ 5(6‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ‪ CR‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﺨﻠﻮ‪ ,i‬ﺣﻴﺎ ﻛﺎ‪ 1R C‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﺣﻲ‪,‬‬

‫ﻟﺸﺮ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮ‪ C‬ﻓﻲ ‪R‬ﺣﺪ‪ 2‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻫﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﺎ ﻳﻤﺮ ﺑﺄﻗﺎ‪ L‬ﺻﻌﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺼﻌﺎ{‬

‫ﺑﺘﻼ ﷲ ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎ‪ C‬ﺑﻔﻘﺪ‪ C‬ﺛﺮ‪1‬ﺗﻪ‬

‫ﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ (1‬ﻷﻣﺮ‪q‬‬

‫ﻷﻣﺮ‪ q‬ﺗُﺸﻌﺮ ﻟﻔﺮ‪ 6‬ﺑﺄ‪ C‬ﻟﻌﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻧﻌﻤﺔ ‪ 1‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬

‫ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ‪ C‬ﺑﻌﺠﺰ ‪1‬ﺣﺎﺟﺘﻪ ﻟﻰ ﷲ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺮ‪ q‬ﻟﺨﻄﻴﺮ ّ‬

‫ﻷﻣﺮ‪ q‬ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻀﺮ? ﻹﻧﺴﺎ‪ C‬ﻟﻰ ﷲ ‪ 1‬ﻗﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻪ‬

‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮ‪ C‬ﻟﺠﻨّﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺟﺰ ﻟﺼﺒﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻤﺮ‪q‬‬

‫ﻟﻤﻮ‪ r‬ﻫﻮ ﻟﺒﺪﻳﺔ ‪1‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻨّﻬﺎﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻧﺴﻴﺎ‪ CR C‬ﻫﺬ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ‪ b‬ﻫﻲ ﻣﺠﺮ‪ 6‬ﻣﺘﺤﺎ‪C‬‬

‫‪R‬ﻳﻤﺎ ﻣﺼﻴﺒﺔ ﺗﺼﻴﺐ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ‪ C‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‬

‫ﺳﻮ ﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﻘﺪ(‬

‫ﻋﺘﺪ‪ r‬ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺄﻟﺴﻨﺘﻬﻢ‬

‫ﻋﺘﺪ‪ r‬ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻟﺴﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﻤﻮﺳﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ

‫ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ

‫ﻓﺸﻞ ﻟﻤﻜﺎﺋﺪ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺎ‪ 5‬ﺿﺪ ﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ‬

‫‪ C‬ﺣ ْﺰ َ ﷲ ُﻫﻢ ﻟ َﻐﺎﻟﺒُ َ‬

‫ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮ ﻫﻢ ﻫﺆﻻ‪ c‬ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺤﻴﻮ ﺑﺈﻋﺎ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪,‬‬

‫ﻟﻌﻘﺒﺔ ﻷﻟﻰ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺬﻟﻞ‪

‫ﻟﺤﻴﺎ ﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ‬

‫ ﻟﻄﻔﺮ ﻟﻮﺛﻴﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﺄ ﺣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻷﺣﻮ ‬

‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ #$ %‬ﻣﻜﺴﺐ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻨﺸﻮ ﻹﺗﻘﺎ ﻣﻦ‬

‫ﻷﻓﻜﺎ ﻟﺨﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ‬

‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻄﻔﺮ‬

‫ﻗﺼﺔ ﺗﻄﻮ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ‬

‫ﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﻷ‬

‫ﻟﻤﻦ ﺗﻌﻮ ﺣﺎﺳﺔ ﻹﺑﺼﺎ‬

‫ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ ﻫﻲ ﺷﺪ‬

‫ ِﻧﱠ َﻚ ‪َ#‬ﻧْ َﺖ ﻟ َﻌﻠ ُ‬